Skip to main content

Full text of "Blood-pressure from the clinical standpoint"

See other formats


:LO 


i 


g^^LO 

gi=         =CM 

lllllll 

290 

1'     - 

n 

r  ■           ■? 

r-g--        =CO 

g==r^ 

CO 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2008  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/bloodpressurefroOOfauguoft 


BLOOD -PRESSURE 


FROM   THE   CUNICAL   STANDPOINT 


BY 

FRANCIS  ASHLEY  FAUGHT,  M.D. 

FORMERLY   DIRECTOR   OF   THE   LABORATORY  OF    CLINICAL   MEDICINE    OF    THE 

MEDICO'CHIRURGICAL   HOSPITAL  ;    INSTRUCTOR   IN   MEDICINE  AT  THE  HEDICO- 

CHIRURGICAL  COLLEGE,   PHILADELPHIA 


ILLUSTRATED 


PHILADELPHIA  AND  LONDON 

W.   B.  SAUNDERS   COMPANY 

1914 


Pablished  June,  19x3 


Reprinted  September,  19x3 


Copyright,  Z913,  by  W.  B.  Saunders  Company 


Reprinted  February,  19x4 


LIBRARY 

724842 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 


MINTED    IN   AMERICA 


PRESS   OF 

W.     ■.     SAUMDERS     COMPANY 

PHILADELPHIA 


PREFACE 

The  past  few  years  have  marked  a  rapid  rise  in  the 
clinical  value  of  the  sphygmomanometer.  This  instrument 
is  now  a  part  of  the  armamentarium  of  almost  every  physi- 
cian. It  is  opportune  therefore  that  a  book  of  moderate  size 
should  be  produced  containing  in  concise  form,  a  resume 
of  the  clinical  and  experimental  work  which  has  led  to  present 
popularity  of  the  blood-pressure  test. 

In  the  following  pages,  the  author  has  endeavored  to 
present  in  easily  accessible  form,  the  pith  of  medical  litera- 
ture bearing  on  blood-pressure  studies  in  their  relation  to 
medicine,  not  only  in  cardio-vascular  and  renal  conditions, 
but  also  in  many  diseases  in  which  clinical  observation 
has  shown  the  information  obtained  by  the  sphygmomano- 
meter to  be  of  value. 

It  has  been  thought  advisable  to  devote  a  number  of 
pages  to  the  discussion  of  the  circulation  and  its  relation 
to  the  blood-pressure,  together  with  the  various  methods 
employed  in  sphygmomanometry,  to  acquaint  the  prac- 
titioner with  the  theory  of  this  procedure,  so  that  deduc- 
tions from  his  observations  may  be  of  greatest  value. 

The  writer  is  indebted  to  a  large  number  of  authors  for 
much  of  the  material  contained  in  this  work,  which  has 
been  obtained  largely  from  the  medical  hterature  of  the 
last  seven  or  eight  years.  Whenever  practical  the  full 
reference  is  given  in  the  text,  so  that  if  desired,  the  facts 
contained  in  this  little  book  may  be  supplemented  by  a 
study  of  the  original. 

Francis  Ashley  Faught. 

6006  Spruce  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


CONTENTS 


Paoh 

Introduction     11 

CHAPTER  I 

Physiology 14 

The  CirGulation 14 

CHAPTER  II 

The  Sphygmomanometer 23 

Description  of  Modern  Instruments 25 

CHAPTER  III 

The  Principle  of  the  Sphygmomanometer  Circular  Compression  39 

Directions  for  Operating  the  Standard  Sphygmomanometer  ....  46 

CHAPTER  IV 

The  Sphygmomanometer  and  Methods  op  Its  Use 56 

Factors  Influencing  Blood-pressure 56 

CHAPTER  V 

Terms,  Definitions,  Etc 69 

Venous  Pressure 70 

Arterial  Pressure 73 

The  Blood-pressure  Within  Different  Arteries 80 

CHAPTER  VI 

Climatologic  and  Racial  Influence 83 

CHAPTER  VII 

The  Relation  of  Blood-pressure  to  Athletic  Life  and  Exercise  .  88 

How  to  Determine  Physical  Fitness 91 

CHAPTER  VIII 

Hypotension 96 

9 


IQ  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  IX 

Pagb 

Htfbbtbnbion,  Presclerosis,  or  Essential  Arterial  Hypertension  1 12 

CHAPTER  X 
ARTERICeCLEROeiS 118 

CHAPTER  XI 

D1SBA8XB  OP  the  KiDNETS 140 

CHAPTER  XII 
Myocardial  Degeneration 152 

CHAPTER  XIII 
Acute  Infections 169 

CHAPTER  XIV 
Chronic  Infections 179 

CHAPTER  XV 

Relation  of  Blood-pressure  to  Metabolic  and  Miscellaneous 

Diseases 186 

CHAPTER  XVI 

Blood-pressure  in  Surgery 196 

Ophthalmology 208 

CHAPTER  XVII 

Blood-pressure  in  Obstetric  Practice 211 

CHAPTER  XVIII 
Blood-pressure  in  Life  Insurance ' 218 

CHAPTER  XIX 
Methods  op  Controlling  Blood-pressure 227 

CHAPTER  XX 
Blood-pressure  Elevators 266 


Im>Bz 271 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 

INTRODUCTION 

During  the  brief  period  from  1900  to  1910  our  knowledge 
of  sphygmomanometry  developed  from  a  procedure  of 
uncertain  and  doubtful  value,  as  viewed  by  the  rank  and 
file  of  the  medical  profession,  to  a  method  of  examination 
equalled  by  but  few  of  the  many  reliable  methods  of  pre- 
cision in  daily  use  by  the  general  practitioner. 

Prior  to  1900,  a  few  pioneer  physicians  had  developed 
the  habit  of  making  observations  of  the  blood-pressure  and 
recording  their  findings.  These  were  available  for  their 
own  use,  and  were  employed  to  their  own  advantage  and 
to  the  benefit  of  their  patients.  It  is  true  also  that  for 
even  a  longer  period  the  physiologist  and  his  co-worker 
the  pharmacologist,  have  been  thoroughly  acquainted  with 
the  value  of  this  test,  both  in  animal  experimentation  and 
in  the  sick-room. 

The  pioneers  in  the  field  of  cardiovascular  disease  early 

appreciated  the  great  advantage  they  possessed  by  this 

means  of  graphically  interpreting  arterial  tension  over  the 

old  method  of  estimating  tension  or  blood-pressure  by  the 

finger,  for  it  was  well  known  and  readily  demonstrated 

that  the  accuracy  of  the  tactile  estimation  of  blood-pressure 

was  notoriously  uncertain,  being  dependent  on  several 

variable  and  uncertain  factors,   and  the  estimation  so 

11 


12  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

complicated  that  even  at  best  an  element  of  error  amount- 
ing to  from  10  to  80  mm.  was  frequently  present. 

Following  the  pioneer  work  of  Janeway,  Russell,  Mac- 
kenzie and  others,  a  knowledge  of  the  value  of  this  subject 
gradually  spread,  during  which  many  observers,  recog- 
nizing the  value  of  this  procedure,  began  to  apply  the 
sphygmomanometer  not  only  to  the  study  of  cardiovascular 
and  renal  diseases,  but  also  to  a  large  number  of  disease 
conditions  in  which  changes  in  the  circulation  might  be 
expected  to  occur. 

During  the  past  five  years,  1907  to  1912,  the  application 
of  the  sphygmomanometer  has  spread  with  great  rapidity, 
and  bids  fair  soon  to  become  universal.  Coincident  with 
this  continued  activity,  there  has  developed  an  immense 
literature  bearing  directly  and  indirectly  upon  changes  in 
the  circulation  and  in  the  organs  relating  thereto,  both  in 
physiologic  and  pathologic  conditions.  The  science  of 
medicine  is  so  broad,  its  ramifications  so  extensive,  and 
its  literature  so  voluminous  that  few,  if  any,  are  able  to 
accurately  follow  and  intelligently  grasp  the  almost  daily 
advances  in  all  branches  of  medicine.  This  fact  furnishes 
the  argument  for  the  preparation  of  this  little  work,  if 
indeed  any  be  needed. 

A  careful  search  of  modern  text-books,  extending  to  the 
end  of  1912,  fails  to  reveal  any  work  dealing  with  this  sub- 
ject from  the  standpoint  of  the  general  practitioner,  who 
80  far  has  had  nowhere  to  turn  in  case  of  emergency,  or 
from  which  to  glean  a  few  important  facts  in  his  spare 
half  hours.  No  effort  has  been  made  to  make  this  volume 
a  complete  and  exhaustive  review  of  the  whole  study  of 
blood-pressure  with  its  many  ramifications,  but  the  aim  is 


INTRODUCTION  13 

rather  to  provide  a  compendium  of  clinical  data  in  such 
form  that  the  material  contained  will  be  readily  available 
for  immediate  use. 

To  properly  appreciate  the  function  of  the  sphygmo- 
manometer and  the  changing  conditions  of  the  circulation 
which  it  reveals,  it  is  important  to  have  a  working  knowl- 
edge of  the  theory  of  hydrostatics  and  of  the  physical 
conditions  surrounding  the  circulation  both  in  health  and 
disease,  and  to  possess  a  proper  appreciation  of  the  factors 
controlling  the  cardiovascular  and  renal  systems  and  the 
significance  of  the  terms  employed  in  this  study.  It  is 
proper  therefore  to  commence  with  a  brief  general  discussion 
of  the  circulation,  even  though  to  some  it  may  seem  to  be 
a  needless  waste  of  time  and  space. 


CHAPTER  I 

PHYSIOLOGY 
THE  CIRCULATION 

The  maintenance  of  a  normal  circulation  is  essential  to 
good^fialth.  Abnormalities  in  the  circulation  are  either 
the  result  of,  or  result  in,  disease.  The  activity  of  the  heart 
is  a  vital  function  like  respiration,  for  if  the  heart  should 
cease  to  beat  even  for  a  very  short  space  of  time,  the  cir- 
culation would  fail,  and  the  individual  would  die.  The 
heart  must  not  only  act  continuously,  but  also  in  an  approxi- 
mately normal  manner  in  order  to  maintain  the  body  in  a 
condition  of  health.  By  failure  of  the  circulation  is  meant 
a  gradual  diminution  in  blood-pressure,  until  it  becomes 
insufficient  to  maintain  body  nutrition  and  offers  insuffi- 
cient resistance  for  a  normal  action  of  the  heart. 

Conditions  affecting  the  action  of  the  heart  are  shown  by 
alterations  in  the  circulation  and  variations  in  the  circula- 
tion are  shown  by  changes  in  the  heart's  action.  The  two 
conditions,  heart  action  and  a  maintained  circulatory 
equilibrium,  are  in  every  way  interdependent.  They  can 
neither  be  separated,  nor  considered  intelligently  one  apart 
from  the  other.  This  serves  to  emphasize  the  importance 
of  a  study  of  the  circulation,  not  only  in  an  investigation 
of  circulatory  diseases,  but  also  in  the  study  of  diseases  of 

14 


PHYSIOLOGY  15 

the  heart,  particularly  pathologic  changes  in  its  muscular 
and  nervous  mechanism. 

We  are  for  the  most  part  indebted  to  Harvey^  for  dis- 
covering and  demonstrating  the  true  function  of  the  heart 
as  the  main-spring  of  the  circulation.  In  1616  Wm. 
Harvey  stated  that  ''a  perpetual  movement  of  the  blood 
in  a  circle  is  caused  by  the  beat  of  the  heart.''  From  a 
perusal  of  the  original  or  of  the  translation  of  Harvey's 
work  on  the  circulation,  it  is  evident  that  his  conception 
was  the  true  one,  and  that  it  forms  the  basis  of  our  modern 
conception  of  circulatory  physiology  and  pathology.  It  is 
of  interest  to  note,  however,  that  investigations  of  ancient 
manuscripts  bearing  on  medicine  show  that  some  knowledge 
was  possessed  by  the  ancient  Egyptians  as  shown  by  refer- 
ences to  the  heart,  and  the  use  of  the  word  circulate  in  the 
Ebers  papyrus.  An  interesting  review  '^The  Advance  in 
Knowledge  Regarding  the  Circulation  of  the  Blood"  has 
recently  been  published  by  Dr.  Geo.  Wm.  Norris. 

Between  the  heart  and  capillary  system  there  is  a  large 
and  ramifying  network  of  blood-vessels  of  progressively 
narrowing  individual  caliber,  but  of  rapidly  increasing 
cross-sectional  area,  which  convey  the  blood  to  every 
part  of  the  body.  By  normal  circulation  we  mean  the 
normal  distribution  of  blood  to  every  part  of  the  body, 
whereby  the  normal  interchange  of  nourishment  and  waste 
is  sustained  in  all  organs  and  tissues.  This  metabohc 
function  occurs  in  the  capillaries,  between  which  area 
and  the  heart  the  blood-vessels  serve  as  a  series  of  conduits. 
We  see  therefore  that  between  the  heart,  as  the  central 

^  See  Camac'a  "Epoch-making  Contributions  to  Medicine  and  Surgery," 
Philadelphia,  1909. 


15  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

source  of  supply,  and  the  capillaries,  the  points  of  inter- 
change, there  is  a  wide  gap.  This  is  filled  by  the  arteries 
carrying  blood  on  its  way  to  the  terminal  points  of  inter- 
change, driven  along  by  the  intermittent  pumping  action 
of  the  heart.  A  rhythmically  contracting  heart  and  a 
volume  of  blood  alone  could  not  afford  every  part  of  the 
body  its  perfect  supply  of  pabulum  nor  maintain  an  equal 
distribution  of  this  fluid.  We  must  necessarily  have 
another  mechanical  factor  to  complete  our  system.  This 
is  blood-pressure.^  Blood-pressure  is  an  essential  factor 
for  sustaining  the  circulation  and  maintaining  heart  ac- 
tion, and  as  a  corollary  we  must  recognize  the  arterial 
walls  as  a  further  factor  in  maintaining  and  regulating 
this  circulation.  This  is  by  virtue  of  the  elasticity  and 
contractibility  of  the  blood-vessel  walls,  whereby  they 
may  expand  under  an  increase  in  pressure  from  within, 
or  may  contract  to  maintain  or  to  elevate  the  pressure  by 
a  shortening  of  the  circular  muscular  fibers  in  their  walls. 

A  normally  acting  circulation  is  shown  by  a  normal 
[blood-pressure,  which  by  virtue  of  being  normal,  shows 
that  the  heart  action  and  the  distribution  of  blood  must 
be  taking  place  in  a  normal  manner.  Therefore  the  study 
of  blood-pressure  becomes  a  most  valuable  and  efficient 
guide  to  the  state  of  the  cardiovascular  system  and 
sphygmomanometry  a  most  important  diagnostic  method. 
Bearing  on  the  importance  of  this  study  A.  Randle  Short  ^ 
says  "It  has  become  a  truism  that  when  feehng  the  pulse, 
it  is  of  more  importance  to  observe  the  tension,  or  blood- 
pressure,  than  to  count  the  pulse  rate.  But  only  within 
the  last  few  years  has  it  been  recognized  how  inadequately 

*  The  New  Physiology  in  Surgical  and  Medical  Practice. 


PHYSIOLOGY 


17 


even  the  skilled  finger  can  judge  the  blood-pressure  because 
of  the  comphcated  factor  of  the  variable  rigidity  of  the 
vessel  walls."  Discussing  the  factor  of  the  vessel  wall,  as 
preventing  an  accurate  digital  estimate  of  blood-pressure, 
Wm.  Russell^  makes  the  following  significant  remark: 
*^I  must,  however,  again 
add  a  warning  note  to  the 
effect  that  feeling  the  ra- 
dial is  not  always  a  reli- 
able guide  as  to  what  the 
brachial  pressure  will 
read.  In  some  cases  the 
radial  artery  and  its  pulse 
would  not  lead  one  to 
suppose  that  the  brach- 
ial pressm*e  would  be 
high.  I  have  two  such 
cases  under  observation 
as  I  write  this.  The  ra- 
dial artery  being  neither 
hard  nor  incompressible, 
and  yet  in  both  there  is 
a  steady  reading  from 
brachial  of  over  200  mm. 
Hg.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  brachial  pressure  may  be  lower  than  the  state  of  the 
radial  suggests. '^ 

In  the  human  body  we  may  trace  the  course  of  a  given 
particle  of  blood  as  it  leaves  the  right  ventricle  until, 
having    traversed    the    entire    cardiovascular    system,    it 

*  Arteriosclerosis,  Hypertonus  and  Blood-pressure,  page  73. 
2 


Fig.  1. — General  diagram  of  the  circu- 
lation: the  arrows  indicate  the  course  of 
the  blood:  PA,  pulmonary  artery;  PC, 
pulmonary  capillaries;  PV,  pulmonary 
veins;  LA,  left  auricle ;LF,  left  ventricle; 
A,  systemic  arteries;  C,  systemic  capil- 
laries; V,  systemic  veins;  RA,  right  auri- 
cle; RV,  right  ventricle.  (John  G.  Curtis 
in  "American  Text-book  of  Physiology.") 


Ig  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

returns  to  the  starting-point.  Referring  to  Fig.  1,  we 
find  the  course  of  the  blood  to  be  as  follows :  From  the 
trunk  of  the  pulmonary  artery  through  a  succession  of 
arterial  branches  into  the  capillaries  of  the  lungs,  from 
there  through  the  several  branches  of  the  pulmonary 
vein  to  the  left  auricle  of  the  heart,  thence  through  the 
mitral  valve  to  the  left  ventricle,  then  by  way  of  the  aortic 
valve  to  the  aorta  and  the  general  arterial  tree  until  it 
finally  reaches  the  capillaries.  From  the  capillaries  into 
the  veins  back  toward  the  heart,  through  the  vena  cavse 
and  into  the  right  auricle,  through  the  tricuspid  valve 
into  the  right  ventricle,  through  the  pulmonary  valve 
into  the  pulmonary  artery  where  the  tracing  of  the  circuit 
began. 

In  brief,  the  vascular  system  is  a  closed  series  of  tubes 
of  varying  diameters,  including  a  force  pump.  This  tubu- 
lar system  is  partially  interrupted  at  two  points  by  a  series 
of  very  minute  vessels,  the  capillaries  of  the  lung  and  of 
the  general  circulation. 

The  condition  of  the  arterial  walls  and  the  width  of  the 
arteries  exercise  considerable  influence  upon  the  flow  of 
blood.  If  all  the  arteries  of  the  body  were  fully  dilated  it 
would  be  absolutely  impossible  for  the  heart  to  maintain 
the  ^  circulation,  because  the  relatively  small  amount  of 
blood  in  the  body  could  not  begin  to  completely  fill  the 
vessels.  The  caliber  of  the  arteries  is  influenced  mainly 
by  reflexes  coming  from  various  parts  of  the  body,  including 
the  heart  and  the  blood-vessels  themselves.  Stimulation 
of  a  peripheral  nerve  will  cause  normally  a  reflex  contrac- 
tion which  will  tend  to  raise  blood-pressure. 

The  force  by  which  the  blood  is  driven  from  the  right  to 


PHYSIOLOGY  19 

the  left  side  of  the  heart,  through  the  capillaries  which  are 
related  to  the  respiratory  surface  of  the  lung,  is  nearly  all 
derived  from  the  contraction  of  the  muscular  wall  of  the 
right  ventricle.  The  force  by  which  the  blood  is  driven 
from  the  left  side  of  the  heart  through  the  general  circula- 
tion, including  all  the  other  capillaries  in  the  body,  is 
nearly  all  derived  from  the  contractions  of  the  muscular 
wall  of  the  left  ventricle.  The  contraction  of  the  two  ven- 
tricles is  simultaneous.  The  force  generated  by  the  heart 
in  maintaining  the  circulation  is,  to  a  subordinate  degree, 
supplemented  by  the  aspirating  action  of  the  chest  wall 
during  the  respiratory  act,  by  the  pumping  action  of  the 
skeletal  muscles  and  by  the  elasticity  or  tone  of  the  arteries 
themselves. 

The  usual  systolic  arterial  blood-pressure,  about  120  mm. 
Hg.,  is  much  more  than  is  actually  necessary  to  drive  blood 
from  the  arteries  into  the  veins.  This  extra  pressure  has  a 
function,  however,  which  is  seen  whenever  the  arterioles 
of  any  organ  or  small  area  relax.  If  the  arterial  pressure 
was  barely  adequate  to  sustain  a  flow,  a  lowered  resistance 
in  any  part  would  seriously  drain  other  regions.  The 
high  head  of  pressure,  therefore,  serves  to  keep  all  parts 
properly  supplied  with  blood,  even  if  an  especially  active 
part  of  the  body  is  making  an  unusual  demand. 

In  order  to  better  understand  the  cause  of  maintenance 
of  blood-pressure  it  is  necessary  first  to  consider  the  science 
of  hydrostatics  as  to  its  effect  upon  the  circulatory  system. 

Fluids  are  incompressible  and  the  heart  is  an  intermittent 
pump,  therefore  if  the  arteries  were  rigid  and  unyielding 
tubes,  each  increment  of  blood  coming  from  the  heart 
would  be  required  to  move  all  the  blood  in  the  whole 


20  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

arterial  system,  while  during  the  heart  rest,  all  flow  would 
cease.  This  would  result  in  the  intermittent  development 
of  pressure,  accompanied  by  periods  when  it  must  fall  to 
zero.  Such  a  condition  would  be  inimical  to  health,  as  the 
proper  nutrition  and  tension  of  the  organs  and  tissues  of 
the  body  would  not  be  maintained.  The  arterial  walls 
are,  however,  as  already  stated,  not  rigid  but  elastic  and 
distensible,  and  are  capable  therefore  of  expanding  under 
pressure  to  accommodate  more  fluid,  while  during  diastole 
their  elasticity  and  contractility  tend  to  maintain  pressure. 
This  property  gradually  reduces  the  sharp  intermittency  of 
the  flow  in  the  arterial  system,  so  that  as  we  pass  outward 
from  the  heart  this  feature  becomes  less  marked  and  finally 
disappears  before  the  capillaries  are  reached.  Another 
factor  enters  here.  This  is  the  gradual  tapering  and  ex- 
tensive ramification  of  the  arterial  system.  This  length 
of  vessel  combined  with  its  elasticity  aids  in  reducing  the 
flow  to  a  uniform  rate  of  flow. 

A  third  factor  is  the  relatively  large  number  and  minutely 
small  diameter  of  the  capillaries.  If  the  vessels  were  short 
and  the  tubes  of  large  diameter  the  alteration  in  flow  would 
not  occur  and  the  blood  would  pass  into  the  veins  inter- 
mittently. This  is  shown  in  certain  pathologic  conditions 
where  we  have  a  capillary  pulse  and  a  transmitted  venous 
pulse. 

In  considering  the  factors  involved  in  maintaining  a 
uniform  flow  in  the  capillaries,  we  find  that  they  also 
assist  in  establishing  and  maintaining  pressure,  for  if  the 
heart  as  a  pump  was  large  enough  and  the  arteries  short 
enough  and  the  outlet  large  enough  there  would  be  no 
blood-pressure.     In    the    arterial    system,    we    find    that 


PHYSIOLOGY  21 

blood-pressure  is  maintained  first  by  the  pumping  action 
of  the  heart  which  acts  against  the  friction  of  the  walls 
of  the  blood-vessels,  second  by  their  narrowing  diameter, 
and  third  by  the  viscosity  of  the  blood  itself.  Starting 
with  the  arterial  system  as  a  closed  system  of  tubes, 
including  the  heart,  we  find  that  as  the  heart  begins  to 
beat,  the  blood  is  pumped  into  the  arteries,  and  in  its 
passage  toward  the  capillaries  it  meets  with  resistance. 
This  causes  the  pressure  to  rise  in  the  arterial  system, 
which  increase  in  pressure  brings  into  action  the  normal 
tone  of  the  arterial  walls.  So  that  as  the  pressure  rises 
the  arteries  expand  to  accommodate  an  additional  amount 
of  blood,  at  the  same  time  the  blood-pressure  rises,  this 
increases  the  pressure  in  the  capillary  system  and  drives 
more  blood  into  the  veins  in  a  given  time.  Blood-pres- 
sure will  reach  normal  and  be  maintained  there,  when  as 
much  blood  passes  through  the  capillaries  during  a  heart 
cycle  as  enters  the  aorta  during  systole.  At  this  time,  the 
power  of  the  heart  is  exactly  balanced  by  the  factors  of 
volume  of  blood  in  the  arterial  system,  its  viscosity  and 
vasomotor  tone. 

The  term  tonus  or  blood-pressure  has  been  applied  to 
indicate  the  amount  of  pressure  existing  within  the  ar- 
terial system,  and  this  as  we  have  seen,  is  dependent 
upon  the  factors  just  mentioned.  The  final  and  most 
important  condition  affecting  blood-pressure  is  vasomo- 
tor tone.  This  is  maintained  through  a  special  reflex 
mechanism  which  has  for  its  purpose  the  maintenance  of 
normal  blood-pressure  in  spite  of  temporary  alterations 
in  peripheral  resistance  in  different  parts  of  the  body. 
This  system  has  the  power   of  regulating  the   amount 


22  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

of  blood  reaching  any  part  and  is  operated  by  the  demand 
of  organs  and  tissues  for  nutrition. 

We  have  therefore  at  any  time  in  any  individual,  five 
factors  which  go  to  maintain  normal  blood-pressure. 

1.  The  energy  of  the  heart. 

2.  Peripheral  resistance. 

3.  Tonus. 

4.  Volume  of  blood. 

5.  Viscosity. 

These  all  may  and  do  all  vary  under  normal  conditions 
and  in  pathologic  states  may  become  greatly  altered. 

Not  only  may  they  vary  independently  of  each  other, 
but  they  are  also  so  closely  interrelated  to  the  cardio- 
motor  and  vasomotor  systems,  that  alterations  in  one 
of  them  may  cause  profound  changes  in  another.  We 
are  as  yet  in  possession  of  but  incomplete  evidence  as  to 
the  relative  value  of  these  several  factors,  but  enough 
is  known  to  form  a  good  working  basis,  which  may  be  used 
to  explain  alterations  in  the  circulation,  both  in  health 
and  disease,  and  which  perhaps  may  be  used  to  build  up  a 
rational  therapy  in  cardiovascular  and  renal  diseases,  and 
other  circulatory  disturbances. 


CHAPTER  II 
THE  SPHYGMOMANOMETER 

The  use  of  manometers  or  upright  tubes  filled  with 
fluid,  in  the  study  and  measurement  of  blood-pressure 
in  man  is  attributed  to  an  English  clergyman,  Stephen 
Hales/  who  published  the  results  of  his  experiments  in  1733. 

The  apparatus  employed  by  Hales  and  his  followers 
was  naturally  extremely  crude  and  the  result  of  their  work 
of  little  practical  value,  and  found  little  favor  at  the  hands 
of  either  physicians  or  physiologists  until  about  150  years 
later,  when  the  sphygmomanometer  was  first  perfected 
and  adapted  to  clinical  purposes  by  Professor  v.  Basch, 
of  Vienna,  in  1876.  This  apparatus,  as  it  appeared  in  its 
original  form,  consisted  of  a  U-tube,  one  limb  branched 
to  join  the ^ tube  from  the  pelotte,  which  was  used  to  com- 
press the  artery  under  observation.  The  U-tube  partly 
filled  with  mercury  was  provided  with  a  scale  reading  in 
millimeters.  The  remainder  of  the  tubular  portion  of 
the  apparatus  was  filled  with  fluid  which  transmitted 
the  pressure  ^from  the  elastic  membrane  of  the  pelotte  to 
the  mercury.  The  original  instrument  of  v.  Basch  has 
since  undergone  numerous  modifications  both  by  v.  Basch 
himself  and  by  others,  of  which  the  most  important  was 
the  introduction  of  a  portable  metallic  chamber  or  aneroid 
manometer. 

In  1889  Potain  replaced  the  water  of  the  earlier  instru- 

^  Statistical  Essays,  London,  1733,  Vol.  II. 

23 


24  BLOOD-PRES3URE 

ments  with  air  and  raised  the  pressure  in  the  circuit  by- 
means  of  a  bulb  connected  with  the  apparatus  by  a  branch- 
shaped  tube.  During  the  next  several  years  the  instru- 
ments of  V.  Basch  and  Potain  had  considerable  vogue 
but  were  not  widely  used  because  of  several  inherent 
defects  in  the  construction  of  the  instruments  themselves. 

In  1896  Riva-Rocci^  and  HilP  published  almost  simul- 
taneously articles  descriptive  of  new  sphygmomanometers. 
The  important  feature  of  each  of  these  instruments  was 
the  introduction  of  a  rubber-bag  or  tube  encircling  the 
arm  and  inflated  by  a  bulb  or  a  pump.  This  improve- 
ment surmounted  the  most  serious  defect  in  the  earlier 
instruments,  which  was  the  difficulty  of  accurately  adapting 
the  small  round  pelotte  to  the  arm,  thereby  compressing 
the  artery  (the  radial)  directly  over  the  bone.  By  the 
method  of  Riva-Rocci  and  Hijl,  the  pressure  is  everywhere 
exerted  at  right  angles  to  the  tangent  of  the  circumference 
of  the  arm,  and  the  artery  is  therefore  compressed  equally 
from  three  sides  against  the  bone. 

Since  this  time  there  has  been  practically  no  change 
in  the  principles  of  sphygmomanometry.  Improvements 
having  been  made  toward  perfecting  the  apparatus  and 
simplifying  the  technic,  changes  having  been  directed 
chiefly  toward  portability,  in  means  of  circular  compres- 
sion, and  source  of  pressure. 

From  the  narrow  arm-band  as  originally  employed  by 
Riva-Rocci  (4.5  cm. — 2  in.)  to  the  extremely  wide  band  of 
Von  Recklinghausen,  numerous  investigators  have  de- 
termined that  a  cuff  11  to  13  cm.  (4  1/2-5  in.)  in  width 

»G<M.  med.  di  Torino,  1896,  Nos.  50  and  51. 
*  Brit.  Med.  Jour.,  1897,  Vol.  II,  p.  904. 


THE    SPHYGMOMANOMETER 


25 


gives  the  most  nearly  accurate  readings,  except  perhaps  in 
the  extremely  obese.  A  special  narrow  cuff  may  also  be 
found  advantageous  for  work  with  babies  and  small 
children. 

With  accurate  indicators  and  a  standard  cuff  the  values 
obtained  in  blood-pressure  studies  are  comparable  from 
individual  to  individual  and  are  almost  entirely  independent 
of  the  variations  in  the  soft  parts  which  overlie  the  vessel. 
(See  Chapter  III.) 

DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  MODERN  INSTRUMENTS 

1.  Riva-Rocci  Sphygmomanometer  (Fig.  2). — The  mer- 
cury manometer  is  of  a  cistern  form.  This  reduces  prac- 
tically to  zero  the  fall  in  the  other  column  such  as  occurs 


Fig.  2. — Riva-Rocci's  sphygmomanometer.     (Sahli  and  Potter.) 

with  the  U-tube,  and  permits  the  use  of  a  millimeter  scale 
for  measuring  the  height  of  the  mercury  column.  The 
scale  reads  up  to  260  mm.  (10  in.)  Hg.  The  cistern  is  of 
heavy  glass,  from  which  emerge  two  tubes,  one  for  the 


26 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


inflating  apparatus  and  the  other  for  the  attachment  of 
the  arm-band.  The  latter  is  provided  with  a  release  valve 
for  gradually  lowering  the  pressure  in  the  circuit  during 
the  test. 

The  armlet  consists  of  a  hollow  rubber  tube  covered 
with  silk  having  a  width  of  4.5  cm.  (2  in.),  which  is  fastened 
to  the  arm  with  a  special  clamp.     The  inflating  apparatus 


Fig.    3. — Cook's    modification    of    the    Riva-Rocci    sphygmomanometer, 
showing  narrow  arm-band  in  place,  with  cautery  bulb  inflator. 

is  a  double  bulb  such  as  is  employed  with  a  thermocautery. 

The  apparatus  stands  firmly  on  a  solid  base  and  has  a 
scale  which  is  easy  to  read,  it  is  easy  to  adjust  and  rapid  in 
operation. 

Disadvantages. — The  size  and  construction  of  the  appa- 
ratus make  it  not  easily  portable.     The  armlet  is  too  narrow 


THE    SPHYGMOMANOMETER 


27 


for  accurate  readings,  and  the  elasticity  of  the  tubular 
system  makes  diastolic  readings  difficult.  It  is  not  available 
for  pressures  over  260  mm.  (10  in.)  of  mercury. 

2.  Cook's  Modification  of  the  Riva-Rocci  (Fig.  3).— 
This  is  very  similar  to  the  preceding  but  is  of  Hghter  con- 
struction, and  is  provided  with  a  jointed  manometer  tube 


Fig.   4. — Stanton's   sphygmomanometer,   showing   arrangement   of  parts, 
with  cautery  bulb  infiator. 

which  allows  the  instrument  to  be  packed  in  a  smaller 
space.  It  employs  the  small  armlet  and  the  double  bulb 
infiator. 

Disadvantages. — It  does  not  stand  firmly  and  is  easily 
upset  and  broken.  Without  special  care  in  packing  and 
transportation  the  mercury  is  often  spilled.  The  caliber 
of  the  tube  (1  mm.)  is  too  small  and  the  narrow  cuff  gives 


28 


B  LOOD-PRESSURB 


readings  that  are  too  high.     The  scale  etched  on  the  glass 
is  difficult  to  read. 

3.  Stanton's  Sphygmomanometer  (Fig.  4). — This  in- 
strument was  devised  in  an  effort  to  increase  portability, 
to  reduce  the  probability  of  breakage  and  to  lessen  the 
elasticity  of  the  tubular  system,  thereby  improving  the 
diastolic  fluctuation  of  the  mercury. 


Fig.  5. — Janeway's  sphygmomunuimur,  attached  to  arm,  showing 
method  of  retention  of  cuff,  arrangement  of  momanometer,  with  Politzer 
bag  inflator. 

These  changes  were  effected  by  substituting  a  metal 
cistern  and  by  arranging  over  this  a  screw  joint  for  the 
attachment  of  the  vertical  glass  tube;  also  the  introduction 
of  a  stopcock  in  a  short  tube  as  it  emerges  from  the  cistern 
to  serve  for  attachment  of  the  inflating  bulb,  this  elimi- 
nates the  elasticity  of  the  inflating  apparatus  during  the 


THE   SPHYGMOMANOMETER  29 

diastolic  reading.  The  instrument  employs  the  standard 
12-cm.  (4  1/2  in.)  cuff  retained  on  the  arm  by  a  canvas 
outer  cuff  and  buckle  straps. 

Disadvantages. — Chiefly  the  time  and  skill  required  to 
set  up  the  apparatus  before  using,  and  the  great  difficulty 
in  avoiding  the  loss  of  mercury  during  the  setting-up  process. 
Finally  the  cistern  arrangement  gives  low  readings  in  high 
pressures. 

4.  Janeway's  Sphygmomanometer  (Fig.  5). — In  the 
construction  of  the  Jane  way  apparatus  we  see  a  return  to 
the  U-tube  type,  first  devised  by  v.  Basch.  This  form 
appears  to  be  a  more  accurate  method  of  employing  the 
mercury  column,  since  in  the  cistern  form  no  cognizance 
is  taken  in  the  change  in  the  level  of  the  mercury 
in  the  cistern,  which  must,  for  physical  reasons,  give 
too  low  readings  when  employed  in  the  study  of  high 
pressures. 

This  instrument  employs  the  circular  compression  band 
of  standard  width  and  a  Politzer  bag  for  inflation,  thus 
eliminating  the  frequent  rupture  of  the  double  cautery 
bulb  which  occurs  in  high  pressures.  Apart  from  this,  the 
only  original  feature  of  this  instrument  is  the  jointed 
U-tube  which  allows  the  instrument,  without  cuff  or 
inflating  bag,  to  be  contained  in  a  case  measuring  10  1/4  X 
4  5/8X1  7/8  in.  and  weighing  2  1/2  lb. 

The  open  end  of  the  manometer  tube  is  closed  with  a 
cork  when  not  in  use,  and  the  rubber  connection  on  the 
other  limb  leading  to  the  attachments  is  compressed  by 
closing  the  case,  to  prevent  loss  of  mercury  from  the 
manometer.  The  scale  is  arranged  to  slide  down  into  the 
box  when  not  in  use.     The  arm  band  is  12  cm.  (4  in.)  wide 


30  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

and  is  retained  on  the  arm  by  an  inelastic  outer  cuff  pro- 
vided with  friction  straps. 

This  apparatus  is  light,  compact  and  portable  and  the 
readings  are  accurate. 

Disadvantages. — Frail  because  of  jointed  U-tube.  The 
mercury  is  easily  spilled  because  of  the  loose  methods 
employed  to  confine  it  when  the  instrument  is  not  in  use. 


Fig.  6. — Faught's  mercury  sphygmomanometer,  showing  relation  of  parts, 
metal  pump,  and  special  expansion  tubing  for  inflator. 

The  rubber  connections  are  short-lived  and  must  be  re- 
placed at  irregular  intervals. 

The  Faught  Standard  Mercury  Sphygmomanometer 
(See  Fig.  6.). — This  apparatus  was  devised  in  the  early 
part  of  1909  in  an  endeavor  to  overcome  if  possible  the 
shortcomings  of  existing  instruments,  the  majority  of 
which  were  frail,  required  special  skill  to  operate,  con- 
sumed too  much  time  and  were  defective  mechanically. 


THE    SPHYGMOMANOMETER  31 

The  Standard  sphygmomanometer  is  of  the  U-tube  type 
in  the  construction  of  which,  all  complicated  parts  have 
been  either  simplified  or  eliminated.  The  complete  ap- 
paratus including  the  cuff  of  standard  width,  and  the 
inflating  pump  may  be  enclosed  in  a  mahogany  carrying 
case,  measuring  14X4X4  1/2  in.  The  lid  is  hinged  and 
locks  in  a  vertical  position  to  serve  as  the  support  of  the 
manometer  and  the  connections.  Each  arm  of  the  U-tube 
is  provided  with  a  guard  cock  which  remains  closed, 
except  during  actual  use  of  the  instrument,  thus  preventing 
absolutely  any  loss  of  mercury,  excepting  where  there  is 
gross  carelessness.  There  are  no  rubber  connections; 
the  upper  nipple  to  which  the  pump  is  attached  is  provided 
with  a  stopcock,  which  must  be  closed  during  the  systolic 
and  diastolic  readings.  The  millimeter  scale,  which  can 
be  adjusted  to  the  level  of  the  mercury  is  reduced  one-half 
to  compensate  for  the  fall  of  the  mercury  in  the  other  limb, 
thus  the  markings  give  the  reading  directly  in  millimeters 
of  mercury.  The  pressure  is  obtained  by  the  use  of  a 
metallic  pump  attached  to  the  upper  nipple  by  means  of  a 
collapsible  rubber  tube  of  special  construction,  which  by 
its  expansion  during  the'  operation  of  the  pump,  reduces 
the  impact  of  air  before  it  reaches  the  mercury  in  the  ma- 
nometer, and  takes  the  place  of  the  second  bulb  of  the  cau- 
tery apparatus.  An  escape-valve  is  provided  for  grad- 
ually lowering  pressure  during  the  test. 

Disadvantages, — It  being  perhaps  somewhat  difficult 
for  an  author  to  see  the  possible  defects  in  an  apparatus 
of  his  owji  devising,  criticisms  of  this  instrument  must 
therefore  be  left  for  others.  It  is  not  believed  that  the 
size  of  this  instrument,  and  its  weight  as  compared  to  the 


32 


B  LOOD-PRESSURE 


more  recently  de\ased  pocket  types  of  sphygmomanometer, 
should  be  considered  detrimental,  as  many  students  prefer 
the  mercury  type,  and  use  it  exclusively  in  physiologic 
research. 

Faught  Pocket  Sphygmomanometer  (Fig.  7). — This 
instrument  reverts  to  the  type  represented  by  the  later 
models  of  v.  Basch  and  Potain,  in  that  four  metallic 
diaphragms  are  substituted  for  the  U-tube  of  the  manome- 


FiG.  7. — Faught  pocket  sphygmomanometer  attached  to  arm  showing 
position  of  arm-band,  dial  attached  to  hook  and  arrangement  of  tube 
connections. 

ter.  The  result  is  an  exceedingly  compact  and  portable 
apparatus,  which  when  folded  in  its  case,  may  be  carried 
in  the  pocket. 

The  dial  is  of  white  enamel,  somewhat  similar  to  that 
of  a  watch.  The  scale  is  graduated  in  millimeters  of 
mercury,  as  determined  by  accurate  callibration  with  a 
standard  mercury  column.  The  numerals  are  in  red  and 
black,  to  facilitate  reading,  and  each  individual  graduation 


THE    SPHYGMOMANOMETER  33 

represents  two  millimeters,  giving  a  working  scale  extending 
from  zero  to  300.  No  mathematical  calculations  are 
necessary  to  compute  the  pressure,  which  can  be  easily 
read  directly  from  the  dial. 

A  similar  instrument  devised  by  Dr.  Rogers  is  graduated 
in  centimeters  only,  on  a  scale  which  terminates  at  260. 
It  is  therefore  less  convenient  and  less  practical  than  the 
one  above  referred  to. 

The  accuracy  of  the  so-called  aneroid,  spring  or  dia- 
phragm type  of  sphygmomanometer  has  been  questioned 
by  some,  but  the  objections  appear  to  be  based  upon  a 
superficial  knowledge  of  the  constructional  characteristics 
and  care  employed  in  their  manufacture.  Special  tests 
made  by  both  the  author  and  by  others  have  shown  that 
the  danger  of  these  instruments  suddenly  becoming 
inaccurate  is  very  slight,  and  could  only  result  from  clog- 
ging from  the  mechanism  and  would  be  detected  instantly. 
The  so-called  ^^ fatigue  of  metal"  referred  to  by  some 
authorities  does  not  exist,  and  any  error  which  manufac- 
turers admit  may  develop  in  their  instrument,  must  be  due 
to  some  mechanical  defect,  which  in  the  Faught  Pocket 
Sphygmomanometer,  at  least,  has  been  overcome.  In 
order  to  insure  accurate  and  unvariable  readings  at  all 
points  on  the  scale,  a  factor  of  safety  of  150  mm.  has  been 
provided,  i.e.,  each  instrument  before  leaving  the  factory 
is  tested  up  to  150  mm.  above  the  300  on  the  scale,  or  to 
450,  after  which  the  readings  must  correspond  with  those 
of  a  standard  mercury  column,  and  the  needle  after  this 
severe  test  must  return  immediately  to  zero.  This  shows 
clearly  that,  with  ordinary  use  it  is  practically  impossible 
to  distort  the  compression  chambers  of  the  instrument, 


34 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


and  so  render  it  inaccurate.  It  has  never  been  found 
necessary  to  compare  the  Faught  Pocket  Sphygmoma- 
nometer with  a  mercury  sphygmomanometer  to  insure  its 
accuracy. 

This  instrument  employs  the  flexible  bandage  cuff  or 
arm-band,  the  inflatable  portion  of  which  measures  5X9 
in.  A  small  metal  pump  with  ex- 
haust valve  attached  is  supplied  and 
these  parts  in  addition  to  the  Mo- 
rocco pocket  case,  constitute  the 
latest  and  most  improved  type  of 
sphygmomanometer.  The  needle  of 
the  indicator  is  extremely  delicate  and 
so  sensitive  that  a  diastolic  reading 
may  be  made  in  any  case  in  which 
a  mercury  manometer  will  accom- 
plish it. 

8.  Bishop's  Sphygmomanometer. 
— This  apparatus  is  very  ingenious. 
It  depends  for  its  operation  upon 
pressure  produced  by  elevating  a 
column  of  heavy  fluid  in  a  flexible 
tube,  to  one  end  of  which  is  attached  the  arm-band,  and 
to  the  other  a  small  reservoir.  The  flexible  tube  is  gradu- 
ated in  the  equivalent  of  millimeters  of  mercury.  The 
reading  is  obtained  by  attaching  the  cuff  to  the  arm  and 
then  elevating  vertically  the  tube  with  its  reservoir  until 
the  pressure  developed  obliterates  the  pulse  at  the  wrist. 
At  this  point  the  marking  on  the  tube  at  the  level  of  the 
arm-band  gives  the  subject's  blood-pressure  in  millimeters 
of  mercury. 


Fig.  8. — Faught  pocket 
apparatus  dial  in  detail. 


THE    SPHYGMOMANOMETER 


35 


Disadvantages. — This  apparatus  while  portable  and  com- 
pact is,  on  account  of  the  length  of  the  tube,  rather  awkward 
for  one  person  to  operate,  for  the  same  reason  the  reading 
is  only  approximate  and  is  available  only  for  systolic 
readings  unless  the  auscultatory  method  is  employed. 

9.  Erlanger's  Sphygmomanometer  (Fig.  9). — This  instru- 
ment in  its  improved  form  is  apparently  the  most  accurate 


Fig.  9. — Erlanger's  sphygmomanometer  with  kymographion  in  place,  show- 
ing arm-band  and  atomizer-bulb  inflator. 

yet  devised  for  determining  blood-pressure,  being  based 
upon  the  same  principle  as  the  other  instruments  but 
both  the  return  of  the  pulse  and  the  point  of  maximum 
pulsation  are  made  clearly  visible,  thus  almost  entirely 
removing  subjective  errors. 

The  construction  of  this  instrument  is  more  complicated 
than  any  other  but  the  only  essential  difference  is  the 


36  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

addition  of  an  original  recording  device.  The  U-tube 
manometer  connects  with  a  four-way  tube,  of  which  one 
branch  leads  to  the  armlet,  and  another  to  a  special  stop- 
cock. The  vertical  branch  communicates  with  the  interior 
of  a  rubber  bulb,  enclosed  within  a  heavy  glass  bulb, 
which  in  turn,  under  certain  conditions  communicates 
freely  with  the  atmosphere  through  another  tube  returning 
to  the  special  stopcock.  The  object  of  this  glass-encased 
rubber  bulb  is  to  shield  the  delicate  tambour  from  too 
sudden  changes  in  pressure.  The  tambour  communicates 
with  the  air  in  the  glass  bulb  outside  of  the  rubber  ball, 
and  operating  an  aluminum  needle  above  the  tambour, 
inscribes  its  movements  on  a  revolving  drum.  This 
makes  a  tracing  upon  smoked  paper  as  in  the  ordinary 
kymographion.  The  whole  is  attached  to  a  metal  base 
and  is  covered  for  transportation  by  a  metal  case  which 
is  somewhat  larger  than  a  microscope  box  and  about  as 
heavy. 

The  standard  cuff  is  employed  and  pressure  is  obtained 
from  a  Politzer  bag.  All  rubber  tubing  is  of  the  high- 
pressure  variety  to  afford  rigidity. 

The  minute  details  of  construction  and  the  operation 
of  the  special  stopcock  are  too  extensive  to  include  here, 
suffice  to  say  that  with  practice  in  handling  the  instrument 
the  readings  obtained  are  very  accurate  and  furnish  a 
permanent  graphic  record  of  both  systolic  and  diastoUc 
pressures. 

Disadvantages, — The  chief  fault  to  be  found  with  this 
apparatus  is  from  the  standpoint  of  chnical  availability. 
Its  bulk  and  weight  render  it  almost  useless  for  clinical 
work  except  perhaps  in  the  office  or  the  hospital.     The 


THE    SPHYGMOMANOMETER 


37 


technic  of  smoking  the  cylinder  and  of  making  necessary 
adjustments  consumes  more  time  than  one  can  generally 


H-.u 


PULSE,  TEMPERATURE  AND  BLOOD .  PRESSURE  CHART 


CHART  NO.. 

OCCUPATION  S  ftAtftrrVVVllS-   . 


Deaifned  b;  Francis  A.  Fautht.  H.  D. 


COLOR 
SEX   ■■ 

PHYSICIAN 


3H-  ^ 


DIAGNOSIS-    O-Al 

•  ">- 

"-- 

. 

y^ 

Vs*^ 

L"^ 

7- 

i?^ 

<u 

3 

H 

•r 

G> 

Time  of  day 

s-    /t   t 

11    I7.k 

ins 

295      t 

290      = 

S 

285      £ 

g 

280      < 

^ 

275      108 

S 

270     107 

265      106 

P 

41 

260     105 

> 

255     104 

/ 

\ 

»— 

I 

J 

f 

40 

"^     '"'TCMP 

> 

r 

\ 

/ 

\ 

/ 

1 

245„jl02' 

f 

M 

240=101 

235  2100 

38 

230199 

NO! 

MAI 

TE 

IPEF 

ATU 

IE 

J7 

220       97 

215       96 

210       95 

205 

- 

- 

200    200 

.        ^195     195 

*.90     ,90 

M85     185 

-180     180 

gl75     175 

Sl70     170 

5 165     165 

1 

§160     160 

j 

«I55     155 

150     150 

145     145 

140     140 

/ 

135     135 

' 

S 

r 

J 

'=»     »»    TytLit 

J 

^ 

^ 

125^125 

r* 

-- 

- 

1202i20    ^f>  i 

r 

N( 

RM 

L  B 

.00 

)PR 

■SSU 

RE 

115^115    '^'^■* 

HO  s:  110 

105     105 

L 

J 

r' 

' 

100     100 

f^ 

r 

95       95 

/ 

90       90 

►■- 

i 

85       85ppo 

f 

80       80^        " 

75       75 

70       70  ' 

ORM 

\LI 

ULS 

RA 

re 

6S       65 

60      60 

PULSE  PRESSUIB 

iX 

it 

3(. 

•^ 

'^i 

34 

ti 

V> 

J* 

of 

tus 

rch 

irti 

In 

■  P 

dS 

^ 

- 

P 

- 

•  S 

r. 

}' 

n 

. 

. 

- 

Fig.  10. — Specimen  chart. 


spare  during  the  pursuit  of  an  active  practice.  Also  the 
rubber  connections  and  the  diaphragm  of  the  tambour 
so  often  need  replacing  at  most  inconvenient  times. 


38  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

The  value  of  graphite  records  to-day  is  sufficiently 
ob\ious  and  needs  no  argument.  We  would  know  little 
of  the  characteristic  temperature  curves  of  malaria  or 
typhoid  fever  if  we  depended  for  our  information  upon 
a  long  column  of  figures.  The  course  of  blood-pressure 
is  equally  easy  to  chart  and  the  curve  thus  obtained  at  a 
glance  tells  us  much  that  the  perusal  of  the  usual  written 
record  would  fail  to  convey.  In  both  acute  and  chronic 
diseases  and  during  operations  the  systolic  blood-pressure 
and  the  pulse  should  be  charted  at  regular  intervals. 

This  chart  is  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  combined  pulse, 
temperature  and  blood-pressure  chart,  the  several  scales 
being  so  placed  that  the  pulse,  temperature  and  blood- 
pressure  curves  do  not  become  superposed.     (See  Fig.  10.) 

The  chart  sheet  measures  9X12  in.,  which  is  the  same 
size  as  the  usual  hospital  history  sheet.  The  chart  may 
be  filled  in,  in  different  colors  if  desired  to  make  the  record 
more  graphic,  but  this  is  not  necessary  to  its  proper  keeping. 
These  charts  may  be  obtained  in  pads  of  twenty-five  from 
any  surgical  instrument  dealer  at  a  nominal  price. 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  PRINCIPLE  OF  THE  SPHYGMOMANOMETER 
CIRCULAR  COMPRESSION 

This  is  the  basis  of  modern  sphygmomanometry  without 
which  the  modern  sphygmomanometer  could  not  have 
been  developed,  and  the  immense  value  of  this  procedure 
lost  to  clinical  medicine.  For  obviously  the  direct  method 
of  the  physiologist  is  not  applicable,  as  it  requires  direct 
connection  between  the  vessel  and  the  tube  leading  to  the 
manometer. 

It  remained  for  Riva-Rocca  and  Hill,  each  working 
independently  of  each  other,  to  substitute  the  arm-encirc- 
hng  cuff  for  the  uncertain  and  inaccurate  pelote  of  v. 
Basch. 

By  means  of  the  encircling  arm-band,  the  pressure  pro- 
duced within  the  hollow  inflatable  rubber  portion  is  exerted 
equally  from  every  direction  against  the  artery.  This 
is  true  whether  the  inflatable  portion  of  the  arm-band 
completely  surrounds  the  arm  or  not.  Physiologic  experi- 
ment has  shown  that  the  tissues  intervening  between  the 
surface  and  the  artery  offer  a  negligible  amount  of  resistance 
and  that  observations  obtained  through  the  tissues  by 
the  modern  sphygmomanometer  agree  very  closely  with 
those  obtained  by  the  direct  method. 

It  has  been  said  already  that  the  width  of  the  tubular 

cuff  influences  to  a  significant  degree  the  reading  obtained. 

This  is  easily  explained  by  noting  the  change  which  occurs 

39 


40 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


within  a  narrow  (2  in.)  and  a  wide  (5  in.)  cuff  during 
inflation  under  a  rigid  retaining  device — ^reference  to  the 


Fig.  11. — A.  Schematic  section  of  arm,  showing  narrow  arm-band  (a) 
with  retaining  device  (6)  before  inflation,  artery  (c).  B.  Same  showing 
change  in  form  of  compression  band  (a),  after  inflation,  artery  (c)  compressed. 
Note  great  change  in  form  and  increase  in  circumference  of  compression 
bag.  This  change  occurred  only  at  the  expense  of  a  measurable  amount  of 
pressure. 

accompanying  illustration  will  aid  the  explanation.  Fig. 
1 1  shows  a  narrow  armlet  which  allows  insufficient  material 
to  indent  the  tissues  and  compress  the  vessel  without 


d 

Fig.  12. — A.  Schematic  section  of  arm  showing  wide  arm-band  (a)  with 
retaining  device  (6)  and  artery  (c)  before  inflation.  B.  Same,  showing 
change  in  form  of  compression  bag  (a)  after  inflation  artery  (c)  compressed, 
note  slight  change  in  form  of  compression  bag,  insufficient  to  exert  any  addi- 
tional force  than  that  required  to  compress  artery. 

requiring  additional  pressure  to  expand  the  rubber  bag, 
this  amount  being  registered  on  the  scale  of  the  sphyg- 
momanometer in  addition  to  that  required  to  compress  the 


SPHYGMOMANOMETER    CIRCULAR   COMPRESSION  41 

vessel.  Chamberlain^  has  determined  that  this  amount 
of  error  on  an  arm  of  average  size  is  8  mm.  or  more. 

Fig.  12  shows  wide  arm-band  (A)  before  compression 
and  (B)  after  compression,  where  the  change  in  form  of 
the  rubber  portion  is  insufficient  to  exert  pressure  beside 
that  required  to  indent  the  tissues  and  compress  the  vessel. 

Influence  of  the  Vessel  Wall. — Upon  this  subject 
authorities  differ.  The  early  experiments  of  v.  Basch^ 
show  that  the  resistance  to  closure  of  a  normal  radial 
artery  scarcely  amounts  to  1  mm.  and  Janeway^  agrees 
with  this.  On  the  other  hand  Russell^  does  not  agree, 
but  states  after  discussing  the  factors  involved,  that 
''I  cannot  but  think  that  those  who  have  thought  that  the 
vessel  wall  was  negligible  have  not  had  the  data  necessary 
to  correct  opinion."  The  author's  belief  is  that  the 
vessel  wall,  as  a  factor,  need  not  be  considered  from  a 
clinical  standpoint  as  any  resistance  which  could  be 
offered  by  a  vessel  even  markedly  sclerosed  would  be 
insignificant  when  compared  to  the  alterations  in  pressure 
occurring  within  the  vessel.  I  submit  as  proof  the  many 
high-pressure  cases  that  are  met  where  but  little  change 
can  be  demonstrated  in  the  superficial  vessels,  and  on  the 
other  hand,  I  saw  a  case  recently  whose  superficial  vessels 
(radial  so  far  as  it  could  be  digitally  traced)  w^ere  absolutely 
rigid,  so  firm  that  one  had  the  feeling  that  careless  handling 
would  cause  them  to  break,  and  yet  at  no  time  did  the 
blood-pressure  register  over  110  mm. 

^  Chamberlain,  Philippine  Jour,  of  Sci.,  Vol,  VI,  No.  6,  Sec.  B,  Dec,  1911. 
-  Berlin  klin.  Wochen.,  1887,  Vol.  XXIV. 
^  Janeway,  Clinical  Study  of  Blood-pressure,  p.  61. 

*  Arterial  Hypertension,  Arteriosclerosis  and  Blood-pressure,  J.  B. 
Lippincott,  1908,  p.  52.  % 


42  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

It  seems  safe  to  assume  that  the  vessel  wall  as  a  definite 
factor  can  be  absolutely  eliminated  because  all  pressures 
are  read  through  the  vessel  wall,  which  always  being 
included  can  clinically  at  least  be  ignored. 

Influence  of  Other  Intervening  Structures. — Vital  tissue 
is  perfectly  elastic.  Therefore  any  pressure  applied  to 
the  surface  of  the  body  is  directly  transmitted  to  the  under- 
lying structures  without  loss  of  force. 

Pressure  is  applied  to  an  accessible  part  of  the  body 
over  a  large  blood-vessel  such  as  the  brachial.  If  the 
amount  of  this  pressure  is  sufficient  to  overcome  the  pres- 
sure of  the  blood  within  the  vessel,  the  vessel  will  collapse 
and  the  pulse  be  prevented  from  passing  beyond  it.  If 
the  amount  of  the  compressing  force  is  measured  and  ex- 
pressed in  definite  terms  of  weight  (as  millimeters  of  a 
column  of  mercury)  then  we  can,  by  applying  just  sufficient 
pressure  to  collapse  the  vessel,  measure  the  amount  of 
force  exerted  by  the  blood  in  resisting  this  collapse. 

In  practice  the  pressure  is  produced  by  a  cautery  bulb 
or  a  small  hand  pump,  and  is  applied  to  the  arm  by  means 
of  a  hollow  flat  rubber  bag.  This  is  wrapped  about  the 
arm  and  held  there  by  some  form  of  inelastic  cuff.  Com- 
munication with  a  mercury  manometer  measures  the 
amount  of  pressure  applied  to  the  vessel. 

Fig.  13  A  and  B  shows  the  relation  of  the  compression 
bag  to  the  artery.  In  Fig.  A,  the  pressure  within  the  cuff 
is  greater  than  the  blood-pressure  within  the  artery,  which 
is  therefore  collapsed  and  the  pulse  in  the  distal  end  of 
the  vessel  cut  off.  In  Fig.  B  the  pressure  in  the  cuff  has 
been  reduced  so  that  it  is  a  fraction  of  a  millimeter  less 
than   the  systolic   pressure   within   the   vessel.     Now  at 


SPHYGMOMANOMETER   CIRCULAR  COMPRESSION 


43 


each  systole  a  small  amount  of  blood  passes  the  constriction 
and  will  reach  the  distal  end  of  the  artery,  where  the  wave 
can  be  felt  by  the  palpating  finger  at  the  wrist. 

Fig.    14   A   and   B  represents   the   conditions   existing 
between  the  constricting  cuff  and  the  vessel  at  the  diastolic 


Fig.  13. — A.  Pressure  in  "6"  135  mm.  Hg.,  pressure  in  "a"  130  mm.  Hg., 
B  is  therefore  collapsed,  pulse  cannot  pass.  B.  Pressure  "6"  129  mm.  Hg., 
pressure  in  "a"  130  mm.  Hg.,  pulse  passes.  Diagram  of  relations  of  armlet 
to  brachial  artery.  Explanation  of  systolic  reading:  a,  artery;  6,  compress- 
ing armlet;  c,  retaining  cuff;  d,  tube  to  manometer;  e,  humerus. 

time  of  pressure.  A  represents  a  pressure  within  the  cuff 
less  than  the  systolic  pressure  in  the  vessel.  This  is 
insufficient  to  affect  the  vessel  during  the  systolic  period. 
B  shows  the  artery  and  cuff  during  the  diastolic  period, 
when  the  pressure  within  the  artery  is  at  its  lowest  point, 


44 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


a  fraction  of  a  millimeter  less  than  the  pressure  within 
the  cuff.  Consequently  the  artery  is  collapsed  at  this 
time.  The  effect  of  each  succeeding  systole  is  to  alternate 
between  a  round  and  a  flat  vessel  at  the  point  of  compres- 
sion.    This  affects  the  pressure  of  air  within  the   cuff 


Fig.  14. — A.  Systolic  pressure  in  "a"  130  mm.  Hg.,  pressure  in  "6"  101 
mm.  Hg.,  artery  not  compressed.  B.  Diastolic  pressure  in  '*a"  100  mm. 
Hg.,  pressure  in  '*6"  101  mm.  Hg.,  artery  collapsed.  Diagram  of  relation 
of  armlet  to  brachial  artery.  Explanation  of  diastolic  reading;  a,  artery; 
6,  compressing  armlet;  c,  retaining  cuff;  d,  tube  to  manometer;  e,  humerus. 


which  is  in  turn  transmitted  to  the  mercury  column  of  the 
manometer  and  becomes  visible  in  the  rhythmic  fluctuation 
of  the  column  of  mercury  which  is  synchronous  with  the 
pulse  beat.  Since  the  fluctuation  will  reach  a  maximum 
at  the  time  when  the  pressure  in  the  cuff  is  approximately 


SPHYGMOMANOMETER    CIRCULAR   COMPRESSION 


45 


equal  to  the  diastolic  pressure  in  the  vessel,  we  are  justified 
in  considering  the  base  of  the  manometer  column  at  this 
time  a  measure  of  the  diastolic  pressure  within  the  vessel. 

Method  of  Application. — The  practical  application  of 
the  modern  sphygmomanometer  is  a  very  simple  proce- 
dure requiring  very  little  experience  and  occupying  very 
little  time. 


Fig.  15. — Explanatory  diagram  showing  individual  parts  of  apparatus:  Ay 
armlet — rubber;  B,  armlet — leather;  C,  armlet — connection;  D,  nipple  for 
armlet;  D^,  nipple  for  armlet;  F,  nipple  for  pressure;  G,  scale;  H,  man- 
ometer tube;  K,  guard  cock;  L,  guard  cock;  M,  pressure  guard  cock, 
N,  exhaust  valve;  0,  pneumatic  chamber;  P,  pump;  R,  union  nipple; 
T,  oscillometer  tube;  t/,  oscillator;  V,  vertical  connection;  F,  flexible 
connection. 


The  component  parts  are  much  the  same  in  all  makes, 
excepting  for  slight  differences  in  detail,  such  as  the  con- 
struction of  the  arm-band,  location  of  attachments  for 
tubes,  etc.  Therefore  a  detailed  description  of  one  will 
serve  equally  for  all. 


46  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

The  accompanying  illustration  (Fig.  15)  will  serve  as  a  key, 
the  letters  upon  it  being  uniform  throughout  all  the 
illustrations  of  the  Faught-Pilling  Instruments  and  includ- 
ing the  Fedde  DiastbHc  Indicator. 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  OPERATING  THE  STANDARD  SPHYGMO- 
MANOMETER 

The  patient  should  be  in  a  comfortable  position,  and 
either  in  a  sitting  or  a  reclining  posture.  The  instrument 
should  be  upon  a  level  surface  within  easy  reach  of  the 
examiner. 

The  lid  is  then  raised  until  it  locks  in  a  vertical  position. 
If  the  tube  from  the  pump  is  not  already  connected  to  the 
nipple  F  it  should  be  firmly  attached  to  it.  The  two 
mercury  guard  cocks  K  and  L  at  the  ends  of  the  U-tube 
should  be  opened  and  the  escape  valve  N  tightly  closed. 

The  hollow  rubber  bag  of  the  arm-band  A  should  be 
firmly  wrapped  around  the  bared  arm  of  the  patient  and 
securely  bound  there  by  the  leather  cuff  and  straps  B. 
The  cuff  should  be  applied  snugly,  but  not  with  pressure, 
as  it  is  not  designed  to  compress  the  member,  but  only  to 
restrain  the  inner  rubber  bag  while  pressure  is  applied  to  it. 

The  tube  from  the  arm-band  C  is  attached  firmly  to  the 
nipple  D.     The  cock  in  the  nipple  F  is  opened. 

This  arrangement  forms  a  continuous  closed  pneumatic 
system  communicating  freely  with  the  manometer  tube 
of  the  instrument.  Now  when  pressure  is  raised  in  the 
arm-band  by  the  hand  pump,  the  amount  of  force  exerted 
is  indicated  by  the  rise  of  the  right-hand  column  in  the 
manometer  tube  H,  the  height  of  which  will  be  indicated 
on  the  scale  G  in  millimeters  of  mercury. 


SPHYGMOMANOMETER    CIRCULAR    COMPRESSION  47 

To  Obtain  the  Systolic  Reading. — With  one  hand  find 
the  pulse  at  the  wrist  of  the  arm,  to  which  the  arm-band  has 
been  applied.  The  fingers  should  be  in  a  comfortable  posi- 
tion and  under  no  circumstances  should  be  moved  during 
the  observation.  Care  should  also  be  observed  that  the 
pulse  is  not  cut  off  by  undue  pressure  of  the  palpating 
fingers.  The  cuff  should  be  in  the  same  horizontal  plane  as 
the  subject's  heart. 

Palpatory  Method. — While  the  pulse  is  thus  under  ob- 
servation, the  pressure  in  the  apparatus  is  raised  by  means 
of  the  hand  bellows  or  pump  until  the  pressure  within 
the  constricting  band  is  sufficient  to  prevent  the  pulse 
from  reaching  the  wrist.  When  this  is  accomplished  the 
cock  in  the  nipple  M.  is  closed  to  eliminate  the  elastic 
pressure.  Now  by  a  fraction  of  a  turn  in  the  valve  N  the 
pressure  in  the  system  is  slowly  released.  During  this  part 
of  the  procedure,  a  close  watch  should  be  kept  upon  the 
height  of  the  mercury  column  and  for  the  return  of  the  first 
pulse  beat  at  the  wrist.  The  level  of  the  mercury  column  at 
the  instant  that  the  pulse  passes  the  compression  band  will 
represent  the  systolic  pressure  in  the  vessel  under  observa- 
tion. It  is  advisable  to  repeat  this  procedure  a  few  times 
to  check  the  correctness  of  the  finding. 

Auscultatory  Method.  (Fig.  16.) — In  1905,  Korotkow 
first  discovered  that  when  the  bell  of  a  stethoscope  was 
placed  over  the  brachial  artery  just  below  the  cuff  of  the 
sphygmomanometer,  a  series  of  characteristic  sounds  could 
be  heard  when  the  pressure  was  gradually  released.  These 
sounds,  of  which  three  were  described,  were  found  to  bear  a 
definite  relation  to  the  character  of  the  pulse  and  to  the 
systolic  and  diastolic  blood-pressure  in  the  artery.     When 


48 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


the  artery  is  compressed,  and  no  blood  passes  the  cuff,  no 
sound  can  be  heard  in  the  stethoscope.  The  first  sound  to 
appear  is  a  clear  sharp  tone  which  corresponds  to  the  first 
pulse  wave  to  pass  beyond  the  cuff  (first  phase)  the  third 
sound  is  dull  and  quite  suddenly  disappears  (third  phase). 
This  point  was  believed  to  indicate  the  moment  of  diastolic 
pressure  within  the  cuff. 


Fig.  16. — Auscultatory  blood-pressure  test. 

Subsequent  observers,  among  them  Ettinger  and  Good- 
man and  HowelP  have  shown  that  there  can  usually  be  dis- 
tinguished five  phases,   which  are  described  as  follows: 

First  phase.  A  sharp  clear  tone,  which  indicates  the 
first  passage  of  the  arterial  stream  beyond  the  cuff  (first 
phase  of  Korotkow). 


» Arch.  Int.  Med.,  Vol.  VI,  1910. 


SPHYGMOMANOMETER   CIRCULAR   COMPRESSION  49 

Second  phase.  This  same  tone  dulled  combined  with  a 
series  of  faint  murmurs. 

Third  phase.  A  change  to  another  sharp  clear  tone, 
which  more  or  less  suddenly  becomes  dull. 

Fourth  phase.  The  moment  that  above-mentioned 
change  occurs. 

Fifth  phase.  All  sound  disappears  (third  phase  of 
Korotkow). 

Much  critical  work  has  been  done  to  determine,  if  possi- 
ble, the  significance  of  these  tone  changes  and  their  bearing 
on  the  circulation  in  health  and  disease.  A  summary  of 
this  work  is  as  follows: 

The  appearance  of  the  first  sound  measures  accurately 
the  systolic  pressure.  This  point  has  been  confirmed  by 
records  made  with  the  Erlanger  instrument.^  The  reading 
by  this  method  has  been  found  to  be  10  to  15  nam.  higher 
than  the  method  of  palpation.  According  to  Warfield,  all 
phases  are  not  by  any  means  always  differentiated. 

The  tones  are  dependent  upon  three  factors : 
First,  heart  strength. 
Second,  size  of  artery. 
Third,  arterial  elasticity. 

The  third  tone  normally  is  the  loudest,  and  it  is  generally 
beheved  that  a  loud,  long  clear  third  phase  is  indicative  of  a 
strong  heart,  a  weak  third  phase  a  weak  heart,  and  an 
absent  third  phase  a  greatly  weakened,  dilated  heart. 
Arteriosclerosis  accentuates  the  third  phase  so  that  when 
present  we  may  note  a  good  third  phase  even  with  a  weak- 
ened heart. 

Goodman  and  Howell  (loc,  cit.)  direct  attention  to  the 

1  Warfield,  Interstate  Med.  Jour.,  Vol.  XIX,  No.  10,  p.  860. 

4 


50  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

varying  strength  and  quality  of  the  sounds  in  cases  of 
irregular  hearts,  and  they  believe  that  they  were  able  to 
detect  slight  irregularities  in  force,  more  readily  by  auscult- 
ing  the  artery  than  by  the  heart  itself. 

Another  conclusion  of  these  investigators  is  that,  a  long 
drawn-out  fourth  phase  is  very  significant  of  aortic  insuffi- 
ciency, in  this  Warfield's  studies  agree. 

It  is  generally  accepted  that  the  disappearance  of  all 
sound  measures  the  diastolic  pressure.  Warfield  contests 
this  and  proves  his  contentions  by  studies  made  with  the 
Erlanger  instrument.  However  this  may  finally  be  set- 
tled, it  would  seem  best  to  adhere  to  the  present  view,  so 
that  records  made  from  time  to  time  by  different  ob- 
servers shall  be  comparable. 

To  Obtain  the  Diastolic  Pressure. — The  diastolic  pres- 
sure may  be  obtained  in  several  ways.  The  method 
employed  will  depend  upon  the  character  of  the  instrument 
used  and  the  preference  of  the  operator.  The  methods 
will  be  described  in  the  order  in  which  they  have  been 
devised. 

1.  Visible  Method, — This  depends  on  the  to-and-fro 
motion  imparted  to  the  mercury  in  the  U-tube,  which 
occurs  after  the  pressure  has  fallen  below  the  systolic 
point.  Having  determined  the  systolic  pressure,  again 
raise  the  pressure  to  a  few  millimeters  above  this  point 
and  immediately  close  the  valve  M,  Now  allow  the  pres- 
sure to  fall  very  slowly  by  releasing  the  air  through  the 
valve  A^. 

As  the  mercury  falls  below  the  systolic  point,  there  will 
in  most  cases  be  noted  a  rhythmic  motion  synchronous 
with  the  pulse.     This  gradually  increases  in  amplitude 


SPHYGMOMANOMETER    CIRCULAR   COMPRESSION  51 

up  to  a  certain  point,  after  which  it  decreases  and  finally 
ceases  before  zero  pressure  is  reached.  During  this 
gradual  fall,  the  base  of  the  mercury  column,  when  the 
mercury  is  making  the  greatest  excursion,  represents  the 
diastolic  pressure. 

2.  Palpatory  Method, — Raise  the  pressure  within  the 
apparatus  to  the  systolic  point,  then,  while  keeping  the 
fingers  on  the  pulse,  allow  the  mercury  column  to  fall 
gradually  as  in  the  first  method.  It  will  then  be  noted 
that  at  first  the  pulse  is  very  feeble  and  thready  in  character 
and  continues  so  for  a  time,  when,  as  the  pressure  falls, 
it  will  suddenly  assume  the  full  bounding  character  of 
the  pulse  of  aortic  regurgitation.  At  the  moment  that 
this  change  occurs  the  height  of  the  mercury  column 
will  represent  the  diastolic  pressure  in  millimeters  of 
mercury. 

3.  Auscultatory  Method. — This  is  also  available  for  the 
diastolic  readings,  and  employs,  as  in  the  systolic  method, 
a  stethoscope  placed  over  the  vessels  at  the  bend  of  the 
elbow.  As  the  pressure  is  allowed  to  further  recede  within 
the  apparatus,  a  series  of  tones  may  be  heard  (see  page  47), 
until  a  point  is  reached  when  a  soft  blowing  murmur 
develops,  to  almost  immediately  disappear,  after  which 
no  further  sound  is  audible.  It  has  been  found  that  this 
last  sound  is  heard  at  the  diastolic  period,  and  therefore 
a  reading  of  the  sphygmomanometer  at  this  moment 
will  indicate  the  diastoUc  blood-pressure. 

The  auscultatory  method  has  the  advantage  over  all 
others  in  that  it  is  available  in  every  case  regardless  of  the 
size  and  volume  of  the  pulse,  and  can  be  applied  to  any 
make  of  sphygmomanometer.     It  should  be  borne  in  mind, 


52 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


however,  that  diastolic  readings  made  by  the  auscultatory 
method  may  be  from  10  to  15  mm.  lower  than  those 
obtained  by  the  visible  or  the  palpatory  methods. 

A  special  stethoscope  has  recently  been  devised  which 
is  a  great  aid  in  performing  the  auscultatory  method. 
This,  as  shown  in  the  accompanying  cut  (Fig.  17),  is  a 
Bowles  stethoscope  with  a  button-Uke  projection  from  the 


Fig.  17.— Multiple  sphygmometroscope.    Adaptation  of  multiple  Bowles 
stethoscope  for  auscultatory  reading  of  blood-pressure. 

face  of  the  diaphragm,  which  greatly  faciUtates  application 
to  the  artery  below  the  sphygmomanometer  cuff.  This 
is  secured  in  position  by  a  narrow  cuff  fastened  with  a 
friction  buckle.  This  little  apparatus  is  self-retaining 
and  allows  the  operator  the  freedom  of  both  hands  with 
which  to  manage  the  sphygmomanometer.  This  is  quite 
important  as  it  will  be  found  expedient  to  note  the  first 


SPHYGMOMANOMETER   CIRCULAR   COMPRESSION  53 

disappearance  of  the  pulse  by  palpation  of  the  radial, 
as  in  the  other  methods,  thereby  preventing  accidental 
or  careless  overcompression  of  the  arm. 

The  accompanying  illustration  presents  a  new  device  to 
facilitate  the  teaching  of  blood-pressure  readings  by  the 
auscultatory  method. 

The  chief  drawback  to  this  method  has  been  the  seeming 
difficulty  which  the  average  physician  has  in  learning  to 
perceive  and  interpret  the  sounds  heard  over  the  artery. 
In  thinking  over  this  matter,  the  idea  suggested  itself  that, 
if  the  sphygmometroscope  was  made  into  a  multiple  of  say 
four,  whereby  the  sounds  could  be  heard  by  more  than  one 
individual  at  the  same  time,  it  would  overcome  this  diffi- 
culty and  make  it  possible  for  anyone  familiar  with  the 
sounds  heard  during  auscultatory  blood-pressure  observa- 
tions to  direct  the  attention  of  a  small  group  of  observers 
during  the  actual  performance  of  the  test.  This  has  been 
done,^  and  the  result  proved  highly  satisfactory.  No  dif- 
ficulty resulting  from  the  distribution  of  the  sound  through 
a  larger  tubular  system. 

This  device  would  be  found  valuable,  particularly  to  the 
medical  teacher,  as  it  has  been  my  experience  that  many 
students  go  through  their  chnical  studies  without  ever 
actually  hearing  or  seeing  the  thing  demonstrated.  It  is 
applicable  also  in  demonstrating  conditions,  involving 
marked  variations  in  pressure,  to  medical  societies  or  groups 
of  medical  men. 

4.  Diastolic  Indicator. — This  may  be  attached  to  any 
make  of  sphygmomanometer  and  is  of  decided  advantage 
in  determining  an  accurate  diastoHc  pressure  when  the 

1  J.  F.  Prendergast,  N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  vol.  xcvii,  No.  2,  1913. 


54 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


systolic  pressure  is  very  feeble.  (See  Fig.  18.)  Its  ap- 
plication is  very  similar  to  Method  No.  1  except  that  the 
movement  of  the  mercury  column  is  ignored  and  the  move- 
ment of  the  pith  ball  in  the  small  vertical  tube  rehed  upon 
to  determine  the  diastoUc  pressure. 

Reference  to  Fig.  15,  will  show  the  method  of  uniting  the 
Fedde  Indicator  to  a  sphygmo- 
manometer. It  will  be  noted  that 
the  narrow  perpendicular  glass  tube 
contains  a  small  light  ball  of  pith 
or  cork  which  is  free  to  move  up 
and  down  within  the  tube. 

When  determining  the  systolic 
pressure  pay  no  attention  to  this 
indicator,  as  each  impact  of  air 
will  make  the  ball  dance  violently, 
but  this  has  no  bearing  on  the  test. 
When  the  pressure  has  reached  the 
systolic  point  close  the  valve  N 
when  the  ball  will  begin  to  move  slightly  in  rhythm  with 
the  pulse.  This  motion  gradually  increases,  until  it  reaches 
a  maximum  as  the  level  of  the  mercury  column  gradually 
falls,  when  quite  suddenly,  its  motion  becomes  markedly 
less.  At  the  moment  of  this  reduced  movement  the  level 
of  the  mercury  will  indicate  the  diastoHc  pressure. 

It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  indicator  gives  a  di- 
astolic pressure  considerably  lower  than  1  and  2  (about  10 
to  15  nrni.). 

Cautions. — To  obtain  accurate  and  reliable  clinical  data 
with  the  sphygmomanometer,  it  is  important  that  some 
systematic  technic  be  adhered  to,  and  that  all  observations 


Fig.  18. — Fedde  indicator 
as  separate  unit. 


SPHYGMOMANOMETER   CIRCULAR  COMPRESSION  55 

not  only  on  the  same  patient,  but  in  all  cases,  be  made  under 
as  nearly  the  same  conditions  as  possible.  Attention  to 
detail  will  eliminate  largely  the  errors  arising  from  such 
factors  as  position  of  the  patient,  presence  of  fatigue  or 
mental  excitement,  arm  used  for  observation,  etc.  It  is 
also  valuable  to  note  the  apparatus  used,  the  width  of  cuff, 
the  time  of  day,  the  pulse  rate,  the  sex  and  age  of  the 
patient. 

Care  should  also  be  taken  to  see  that  the  observation  is 
not  too  prolonged,  for  the  interruption  of  the  circulation  in 
the  extremity  will,  if  continued,  itself  cause  changes  in 
pressure. 

No  single  reading  should  be  accepted  when  it  is  possible 
to  make  more  than  one.  It  is  better  to  see  a  patient  a 
number  of  times  under  varying  conditions  before  finally 
deciding  what  his  blood-pressure  is. 


CHAPTER  IV 

THE  SPHYGMOMANOMETER  AND  METHOD  OF  ITS 

USE 

FACTORS  INFLUENCING  BLOOD -PRESSURE 

There  may  be  still  some  who  are  loath  to  accept  the  new 
order  of  things.  Old-fashioned  practitioners,  who  either 
cannot  or  will  not  see  anything  good  in  the  many  aids  to 
diagnosis  employed  by  physicians.  We  are  now  in  an  age 
of  development  and  progress,  and  he  who  does  not  progress, 
recedes,  there  is  no  middle  ground.  The  following  ab- 
stracts are  particularly  directed  toward  the  skeptic,  or  he 
who  has  so  far  failed  to  see  the  value  of  the  sphygmoman- 
ometer. Dr.  Jane  way  asks  and  answers  this  trite  question  :^ 
"When  should  the  general  practitioner  measure  the  blood- 
pressure?"  To  this  he  replies  "First,  in  every  careful 
examination  of  the  cardiovascular  system.  Second,  in 
the  first  examination  of  every  new  patient,  and  the  occa- 
sional examination  for  purposes  of  establishing  prognosis 
in  cases  of  hypertensive  cardiovascular  disease  and  in  ne- 
phritis. Third,  in  examinations  for  the  certification  of 
health,  such  as  applicants  for  life  insurance,  recruits  for 
the  army,  navy,  police,  fire  department,  etc.,  and  the 
examination  of  boys  and  others  for  competition  in  athlet- 
ics." This  summary  fairly  expresses  the  sentiment  of  a 
large  number  of  cUnicians. 

»  Theo.  C.  Janeway,  Albany  Medical  Anncds,  March,  1911. 

56 


THE   SPHYGMOMANOMETER   AND   ITS   USE  57 

Add  to  this  an  almost  unlimited  field  offered  by 
many  pathologic  conditions  in  which  the  blood-pressure 
findings  have  been  established,  and  the  almost  universal 
applicability  of  the  sphygmomanometer  will  be  readily 
appreciated. 

In  order  to  intelligently  employ  and  to  clinically  esti- 
mate the  value  of  blood-pressure  findings  in  any  case,  we 
must  know  what  constitute  the  normal  boundaries  of 
blood-pressure,  what  factors  may  normally  influence  the 
reading  and  what  constitutes  an  abnormal  or  pathologic 
blood-pressure. 

The  Normal  Blood -pressure. — Mechanical  difference  in 
instruments  apart  from  accidental  error,  due  to  defective 
manometers  (which  is  now  rare)  must  be  considered, 
especially  when  comparison  is  made  between  figures,  ob- 
tained some  years  ago  and  now.  In  the  early  days  of 
sphygmomanometry,  the  width  of  the  arm-band,  and  the 
method  of  application- of  pressure  was  not  critically  con- 
sidered, so  that,  except  when  indicated,  it  cannot  be  deter- 
mined whether  figures  refer  to  pressure  tests  made  with  a 
4-,  8-,  12-  or  16-cm.  cuff,  or  whether  any  cuff  at  all  was  used, 
as  with  the  early  instruments  of  v.  Basch  and  Potain. 

All  instruments  employing  the  mercury  scale  or  its 
equivalent,  will  under  the  ordinary  conditions  give  similar 
readings.  The  chief  cause  for  difference  is  in  the  use  of 
cuffs  of  varying  width.  The  standard  cuff  as  now  accepted 
by  most  authorities  is  one  having  a  width  of  compression 
surface  of  4  1/2  to  5  in.  (11  to  13  cm.).  This,  in  all  but 
the  most  obese,  will  give  uniform  pressure  readings,  which 
by  actual  experiment  have  been  found  to  correspond 
closely  to  the  figures  obtained  by  the  direct  introduction 


58  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

into  a  vessel  of  a  canula  communicating  with  a  mercury 
manometer. 

The  cuff  of  Riva-Rocci,  and  as  employed  by  Cook,  in 
his  simplification  of  the  Riva-Rocci  apparatus,  measures 
8  cm.  in  width.  This  has  been  found  to  interpose  some 
resistance  of  its  own,  due  to  stretching  of  the  rubber  of 
the  cuff,  so  that  readings  obtained  by  it  are  from  6  to  10 
mm.  higher  (depending  on  the  circumference  of  the  arm) 
than  those  obtained  by  the  standard  cuff.  Therefore  all 
figures  obtained  by  the  narrow  cuff  must  be  corrected,  by 
the  subtraction  of  6,  8  or  10  mm.  before  they  can  be  com- 
pared to  the  standard  reading. 

This  difference  has  been  carefully  figured,  out  by  Cham- 
berlain^ and  others. 

The  sphygmomanometer  of  Potain  is  not  graduated  in 
mm.  of  Hg.  at  all,  and  therefore  cannot  be  directly  com- 
pared to  the  figures  obtained  by  other  instruments.  Po- 
tain in  his  work  on  blood-pressure  gives  the  normal  with 
his  instrument  as  150  to  190  for  men  and  140  to  180  for 
women.  The  readings  with  the  Gaertner  tonometer 
range  from  10  to  20  mm.  below  the  standard. 

If  we  accept  the  12-cm.  cuff  as  standard  and  employ  it 
for  a  basis  of  comparison,  we  find  that  a  number  of  so-called 
physiological,  or  normal  factors  influence  blood-pressure 
readings,  and  that  in  any  study  of  blood-pressure,  these 
must  be  considered. 

It  has  been  established  that  the  blood-pressure  is  influ- 
enced normally  by: 
Age. 
Sex. 

» Philippine  Jour,  of  Sd,,  December,  1911. 


THE   SPHYGMOMANOMETER   AND   ITS   USE  59 

The  time  of  day. 
Size  and  temperament. 
Digestion. 

Muscular  development. 
Muscular  exertion. 
Mental  worry  or  fatigue. 
These  several  factors  will  be  considered  in  order,  and 
an  effort  made  to  outline  their  influence. 

In  connection  with  this  subject,  it  seems  necessary 
to  include  in  this  group  a  consideration  of  tobacco  and 
alcohol  indulgence,  because  of  their  general  employment 
by  men  at  least.  They  should  always  be  noted  in  an 
estimation  of  blood-pressure. 

Age  and  Sex. — Janeway  in  more  than  2,000  blood- 
pressure  determinations  has  found  the  high  normal  limit 
of  systolic  pressure,  with  very  few  exceptions,  to  be  145 
mm.;  his  figures  for  women  are  10  mm.  less. 

The  Diastolic  Pressure, — There  are  few  reports  to  be 
found  in  literature  bearing  upon  this.  Janeway  on  the 
basis  of  several  hundred  readings  of  about  200  cases 
believes  the  diastolic  pressure  to  be  from  25  to  40  mm. 
below  the  systolic  pressure  in  a  normal  individual.  This 
holds  good  only  during  repose,  for  posture,  exertion,  etc., 
affect  the  two  pressures  unequally. 

H.  P.  Woley^  reports  his  examinations  of  100  healthy 
subjects  between  the  ages  of  fifteen  and  sixty  years.  The 
results  are  shown  in  the  accompanying  chart  (Fig.  19). 
Except  for  slight  variations  the  figures  obtained  are  in 
close  accord  with  the  results  of  other  observers.    Lauder 

1  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  Vol.  LV,  No.  2,  p.  121. 


60 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


Brunton  states*  that  the  normal  pressure  in  children 
between  eight  and  fourteen  years  is  90  mm.,  in  youth 
from  fifteen  to  twenty-one,  100  to  120. 


AGES 


•  D 
ISO 

16  TO  30 

30  TO  40 

40  TO  60 

60  TO  00           j 

10 

o 

r 

9 

O 

N 

IM 

n 
«( 

(M 

in 

(M 

o 

9 

0 

n 

N 

n 

'J 

U) 

« 

n 

n 

01 

0 

^ 

^ 

« 

■c 

'J 

0 

<t\  in 

in 

lA 

« 

01 

11) 

0 

^ 

- 

149 

148 
147 
146 

^ 

^^ 

_^ 

' 

" 

" 

^ 

-^ 

' 

' 

^ 

^ 

■" 

144 
143 
142 
141 

J 

^ 

^ 

• 

^ 

?A 

V^ 

— 

— 

kv 

t 

" 

J 

___ 

J 

"^ 

139 
138 
137 
136 

115 

■ 

- 

' 

134 
133 
132 
131 

mo 

' 

■ 

^ 

^ 

— 

" 

~ 

■ 

" 

'^ 

^ 

r" 

■ 

" 

J 

-• 

■^ 

' 

129 
128 

" 

' 

■ 

■ 

■" 

" 

'" 

■ 

■" 

■ 

_ 

_ 

_ 

_ 

_ 

_ 

_ 

^ 

_ 

_ 

= 

1, 

- 

_ 

_ 

_ 

„ 

_ 

J 

_ 

_ 

_ 

_^ 

_ 

1?7 

126 
1?S 

~ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

n 

= 

\i 

G 

7 

-| 

Hi 

L 

:s 

~ 

A 

^ 

>< 

-; 

T 

r 

a" 

31 

-3 

"= 

" 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-^ 

r,«^ 

124 
123 
122 
121 

120 

ty 

c 

^ 

s 

(P. 

^- 

'' 

,J! 

t* 

- 

-1 

^ 

^ 

** 

■ 

' 

, 

^ 

119 
118 
117 
116 

lis 

f 

, — 

av 

F 

Rf 

r. 

F 

F 

F 

Vtf 

1 

Ff 

A' 

r 

A 

1 

A 

(^ 

r 

' 

' 

" 

" 

J 

^ 

" 

114 

113 
112 
111 

.110 

- 

' 

" 

"" 

- 

- 

- 

■ 

^ 

*" 

' 

" 

'■" 

■ 

'" 

y 

' 

< 

100 
108 
107 
106 

^ 

■ 

" 

' 

^ 

^ 

■■ 

<^ 

' 

'Y 

It 

A 

B 

104 
103 
102 
101 

jLa2 

»» 

^ 

^ 

- 

> 

■ 

' 

' 

■ 

, 

L^ 

' 

' 

~ 

~ 

"' 

■ 

- 

z- 

^ 

: 

. 

_ 

_ 

L 

_ 

_ 

_ 

Fig.  19. — Woley's  chart  showing  effect  of  age  on  blood-pressure,  giving 
mean,  high  and  low  average. 

KrehP  and  Cook  give  from  75  to  90  mm.  as  the  normal 
systoUc  pressure  during  the  first  years  of  life. 

» Lancet,  Oct.  17,  1898. 
^  Chnical  Pathology. 


THE   SPHYGMOMANOMETER  AND   ITS   USE 


61 


Periodic  Variations. — The  respiratory  and  Traube-Her- 
ing  and  the  other  less  rhythmical  but  apparently  spon- 
taneous fluctuations  in  the  normal  blood-pressure  must 
be  borne  in  mind  in  all  clinical  experiments.  The  respira- 
tory waves  are  usually  very 
slight  during  quiet  breathing 
and  need  not  be  considered. 

Exact  figures  are  wanting. 
According  to  Janeway^  this 
variation  amounts  to  as  much 
as  30  mm.  Ordinarily  5  to  10 
would  be  a  liberal  estimate. 

Daily  Variations. — The  record 
of  blood-pressure  taken  at  fre- 
quent intervals  throughout 
twenty-four  hours  shows  varia- 
tions from  the  average  level  so 
striking  and  of  such  great  ex- 
tent and  long  duration  that  they 
cannot  be  easily  explained. 
These  are  shown  in  the  accom- 
panying figure  (Fig.  20). 

The  record  shows  the  effect  of  physical  and  mental 
strain  on  blood-pressure,  these  varying  in  different  indi- 
viduals and  in  the  same  individual  from  day  to  day. 
Janeway  believes  that  this  variation  may  reach  60  mm. 
of  Hg.,  although  I  have  never  seen  such  great  fluctuation. 

Old  Age. — As  early  adult  life  is  passed  we  have  to  deal 
with  those  progressive  changes  in  the  cardiovascular  system 
which  are  the  inevitable  result  of  the  wear  and  tear  of  every- 

1  Clinical  Study  of  Blood-pressure. 


2S0 

— 

— 

^— ■ 

2*5 

S 

X/fO 

^ 

;i 

xas 

.... 

r^ 

V5 

g 

f-iO 

\ 

i?, 

XZS 

^ 

>i 

^ 

ZHO 

<;, 

1 

ZIf 

»^ 

1 

3jO 

<3 

<< 

?^ 

io$ 

i 

g 

^ 

^ 

zoo 

J| 

» 

1^ 

'^ 

^, 

* 

\ 

>S; 

I9S 

^ 

^ 

^ 

Ci 

V 

»o 

ISO 

Ci 

/8S 

-^ 

k 

6i 

? 

f^ 

s 

f^ 

t^ 

•ir 

/BO 

^ 

li! 

li; 

^ 

i^ 

t 

|j^ 

iy$ 

^ 

§ 

^ 

k 
■^ 

'^ 

1^ 

'«: 

'X 

'^ 

iro 

16$ 

160 

^ 

•» 

J 

5 

^ 

.- 

« 

' 

. 

tss 

< 

« 

t 

S 

«i: 

• 

. 

. 

' 

f^» 

!^ 

^ 

^ 

?\ 

^ 

§ 

§ 

^ 

s 

m 

K. 

K 

•i 

1 

^ 

$ 

«« 

vi 

>e 

Oi 

/^ 

/3S 

,^ 

// 

130 

/ 

t 

/ 

IZS 

'/ 

^ 

/ 

/ 

lifl 

5 

^ 

/ 

Ul^ 

Fig.  20. — Record  of  systolic 
pressure  variations  occurring 
during  the  working  hours  of  a 
young  healthy  man. 


62 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


day  life,  and  which  show  themselves  in  a  gradually  progres- 
sive reduction  in  arterial   tonicity,  a  lessened  functional 
activity  of  the  eliminative  organs,  particularly  the  kidneys, 
and  degenerative  changes  in   the  myocardium.     The  in- 
evitable result  of  these  is  a  grad- 
ual   elevation   in    the   systolic 
blood-pressure.     We  now  have 
to    establish   new   normals    by 
which   we  may  determine  the 
pathological.     For  this  purpose 
the  author  published  in   1909 
the  following  rule,^   which  will 
serve  as  a  practical  guide :  "Con- 
sider the  normal  average  sys- 
tolic pressure  at  age  twenty  to 
be  120  mm.  Hg.,  then  for  each 
year  of  life  above  this  add  1/2 
mm.  to  120.''     Thus  at  age  sixty 
the  average  normal  systolic  pres- 
sure would  be  140  mm.  Hg.,  and 
this  estimate  adheres  closely  to 
figures  given  by  Woley,  Janeway 
and  others  (see  page  59).     Of 
course  figures  obtained  by  this, 
or  any  other  arbitrary  formula, 
are  possessed  of  great  elasticity 
and  may  be  so  modified  by  other  so-called  physiologic  fac- 
tors as  to  lose  their  identity  entirely. 

Size  and  Temperament. — With  the  standard  armlet  the 
factor  of  size  of  the  individual  (adult  of  course)  does  not 
*  The  Sphygmomanometer  and  its  Practical  Application. 


1 

"^ 

— 

— 

"~1 

7 

. 

• 

51 

. 

• 

' 

' 

>< 

• 

. 

<i: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

. 

^ 

s 

s; 

^ 

^ 

* 

t. 

^ 

3 

s, 

5 

^ 

•^ 

N 

^ 

^ 

5? 

5i 

S! 

' 

I8S 

/at 

^ 

j 

163 

\ 

1 

iBi 

\ 

1 

lar 

\ 

l»o 

/» 

ITS 

07 

m 

jyJt 

173 

/ 

17*- 

/ 

17' 

/ 

1 

170 

/ 

1 

169 

/ 

1 

/68 

1 

167 

1 

(66 

1 

I6i 

I 

/6* 

1 

763 

1 

/6Z 

/«/ 

, 

Fig.  21. — Rapid  variation  in 
blood-pressure,  occurring  in 
forty-five  minutes,  patient 
Bitting  quietly  in  ofl5ce. 


THE    SPHYGMOMANOMETER   AND   ITS   USE  63 

enter.  Temper  men  t  on  the  other  hand  does  undoubtedly 
affect  the  reading,  because  in  nervous  persons  it  is  often 
impossible  entirely  to  remove  the  effect  of  psychic  influence; 
allowance  must  therefore  be  made  for  an  abnormally  high 
reading  in  such  persons,  particularly  when  the  reading 
fluctuates  to  a  surprising  degree  in  a  limited  period  of  time 
(Fig.  21). 

Sleep. — Authorities  agree  that  the  lowest  blood-pressure 
during  the  twenty-four  hours  occurs  in  the  first  hours  of 
sleep  and  that  a  gradual  rise  occurs  toward  morning.^ 
During  the  day  there  is  a  physiologic  rise  which  reaches 
its  maximum  in  the  evening.     (See  author^s  chart.) 

Posture. — This  should  not  be  confounded  with  the  in- 
fluence of  gravity  which  may  be  eliminated  by  making  all 
observations  with  the  cuff  on  the  level  of  the  heart.  Au- 
thorities differ,  perhaps  because  of  the  many  possibilities 
of  error  arising  from  accompanying  physical  and  mental 
effort.  The  weight  of  opinion,  however,  seems  to  show 
that  pressure  tends  to  rise  as  the  individual  passes  from  the 
standing  to  the  head-down  posture.^ 

Factors  Influencing  Blood-pressure. — Posture:  The 
following  series  of  observation  were  made  upon  twenty-two 
healthy  medical  students.^ 

^  Brush  and  Fairweather,  A.  M.  Jour.  Physical,  Vol.  V,  p.  99. 
=^0.  Z.  Stephens,  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  Oct.  1,  1904;  A.  M.  Sanford,  Jour^ 
A.  M.  A.,  Feb.  15,  1908. 

^  0.  Z.  Stephens,  Jour.  4.  M.  A.,  Oct.  1,  1904. 


64 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


Ten  Centimeter  Cuff,    Pressure  in  Millimeters  of  Mercury 
Systolic  Pressure  and  Pulse  Rate^ 


Systolic 
pressure 


Stand- 
ing 


Sitting 


Supine 


Head 
down 


Right 
lateral 


Left 
lateral 


Right  arm 
Average. . . 
Left  arm . . 
Pulse  rate. 


132.6 

130.8 

130.0 

86.0 


133.3 

131.7 

130.0 

82.0 


152.5 

150.4 

148.3 

68.7 


166.2 

165.6 

165.0 

65.8 


155.0 

143.5 

114.0 

68.1 


110.0 

133.0 

156.0 

69.1 


Systolic  and  Diastolic  Pressures* 

Standing 

Sitting 

Supine     Head  down 

1 — Arm    Systolic 

84 

70 

126 

110 

90 

70 

124 

110 

94 

76 

132 

112 

100 

Diastolic 

80 

2 — Arm    Systolic  .    . . 

134 

Diastolic 

115 

From  these  observations  the  following  conclusions  can  be 
drawn  as  to  the  effect  of  posture  upon  blood-pressure,  pulse 
pressure,  and  pulse  rate. 

These  observations  show  that  there  is  little  change  in 
pressure  between  the  standing  and  the  sitting  posture; 
occasionally  there  is  a  rise  of  a  few  millimeters,  possibly  due 
to  an  increase  in  the  intra-abdominal  pressure.  Between 
the  standing  and  recumbent  the  rise  may  be  as  much  as 
20  mm.  Between  the  standing  and  the  head-down  (Tren- 
delenburg) the  rise  may  reach  35  mm.  Hg.  Most  observers 
note  a  compensatory  lowering  of  pulse  rate,  and  it  is  upon 
these  two  factors  (change  in  pressure  and  change  in  pulse 

»0.  Z.  Stephens,  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  Oct.  1,  1904. 
« Sanford,  Jour.  A.M.  A.,  Feb.  15,  1908. 


THE   SPHYGMOMANOMETER   AND   ITS   USE  65 

rate)  that  the  so-called  functional  tests  have  their  basis 
(see  page  164). 

Prolonged  rest  in  bed,  in  one  accustomed  to  be  up  and 
about  (unaccustomed  rest  of  Gumprecht)  especially  if  there 
be  a  tendency  to  high  pressure,  causes  a  rapid  and  marked 
fall,  with  the  establishment  of  a  new  systolic  level. 

Emotion  and  Excitement  (Vasomotor). — In  determining 
psychic  influences  in  blood-pressure,  temperament  plays  an 
important  part.  The  temporary  pressure-raising  effect  of 
fright,  fear,  apprehension  or  other  form  of  mental  influence, 
must  always  be  recognized.  Vasomotor  changes  from  the 
application  of  heat  and  cold,  and  those  occurring  in  the  arm 
from  prolonged  pressure  of  the  arm-band,  may  amount  to  5 
or  10  mm.  and  must  not  be  ignored.  Every  effort  should 
be  made  before  and  during  the  test  to  eliminate  these 
several  disturbing  factors.  This  may  be  done  by  estab- 
lishing a  proper  understanding  between  the  patient  and 
physician,  by  repeating  the  test  at  another  sitting  if 
necessary,  and  by  performing  the  test  with  as  little  delay 
as  possible. 

Muscular  Development  and  Exercise. — It  is  believed  that 
in  the  muscularly  well  developed,  the  normal  systolic 
pressure  may  be  from  5  to  15  mm.  above  that  of  a  physically 
weak  individual. 

It  has  been  long  known  that  muscular  work  usually 
increases  systolic  blood-pressure.  This  is  sudden  and 
sharp  in  the  healthy  and  may  cause  an  elevation  of  from 
6  to  15  mm.  This  rise  becomes  less  marked  as  subjects 
become  accustomed  to  performing  the  act  or  acts  and  this 
reduction  in  the  excitability  of  the  cardiovascular  system  is 
one  of  the  beneficial  effects  of  training.     When  the  effort 


66  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

is  moderate  and  prolonged  (as  in  walking)  the  systolic 
pressure  may  rise  from  5  to  10  mm.,  but  soon  becomes 
adjusted  to  a  new  level  upon  which  additional  exertion  has 
little,  if  any  effect,  until  a  condition  of  fatigue  is  reached. 
Fatigue  after  prolonged  exertion  results  in  a  fall  in  pressure 
which  progresses  until  a  dangerous  fall  in  pressure  may 
occur.*  During  moderate  exercise  in  a  normal  person,  the 
systoUc  and  diastolic  pressures  tend  to  become  more  widely 
separated,  t.e.,  the  pulse  pressure  becomes  greater;^  upon 
this  physiologic  fact  is  based  the  work  test  of  Graupner' 
(see  Chapter  XII). 

Passive  movements  and  massage  produce  no  appreciable 
effect  on  blood-pressure  (Eichberg)  (see  page  246). 

Altitude.— (See  Chapter  VI.) 

Diet  and  Digestion. — The  difficulty  of  arriving  at  definite 
conclusions  concerning  the  effect  of  this  factor  is  great. 
Some  authorities  report  a  fall,  others  a  rise  after  eating. 
No  intelligent  conclusion  can  therefore  be  arrived  at  for 
the  present. 

The  ingestion  of  large  amounts  of  fluid,  particularly  beer, 
usually  will  cause  a  temporary  rise  of  from  10  to  20  mm. 

The  Influence  of  Temperature  and  Baths. — From  a 
practical  standpoint  the  influence  of  the  external  tempera- 
ture is  insignificant  and  may  be  ignored.  The  effect  of 
baths  will  be  fully  treated  in  Chapter  XIX. 

Atmospheric  Pressure. — (See  Altitude.)  Pomeroy* 
states  that  the  result  of  nearly  all  experimental  data  show 
that  the  effect  of  diminished  barometric  pressure  upon  the 

»  Kavenstein,  Zeitschr.  f.  klin.  Med.,  1903,  Vol.  L,  p.  322. 
'  Krehl,  "Clin.  Path.,"  1905,  3rd  Edition. 
'  Die  Mcssung  der  Herzkraft,  1905. 
*  Interstate  Med.  Journal,  1911. 


THE   SPHYGMOMANOMETER   AND   ITS   USE  67 

human  organism  is  to  lower  the  blood-pressure  and  that 
the  result  is  not  transient  but  is  permanent  during  the 
continuance  of  the  low  barometer. 

Alcohol  and  Tobacco.  Alcohol, — Clinical  evidence  so 
far  shows  that  a  moderate  daily  use  of  alcoholic  drink  does 
not  materially  influence  blood-pressure.  Large  amounts 
of  beer,  owing  to  the  bulk  of  fluid  causes  a  temporary  rise 
of  from  5  to  15  mm.     (See  Arteriosclerosis,  page  118.) 

Physiologically,  alcohol  is  not  a  stimulant,  and  direct 
injection  into  a  vein  does  not  cause  a  rise  in  pressure; 
on  the  contrary  large  doses  cause  a  diminution  in  blood- 
pressure  from  vasodilatation.^ 

Tobacco, — The  alkaloid  of  tobacco,  nicotin,  is,  next 
to  adrenalin,  the  most  powerful  vaso-constrictor  known 
(see  page  270).  Cook  and  Briggs^  have  shown  a  temporary 
rise  in  blood-pressure  following  smoking,  and  yet  we  have 
the  apparent  paradox  that  those  who  indulge  in  excessive 
smoking  have  a  subnormal  blood-pressure.  The  moderate 
use  of  cigars  has  been  found  by  many,  including  the  author 
(Fig.  22),  to  cause  reduction  in  pressure,  while  continuous 
smoking  resulted  in  a  rise  from  5  to  15  mm. 

Conclusions. — This  collection  of  facts  relating  to  the 
many  transitory  factors  influencing  the  normal  blood- 
pressure  level  would,  on  first  thought,  lead  the  reader 
to  the  conclusion  that  after  all  little  can  be  learned  from 
the  clinical  study  of  blood-pressure,  because  of  the  apparent 
difficulty  of  separating  the  real  from  the  false  variations. 
This  is  not  true.  We  must  be  in  possession  of  a  working 
knowledge  of  the  physiological  and  environmental  con- 

1  Cushny,  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics,  Phila.,  1903. 

2  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Reports,  1903,  V.  XI. 


68 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


ditions  affecting  our  observations  that  we  may,  by  properly 
gauging  and  excluding  them,  arrive  at  a  clearer  conception 
of  the  condition  of  the  cardiovascular  renal  system,  and 
follow  more  intelligently  the  effect  of  therapeutic  measures. 


_IIIIII3ll3-i; 

isisf swym- 

.'t" 

"          i 

i^""          A 

'"«    ,      f\ 

'"        1    1 

')'■    \    /    1 

i3y      \    /      I 

Ii4       \    /        I 

_Ii3      4±      ± 

1                     , 

'^^         \/           \     n               1 

r 

'^1     V     \A      A 

■^A 

'=>"     I      V\      i\  , 

T3, ,            _,. 

'"           \    /\y 

I    \      i               A 

<^»                    \       /  >r  , 

1    1    /\    1         \ 

'P                     \      /        \ 

/        /\  /      /\ 

itfc                     I     / 

1  /        1  \/l      /  \      i 

irf                         \     / 

tt  tiqtt   +4 

-^                       -^     '          - 

tt  tt     t  t-i^ 

ti                          1 

V      \  /       \    / 

iin.                     L , 

It  4t     i    ^ 

111                     '•-' 

4t       4 

mo 

H           \  1           « 

ll<! 

T             / 

.  Il« 

t- 

111 

~\^  4rt  -#4 — [<4-H[-^  - 

_^^_4|ti4:i._|^^>4(|_  — 

Fig.  22. — Showing  the  effect  of  moderate  smoking  on  one  accustomed  to 
the  use  of  tobacco,  after  a  brief  period  of  abstinence.  Tracing  shows  very- 
well  the  sedative  effect  of  a  moderate  amount  of  tobacco,  and  the  pressure- 
raising  influence  of  several  cigars  smoked  in  rapid  succession.  Also  the 
general  downward  tendency  of  the  curve  would  suggest  that  the  individual 
became  gradually  reaccustomed  to  the  use  of  the  drug. 

Furthermore,  it  will  be  noted  that  these  obscuring  factors 
are  all  confined  to  a  comparatively  short  division  of  the 
scale  of  the  sphygmomanometer,  while  the  truly  significant 
variations  are  often  measured  by  alterations  of  from 
fifty  to  a  hundred  or  more  millimeters  of  mercury. 


CHAPTER  V 
TERMS,  DEFINITIONS,  ETC. 

Before  proceeding  to  a  discussion  on  the  subject  of 
blood-pressure  in  its  relation  to  the  human  organism 
in  health  and  disease,  it  is  necessary  and  indeed  essential 
that  the  several  terms  employed  should  be  defined,  and 
that  their  relation  to  the  different  events  in  the  cardiac  cycle 
should  be  definitely  understood.  These  will  here  be  taken 
up  and  discussed  serratim. 

Capillary  Blood-pressure. — The  pressure  of  the  blood 
in  the  capillaries  is  low  because  of  the  resistance  offered 
to  the  progress  of  the  blood  by  the  fine  bore  of  the  vessels, 
and  because  of  the  relatively  large  cross-sectional  area 
of  all  the  capillaries  compared  to  that  of  the  aorta  and 
great  vessels. 

If  one  press  with  a  blunt  object  upon  the  skin  just 
below  the  matrix  of  the  finger-nail,  the  ruddy  surface 
becomes  pale,  because  the  capillaries  are  flattened  by  the 
force  applied  and  the  blood  driven  out  of  them.  If 
delicate  weights  or  a  spring  be  used  to  apply  the  pressure, 
then  the  force  which  is  just  sufficient  to  whiten  the  tissues 
can  be  measured,  and  the  amount  of  pressure  which 
approximately  counter-balances  the  pressure  within  the 
capillaries  can  be  definitely  determined. 

The  capillary  pressure,  measured  by  this  means,  has 
been  found  to  be  much  lower  than  the  pressure  in  the 
arteries,  and  considerably  higher  than  that  in  the  great 

69 


70  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

veins.  This  capillary  pressure  has  been  found  to  equal 
that  required  to  sustain  a  column  of  from  24  to  54  mm. 
ofHg.i 

From  our  knowledge  of  the  physiology  of  the  circulation, 
we  know  that  the  flow  of  blood  through  the  capillaries 
is  one  of  the  several  factors  controlling  blood-pressure, 
for  it  is  probably  largely  through  the  power  of  the  capillary 
vasomotors  that  alteration  of  the  flow  of  blood  through 
important  organs  and  in  different  parts  is  either  maintained 
or  compensated  for. 

Further  we  believe  that  the  splanchnic  area  with  its 
vast  cross-sectional  area,  is  the  most  important  capillary 
region.  The  condition  of  the  capillaries  (the  volume  and 
rate  of  blood  flow  through  them)  is  a  part  of  the  factor 
of  peripheral  resistance,  and  has  been  considered  under 
that  head  (see  page  20). 

From  a  practical  standpoint,  we  as  yet  have  no  means 
of  studying  the  condition  of,  or  the  changes  in,  capillary 
pressure. 

VENOUS  PRESSURE 

Venous  pressure  is  taken  to  be  that  pressure  existing  in 
the  great  veins  that  are  in  close  relation  to  the  heart  and 
which  in  a  large  n^easure  determines  the  amount  of  blood 
entering  the  right  auricle.  Of  late,  venous  pressure  has 
been  attracting  more  and  more  attention,  due  to  advances 
in  our  knowledge  of  the  mechanism  of  the  heart  and  rela- 
tion of  the  pressure  within  the  great  veins  to  the  volume 
output  of  the  heart. 

*  Am.  Text-book  of  Physiol.,  p.  377. 


TERMS,    DEFINITIONS,    ETC.  71 

Normal  venous  pressure  is  lower  than  the  pressure  either 
in  the  arteries  or  capillaries. 

Measurement  of  Venous  Blood-pressure. — HowelP  de- 
scribes a  practical  method  of  venous  pressure  estimation 
which,  however,  is  only  applicable  to  the  superficial  vessels 
of  the  extremities.  The  apparatus  consists  of  a  light  rub- 
ber bag  connected  with  a  water  manometer,  which  is 
placed  around  the  upper  arm  and  held  there  by  a  few  turns 
of  bandage.  Another  cuff,  made  of  rubber  dam,  like- 
wise connected  with  a  water  manometer,  surrounds  the 
forearm.  Air  is  pumped  into  the  first  bag  until  the  veins 
of  the  upper  arm  being  obliterated,  venous  congestion  in 
the  forearm  is  produced,  a  rise  in  the  water  column  in  the 
second  manometer  resulting.  When  this  occurs  the  pres- 
sure in  the  first  manometer,  representing  the  venous  blood- 
pressure,  is  read  off.  In  making  an  observation  it  is  neces- 
sary that  the  arm  be  maintained  at  the  level  of  the  heart. 
The  readings  are  influenced  also  by  the  temperature  of  the 
air,  the  thickness  of  the  skin  and  the  prominence  of  the 
superficial  veins.  These  modifying  influences  are  to  be 
allowed  for  in  considering  the  result,  but  as  the  usefulness 
of  venous  pressure  estimations  centers  especially  in  the 
following  of  individual  cases  (as  the  patients  improve  or 
grow  worse)  the  sources  of  error  mentioned  are  not  of  great 
importance.  The  average  normal  venous  pressure  by  this 
method  proved  to  be  7.6  cm.  of  water.  In  a  series  of  car- 
diovascular cases  the  pressures  ranged  from  7  to  25  cm., 
the  average  being  13.9. 

Lauder  Brunton^  suggests  a  simple  way  of  roughly  esti- 

1  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  Feb.,  1912. 

^  Therapeutics  of  the  Circulation,  P.  Blakiston's  Son  &  Co.,  1908,  p.  84. 


72  BLOOD-PBBBSUBB 

mating  venous  pressure.  This  is  done  by  noting  the 
height  above  the  level  of  the  heart  at  which  the  veins  of 
the  hand  become  empty.  Normally  they  should  do  so  at 
about  the  level  of  the  third  rib,  or  above.  The  greater 
the  venous  pressure  the  higher  must  the  hand  be  raised 
before  the  veins  will  empty.  Regarding  the  effect  of 
alteration  in  venous  pressure  upon  systolic  blood-pres- 
sure, Janeway^  quotes  A.  Quirin,  whose  experiments  in 
changes  in  intraabdominal  pressure  (forcing  blood  to 
right  heart)  showed  that,  up  to  a  certain  point,  increas- 
ing abdominal  pressure  raised  arterial  pressure.  But 
beyond  a  certain  point,  a  fall  in  arterial  pressure  oc- 
curred, finally  leading  to  death  if  compression  of  the  ab- 
domen was  continued.  It  may  safely  be  accepted  that  we 
are  deahng  with  an  abnormally  high  venous  pressure,  when 
there  are  evidences  of  general  right-sided  venous  engorge- 
ment— superficially  engorged  veins,  large  liver,  cyanosis, 
etc.  In  this  connection  Bishop  points  out  that  in  deter- 
mining the  degree  of  arterial  hypotension,  the  chief  factor 
is  the  approximation  of  venous  and  arterial  pressures,  and 
that  a  low  pressure  need  not  be  regarded  as  pathologic, 
unless  the  venous  pressure  is  abnormally  high,  and  that  it 
is  this  alteration  between  the  relation  of  arterial  and  venous 
pressures  that  determines  the  degree  and  seriousness  of 
general  venous  congestion. 

Pulmonary  Venous  Pressure. — We  have  no  method  of 
precision  by  which  the  degree  of  pulmonary  venous  pres- 
sure may  be  determined.  Clinical  phenomena  alone  will 
indicate  this. 

*  Clinical  Study  of  Blood-pressure. 


TEEMS,    DEFINITIONS,    ETC.  73 

ARTERIAL  PRESSURE 

By  arterial  pressure  is  meant  the  degree  of  pressure 
exerted  by  the  blood  flowing  within  the  arterial  system. 
In  any  individual,  arterial  blood-pressure  at  any  instant 
depends  upon  five  separate  factors.  (See  Chapter  I, 
page  22.) 

1.  The  energy  or  pumping  power  of  the  heart. 

2.  The  peripheral  resistance. 

3.  The  elasticity  of  the  arterial  walls. 

4.  The  volume  of  the  circulating  blood. 

5.  The  viscosity  of  the  blood. 

All  of  these  vary  under  normal  conditions  and  in  patho- 
logical states  the  changes  may  become  very  great.  Not 
only  may  they  vary  independently  of  each  other,  but  they 
are  capable  of  such  complicated  interaction  through  the 
vasomotor  and  cardiomotor  systems,  by  which  one  directly 
influences  the  other,  that  there  is  still  much  conflicting 
testimony.  We  cannot  yet  reduce  the  study  of  blood- 
pressure  to  a  definite  basis;  we  can,  however,  correlate  that 
which  is  definitely  known,  and  deduce  from  this  a  fairly 
satisfactory  working  hypothesis. 

1.  The  Heart  Energy. — The  heart  is  a  force  pump  of 
intermittent  action.  The  left  ventricle  during  systole 
forces  a  volume  of  blood  into  the  arterial  system,  during 
diastole  the  blood  is  distributed  through  the  arterial  tree 
into  and  through  the  capillary  system.  Any  increase  in 
the  rapidity  of  discharge  from  the  heart  in  the  volume  out- 
put (ounces  per  minute)  will,  all  other  factors  remaining 
constant,  result  in  an  increase  in  blood-pressure.  Con- 
versely, any  diminution  in  the  rate  or  volume  output  will 
cause  a  reduction  in  blood-pressure.    On  the  other  hand, 


74  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

a  compensatory  relation  between  the  rate  and  volume 
output  may  permit  either  to  be  altered  without  any  appre- 
ciable alteration  in  blood-pressure. 

2.  Peripheral  Resistance. — Peripheral  resistance  is  that 
force  present  in  the  arterial  system,  which  has  a  tendency 
to  retard  or  prevent  the  forward  movement  of  the  circu- 
lating blood.  This  in  the  living  body  is  composed  of  the 
combined  factors  of  diameter  of  the  conducting  tubes, 
surface  friction,  distance  from  the  heart  and  branching  of 
the  conducting  tubes.  It  is  obvious  that  any  obstruction 
at  the  outlet  of  a  distensible  tube  will  increase  the  pressure 
of  the  fluid  flowing  in  that  tube.  A  famihar  example  of 
this  is  the  common  garden-hose  fitted  with  an  adjustable 
nozzle.  The  same  physical  law  holds  good  for  the  arterial 
system.  Increased  peripheral  resistance  means  higher 
pressure,  diminished  resistance  lower  pressure,  this  is 
invariable  unless  some  compensating  change  occurs  in  the 
force  of  the  heart. 

The  other  factors,  length  of  conducting  tube  and  friction 
are  so  insignificant  that  they  may  be  left  out  of  all  clinical 
considerations,  without  introducing  an  appreciable  amount 
of  error. 

The  Arterial  System. — The  arterial  system  is  composed 
of  a  series  of  vital  tubes,  which  branch  and  rebranch  con- 
tinually from  the  heart  to  the  capillaries.  The  arterial 
wall,  due  to  its  circular  muscular  coat,  is  not  only  a  simple 
elastic  tube  but  being  vital  has  the  power  of  contractility. 
This  contractility  is  one  of  the  essential  characteristics  of 
arteries  and  it  is  due  to  this  function  that  we  have  a  con- 
dition called  arterial  tone  or  tonus. 

Tonus  is  a  condition  of  the  arterial  wall  caused  by  the 


TERMS,   DEFINITIONS,    ETC.  75 

inherent  tension  of  the  muscular  fibers.  This  muscular 
coat  is  found  throughout  the  arterial  system  down  to  the 
smallest  arterioles,  and  is  under  the  control  of  the  vaso- 
motor system.  Through  the  mechanism  of  the  vasomotor 
system  the  vessel  walls  are  capable  of  altering  their  diame- 
ter in  response  to  proper  stimuli.  This  power  to  change 
diameter  is  the  essential  mechanism  which  controls  per- 
ipheral resistance. 

The  degree  of  tonus  is  also  affected  by  the  composition 
of  the  circulating  blood.  (See  Chapter  I.)  Under  nor- 
mal condition  the  tonus  (peripheral  resistance)  is  con- 
trolled by  the  balance  between  two  opposing  sets  of  nerve 
fibers — the  vasoconstrictors  and  the  vasodilators.  The 
constrictor  fibers  are  the  more  important,  since  they  are 
always  active;  their  activity  is  chiefly  concerned  in  main- 
taining the  normal  degree  of  tonus  or  vasoconstriction. 
This  tonus  is  absolutely  essential  to  the  maintenance  of  the 
circulation,  vasomotor  (constrictor)  paralysis  result  in 
such  wide-spread  dilatation  of  the  arteries  that  the  heart 
fails  because  pressure  is  lowered  to  such  an  extent  that  it 
fails  to  pass  the  capillaries  and  the  veins  fail  to  deliver 
sufficient  blood  to  the  heart  to  stimulate  contraction. 
Variations  in  vasomotor  tone  are  constantly  occurring  in 
different  parts  of  the  body  in  response  to  local  demands 
for  such  a  change.  This  is  a  physiologic  necessity,  since 
functional  activity  of  any  part  (as  muscular  exercise)  must 
always  be  accompanied  by  increased  blood  supply. 

The  varying  relation  between  dilatation  and  constric- 
tion determines  the  amount  and  extent  of  alteration  in 
blood-pressure.  The  first  effect  of  vasodilatation  or  vaso- 
constriction in  a  small  area  is  either  a  reduction  or  an  ele- 


76  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

vation  in  pressure  only  in  the  vessel  supplying  that  part. 
When  this  vasomotor  change  involves  a  large  area,  then  the 
alteration  in  pressure  may  reach  the  aorta.  Ordinarily,  a 
compensatory  change  in  other  areas  (notably  the  splanchnic) 
occurs  which  counter-balances  the  change  in  the  affected 
area  and  so  sustains  normal  blood-pressure. 

Vasomotor  tone,  both  local  and  general  is  under  the  con- 
trol of  a  reflex  system,  which  is  markedly  affected  by  many 
reflexes  of  remote  origin.  These  may  produce  either  a 
rise  or  fall  in  blood-pressure.  These  changes  may  follow 
stimulation  of  either  sensory  or  motor  nerves.  Even  the 
sensation  of  pain  may  cause  marked  temporary  alteration 
in  pressure. 

One  of  the  most  important  clinical  facts  to  be  remembered 
when  studying  blood-pressure  is  that  of  all  the  parts  of  the 
vascular  system,  the  abdominal  vessels,  controlled  by  the 
splanchnic  nerves,  have  the  greatest  effect  on  blood-pressure. 
This  is  due  to  several  reasons,  first  the  great  size  of  this 
vascular  area.  It  is  believed  that  the  abdominal  vessels, 
when  dilated,  are  sufficient  to  contain  almost  all  the  blood 
in  the  body.  A  second  reason  is  that  of  all  the  vasomotor 
areas  the  splanchnic  vasomotors  are  most  easily  affected 
by  reflexes  from  any  sensory  nerve.  ^ 

3.  Elasticity  of  the  Vessel  Wall. — The  elasticity  of  the 
vessel  wall  is  due  to  the  elastic  fibers  contained  in  the 
adventitia,  and  to  the  elastic  lamina  found  in  the  larger 
vessels  which  limit  the  intima,  both  externally  and  inter- 
nally.^ Were  it  not  for  this  elastic  quality  of  the  arteries, 
the  heart  would  be  called  upon  to  do  a  great  deal  of  imnec- 

*  Janeway,  p.  22. 

*  Russell,  p.  2. 


TERMS,    DEFINITIONS,    ETC.  77 

essary  work,  which  would  absorb  a  vast  amount  of  valuable 
energy,  and  the  flow  of  blood  throughout  the  arterial  sys- 
tem would  be  intermittent,  as  the  heart  at  each  beat  would 
be  required  to  drive  the  whole  volume  of  blood  forward  and 
through  the  capillaries.  A  condition  obviously  incom- 
patible with  normal  physiology  in  the  body. 

Let  us  now  consider  how  this  elasticity  affects  the  circu- 
lation and  blood-pressure. 

Considering  a  partially  filled  arterial  system  let  us  ob- 
serve what  occurs  when  a  volume  of  blood  is  projected  into 
this  system  by  the  ventricular  systoles.  In  the  beginning 
the  elastic  walls  of  the  vessels  make  room  for  this  change  by 
expanding,  while  some  accommodation  is  also  obtained  by 
the  onward  passage  of  blood  toward  the  capillaries.  Since 
it  is  easier  for  the  arteries  to  expand  than  for  the  whole 
mass  of  blood  to  pass  on  through  the  capillaries,  the  incre- 
ments of  blood  are  largely  stored  in  the  arterial  system, 
thereby  tending,  by  the  increasing  tension  of  the  arterial 
walls,  to  increase  blood-pressure.  Up  to  a  certain  point  it  is 
easier  for  the  accommodation  to  occur  by  further  expansion. 
When  the  capacity  of  the  arteries  to  expand  under  pressure 
is  approached  the  stretched  muscular  coat  will  become 
tense  and  stiff.  Now  at  this  point  each  systole  will  drive  a 
larger  portion  of  the  blood  forward  through  the  capillaries, 
and  an  increasingly  smaller  amount  will  be  stored  in  the 
vessels  by  a  further  yielding  of  the  wall.  Normal  conditions 
of  pressure  will  be  reached  and  maintained  when  the  blood 
accommodated  at  each  systole  by  arterial  expansion  exactly 
equals  the  amount  of  blood  passing  through  the  capillaries 
during  the  cardiac  cycle.  When  this  balance  of  force 
occurs  the  blood-pressure  will  rise  no  further. 


78  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

Anything  altering  this  relation,  either  by  increasing  the 
output  of  the  ventricle  or  by  obstructing  the  flow  through 
the  capillaries,  or  vice  versa,  will  cause  the  blood-pressure 
to  change.  The  same  is  true  of  alterations  in  the  normal 
elasticity  of  the  arterial  system. 

Thus  during  each  cardiac  cycle,  the  heart  muscle  does 
work  in  maintaining  the  capillary  flow  against  capillary 
resistance,  and  in  causing  expansion  of  the  arterial  wall. 
A  part  of  the  manifest  energy  of  the  heart  thus  becomes  for 
a  time  potential  in  the  stretched  fibers  of  the  arterial  wall. 
The  moment  that  a  systole  is  at  an  end,  the  stretched  elastic 
fibers  recoil  and  continue  the  work  of  the  heart  in  main- 
taining the  arterial  flow  against  capillary  resistance. 

As  this  potential  energy  becomes  expanded  the  pressure 
gradually  falls  and  it  would  eventually  reach  zero  were  it 
not  for  the  rhythmically  recurring  cardiac  systole  which 
causes  the  pressure  to  again  rise. 

The  elasticity  of  the  vessels  is  very  perfect  and  is  cap- 
able of  standing  a  pressure  greater  than  by  any  chance 
could  possibly  be  developed  during  life.  According  to 
Jane  way  ^  quoting  Grehant  and  Quinguard,  the  carotid 
artery  of  a  dog  is  capable  of  withstanding  a  pressure  twenty 
times  greater  than  the  normal  pressure,  without  tearing. 
For  the  human  carotid  the  lowest  pressure  at  which 
rupture  occurs  is  1.29  meters  of  mercury,  at  least  eight 
times  the  ordinary  carotid  pressure  of  the  normal  circu- 
lating blood. 

4.  Volume. — Compared  with  the  full  cubic  volume  con- 
tents of  the  arteries,  capillaries  and  veins  combined,  the 
volume  of  blood  is  surprisingly  small.     In   the  normal 

» Loc,  cit.,  p.  24. 


TERMS,    DEFINITIONS,    ETC.  79 

individual  the  volume  capacity  of  the  vascular  system  is  so 
reduced,  that  the  blood  is  maintained  at  all  times  under  a 
considerable  pressure.  This  is  due  to  the  continuous  con- 
traction of  the  walls  of  the  blood-vessels  which  has  been 
considered  (page  21)  under  the  head  of  vasomotor  tone  or 
tonus. 

While  a  certain  amount  of  blood,  probably  about  three- 
fourths  that  of  the  total  volume  of  blood,  is  necessary  to 
support  the  circulation,  still  it  has  been  found  that  a  large 
amount  of  blood  can  be  withdrawn  (see  Venesection,  page 
263)  and  that  the  pressure  rapidly  returns  to  a  point  at  or 
near  normal.  On  the  other  hand  Worm  Miiller^  has  shown 
that  an  amount  of  fluid  greater  than  the  total  blood  volume 
of  the  body  can  be  transferred  into  the  vessels,  without 
increasing  the  blood-pressure  above  a  point  frequently 
reached  under  normal  conditions.  Therefore  it  would 
seem  that  except  for  great  changes,  the  volume  of  the  cir- 
culating blood  has  only  a  slight  and  temporary  influence 
on  normal  blood-pressure. 

5.  The  Viscosity  of  the  Blood. — The  viscosity  of  the  blood 
is  a  factor  that  up  to  this  time  has  been  omitted  almost 
entirely  in  considering  the  variations,  normal  and  patho- 
logical in  blood-pressure.  For  purely  physicial  reasons  the 
factor  of  viscosity  is  of  upmost  importance,  since  variations 
even  when  slight  must  affect  enormously  the  resistance 
offered  to  the  passage  of  blood  through  the  arterial  system, 
and  therefore  must  profoundly  affect  blood-pressure.  It 
will  probably  be  found  as  experimentation  is  carried  further 
that  the  viscosity  of  the  blood  is  an  important  factor  affect- 
ing blood-pressure,  and  that  the  development  of  methods  for 

*  Quoted  by  Janeway,  p.  26. 


80  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

its  modification  or  control  will  mark  an  epoch  in  the  study 
and  treatment  of  diseases  involving  blood-pressure  changes. 

THE  BLOOD-PRESSURE  WITHIN  DIFFERENT  ARTERIES 

As  the  arteries  rapidly  diminish  in  size  from  the  aorta 
to  the  periphery  it  would  naturally  be  supposed  that  the 
arterial  pressure  would  rapidly  undergo  a  similar  reduction. 
Experiment  has  shown  this  not  to  be  the  case,  on  the 
contrary,  we  know  that  the  blood-pressure  within  the  arter- 
ies except  the  very  smallest,  diminishes  very  slowly  as  the 
distance  from  the  heart  increases,  and  therefore  the  blood- 
pressure  is  obtained  by  the  modem  sphygmomanometer 
from  the  brachial  or  the  femoral,  approximates  very  closely 
that  existing  within  the  aorta,  near  the  heart. 

Thus  when  we  say  blood-pressure  (arterial)  we  mean 
the  pressure  found  in  one  of  the  larger  superficial  vessels 
and  we  have  found  that  this  represents  very  closely  the 
aortic  pressure. 

CHnical  terms  employed  in  blood-pressure  studies: 

The  pulse. 

Systolic  pressure. 

Diastolic  pressure. 

Mean  pressure. 

Pulse  pressure. 
The  Pulse. — From  our  knowledge  of  the  action  of  the 
heart,  we  know  that  blood  is  forced  into  the  aorta  at  regular 
intervals,  and  that  each  change  of  blood  entering  the  aorta 
is  felt  throughout  the  arterial  system  in  the  form  of  a 
wave  which  is  styled  the  pulse  and  which  may  be  felt 
as  a  rhythmically  recurring  impulse  (due  to  transitory 
increase  in  size  of  the  vessel)  in  all  palpable  arteries. 


TERMS,    DEFINITIONS,    ETC.  81 

The  propagation  of  this  wave  throughout  the  arterial 
system  implies  a  change  in  diameter  of  the  vessel  with 
a  resulting  stretching  of  the  vessel  wall  (see  Elasticity, 
page  18)  caused  by  the  increased  increment  of  blood 
entering  it.  This  further  stretching  of  an  already  stretched 
vessel  wall  can  only  occur  through  an  increase  in  pressure 
within  the  vessel  sufficient  to  cause  the  stretching  which 
is  left  under  the  finger.  It  is  a  self-evident  fact,  then 
that  there  occurs  alternately,  in  regular  rhythmic  cycle, 
a  rise  and  fall  in  blood-pressure  throughout  the  arterial 
system.  Corresponding  to  the  ventricular  systole  and 
diastole,  the  highest  and  lowest  points  of  this  change 
in  pressure  are  termed  respectively,  systolic  blood-pressure 
and  diastolic  blood-pressure. 

Systolic  Blood -pressure. — This  term  is  applied  to  the 
blood-pressure  within  a  given  vessel,  when  the  maximum 
force  is  exerted  within  it  during  ventricular  systole.  This 
is  the  pressure  meant  when  '^  blood-pressure '^  is  referred  to. 
It  is  capable  of  considerable  variation,  through  reflex  and 
other  causes,  without  passing  the  boundaries  considered 
as  normal  in  clinical  medicine.  It  may  also  vary  widely 
either  above  or  below  the  normal  limits,  under  the  influence 
of  many  pathologic  conditions.     (See  Chapter  IV.) 

Diastolic  Blood-pressure  is  the  degree  of  pressure 
exerted  within  a  vessel  under  observation,  during  cardiac 
diastole  (immediately  preceding  systole)  and  represents 
the  lowest  pressure  occurring  in  the  vessel  during  the 
cardiac  cycle.  Like  the  systolic  pressure,  the  diastolic 
pressure  varies  within  certain  limits  in  health,  and  widely 
in  pathologic  states. 

Mean  Blood -pressure. — Clinical  observation  has  estab- 


82 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


lished  the  fact  that  the  mean  blood-pressure,  as  determined 
by  the  sphygmomanometer,  corresponds  closely  with 
the  arithmetical  mean  of  the  systolic  and  diastoHc  pressure, 
I.e.,  the  sum  of  systolic  and  diastolic  pressure  divided  by 
two.     (See  Fig.  23.) 

Pulse  Pressure,  Pulse  Range  or  Amplitude. — These 
synonymous  terms  are  employed  to  designate  the  total 
variation  in  pressure  occurring  in  a  given  vessel  during  a 
cardiac  cycle.     This  variation  may  be  determined  then 


Sy8tolic=130 
Raiige=30  j 
Diastolic==100 


Mean^m 


Fig.  23. — Normal    pulse  tracing:  showing  relation  of  systolic,   diastolic 
pulse  pressure  and  mean.     Pulse  pressure  equals  30. 

by  subtracting  the  estimated  diastolic  pressure  from  the 
estimated  systolic  pressure,  and  varies  in  health  between 
25  and  40  mm.  Hg. 

The  determination  of  pulse  pressure  is  of  greatest  im- 
portance in  the  study  of  diseased  conditions,  particularly 
in  the  estimate  of  cardiac  muscular  efficiency  and  in  de- 
termining the  prognosis  of  certain  valvular  and  blood- 
vessel diseases  and  toxemic  states. 


CHAPTER  VI 
CLIMATOLOGIC  AND  RACIAL  INFLUENCE 

Altitude. — In  approaching  the  subject  of  the  effect  of 
altitude  on  blood-pressure  and  pulse  rate,  a  sharp  line  must 
be  drawn  between  the  influence  of  changes  in  altitude 
(atmospheric  pressure)  upon  normals  and  other  individuals, 
particularly  the  tuberculous,  otherwise  confusion  will 
surely  follow,  because  the  great  bulk  of  clinical  data  demon- 
strates that  altitude  affects  normal  and  pathologic  individ- 
uals differently. 

Healthy  Individuals. — Gardner  and  Hoagland^  at  an 
altitude  of  6,000  ft.,  measured  large  numbers  of  normals 
who  had  lived  in  Colorado  for  more  than  a  year,  and  con- 
cluded that  the  average  blood-pressure  was  slightly  lower 
than  at  the  sea  level. 

They  also  show  that  prolonged  residence  at  that  altitude 
does  not  materially  affect  blood-pressure. 

Experiments  showed  that  an  ascent  from  6,000  to  14,000 
lowered  pressure  and  increased  pulse  rate.  The  fall  was 
apparently  a  permanent  one. 

Smith  at  Ft.  Stanton'  (6,200  ft.)  states  that  '^t  has  been 
scientifically  established  that  blood-pressure  is  lowered 
with  increased  altitude.'' 

Pomeroy  in  the  Interstate  Medical  JournaL  in  order  to 
determine  the  degree  of  variation  in  the  systolic  and  dias- 

1  Trans.  Am.  Climatological  Assn.,  1905. 

2  Reprint  No.  51,  Public  Health  Rep.,  P.  H.  and  M.  H.  Service. 

83 


g4  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

tolic  blood-pressures,  caused  by  altitude,  average  the 
studies  of  eighteen  observers,  dating  from  1878  up  to  the 
present  time  and  found  that  the  fall  of  systolic  blood-pres- 
sure ranged  between  1  and  22  mm.,  and  the  diastolic  fall 
between  1  and  11  mm. 

Schneider  and  Hedblom^  present  a  very  concise  and 
accurate  summary  of  present  knowledge  bearing  on  this 
point. 

1.  A  considerable  elevation  in  altitude  tends  to  lower 
systolic  and  diastolic  blood-pressure  and  to  increase  the 
heart  rate. 

2.  The  fall  of  systolic  pressure  is  slightly  greater  and  more 
certain  to  occur  than  the  fall  of  diastohc  pressure. 

3.  A  rise  in  diastolic  pressure  occurs  in  some  individuals. 

4.  The  influence  of  such  factors  as  psychic  states,  eating 
and  exercise  may  obscure  the  findings. 

5.  The  fall  in  blood-pressure  and  increase  in  heart  rate 
are  more  marked  in  the  early  part  of  stay  in  higher  altitudes. 

6.  With  prolonged  stay  in  higher  altitudes  the  heart  rate 
probably  returns  more  nearly  to  normal  than  the  blood- 
pressure  of  all  individuals. 

7.  High  altitudes  do  not  affect  in  the  same  degree  all 
individuals. 

8.  Small  elevations  in  altitude  do  not  materially  influence 
blood-pressure. 

9.  Those  individuals  most  affected  by  high  altitude  seem 
to  sustain  the  greater  fall  in  systolic  blood-pressure  and  the 
greater  acceleration  in  heart  rate. 

10.  The  heat  of  the  summer  season  probably  accelerates 
the  pulse  rate. 

» Am.  Jour,  Physiol,  Vol.  XXIII,  No.  2. 


CLIMATOLOGIC   AND   RACIAL  INFLUENCE  85 

Tuberculosis. — ^LeRoy  S.  Peters,  pointed  out  in  1908^ 
that  altitude  usually  caused  a  rise  in  blood-pressure  in  the 
tuberculous.  He  made  his  observations  at  an  altitude  of 
6,000  ft.  (For  effect  of  tuberculosis  on  blood-pressure  see 
Chapter  XIV.) 

Bullock^  confirms  the  observations  of  Peters.  The  blood- 
pressure  raising  effect  of  altitude  on  persons  suffering  from 
pulmonary  tuberculosis  appears  to  be  of  distinct  advantage 
to  the  patient,  as  it  directly  combats  the  blood-pressure 
reducing  acting  of  tuberculo-toxins  by  altering  metabo- 
lism, modifying  and  stimulating  tissue  change,  and  aiding 
elimination. 

B.  R.  Hooker^  shows  in  his  reports  of  respiratory  cases  that 
placing  patients  in  the  open  air  increased  the  blood-pres- 
sure from  5  to  10  mm. 

Influence  of  Climate. — Weston  P.  Chamberlain  has 
recently  reported  in  the  Philippine  Journal  of  Science*' 
an  exhaustive  study  of  the  effect  of  climate  and  race  upon 
the  normal  average  blood-pressure  readings.  The  study 
is  based  upon  6,128  blood-pressure  observations  on  1,042 
white  men  and  552  Filipinos  all  in  good  health  and  ranging 
in  age  from  twenty  to  forty  years.  The  average  systolic 
pressure  of  5,368  readings  on  992  persons,  was  115.6  mm. 
and  the  pulse  rate  taken  simultaneously  averaged  eighty- 
one  beats  per  minute.  The  average  age  was  26.6  years. 
Comparing  this  average  with  that  of  Woley  (see  page  60) 
it  is  found  to  be  7  mm.  lower  and  compared  to  Bachmau^ 

1  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  Aug.,  1908. 

2  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  June  19,  1909. 
^  Med.  i^ec,  Jan.  28,  1911. 

*  Dec.  1911,  Vol.  VI,  No.  6,  Sec.  B. 

*  New  Y(yrk  Med.  Jour.,  1911. 


86 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


3  mm.  lower.  While  the  pulse  rate  in  Chamberlain's  series 
was  nine  beats  per  minute  above  the  average  accepted  as 
normal  in  temperate  climates  for  all  ages.  He  found  that 
the  blood-pressure  has  a  tendency  to  be  lower  than  the 
averages  given  above,  during  the  first  three  months  stay  in 
tropical  climates. 


Chamberlain's  Table. — Average  systolic  blood-pressures  and  pulse 
rates,  based  on  5,368  observations  of  each  which  were  made  on  992 
American  soldiers  serving  in  the  Philippines  J  arranged  according  to  age. 
(12.5  cm.  armlet.) 


Average 
age, 
years 

Number  of  men  showing  pressures  from — 

Total 
num- 
ber of 
men 

Aver- 
age 
pres- 
sure 

Aver- 
age 
pulse 
rate 

Age  period, 
years 

91 

to 

100 

mm. 

101 

to 
110 
mm. 

111 

to 
120 
mm. 

121 

to 

130 

mm. 

131 

to 
140 
mm. 

141 

to 
150 
mm. 

151 

to 

160 

mm. 

18  to  20 

20  to  25 

25  to  30 

30  to  35 

35  to  40 

Over  40 

19.4 
22.8 
27.2 
32.6 
37.5 
43.1 

1 
32 
16 

2 

2 

12 

156 

73 

34 

9 

3 

13 

165 

108 

42 

24 

17 

8 
87* 
70 
23 
14 

7 

1 
22 
13 

7 
8 
2 

1 
5 
3 

1 

I 

2 
3 

1 

36 

469 

286 

109 

58 

34 

mm. 
115.0 
114.3 
115.9 
116.7 
120.5 
119.6 

78 
82 
81 
80 
81 
79 

Totals  or 
averages 

26.6 

53 

287 

369 

209 

53 

15 

6 

992 

115.6       81 

Racial  Influence  on  Blood-pressure. — Chamberlain  also 
reported^  a  series  of  observations  conducted  to  determine 
the  effect  of  race  upon  average  systolic  blood-pressure  and 
obtained  the  following  result : 

Average  blood-pressure  of  100  Filipino  scouts,  115.0 
Average  blood-pressure  of  100  Philippine  soldiers,  115.9 

and  states  that  '*  we  may,  therefore,  conclude  that  the  mean 

^Loc.  cU. 


CLIMATOLOGIC   AND   RACIAL   INFLUENCE  87 

blood-pressure  for  Filipinos  during  the  period  of  fifteen 
to  forty  years  (average  twenty-five  years)  is  115  or  116  mm. 
and  that  it  does  not  differ  from  the  pressures  at  the  same 
age  for  Americans  residing  in  the  Philippines/' 


CHAPTER  VII 

THE  RELATION  OF  BLOOD -PRESSURE  TO  ATHLETIC 
LIFE  AND  EXERCISE 

This  is  the  age  of  athletics — never  has  there  been  such 
a  wide-spread  devotion  to  outdoor  sports  and  athletic 
contests  since  the  days  of  ancient  Greece.  Old  and  young 
alike  are  awakening  to  the  value  of  recreation  and  exercise, 
and  have  turned  to  track  and  field  sports,  sometime  without 
pausing  to  consider  the  advisability  of  such  exertion,  or 
without  ascertaining  their  fitness  to  participate  in  the  more 
strenuous  forms  of  exercise.  Undoubtedly  to  so  parti- 
cipate might  lead  into  grave  danger.  Each  should  learn 
and  know  his  Hmitation  and  be  governed  thereby. 

Parents  of  growing  children  are  beginning  to  appreciate 
the  value  of  a  more  definite  knowledge  of  their  children's 
physical  fitness,  both  as  a  guide  to  avoidance  of  future  physi- 
cal defects  and  wealaiesses  and  as  an  index  of  the  character 
and  amount  of  exertion  that  can  be  safely  indulged  in. 

This  problem  is  frequently  brought  to  the  physician  for 
solution,  by  the  following  question:  "Doctor,  my  boys  are 
going  to  boarding  school  this  fall,  and  I  am  anxious  to  know 
whether  their  physical  condition  is  such  that  they  may 
indulge  in  track  work,  football,  basket-ball,  etc." 

The  answer  is  difficult,  as  to  make  a  definite  reply  is  to 
shoulder  a  great  responsibility.  The  age,  muscular  devel- 
opment and  general  build,  heredity,  past  history  and 
idiosyncrasy  of  the  applicant  will  of  course  enter  into  the 

88 


RELATION    OF  BLOOD-PRESSURE   TO   ATHLETIC    LIFE  89 

decision,  but  the  chief  factor  is  the  condition  of  the  cardio- 
vascular system  and  of  the  kidneys.  This  same  question 
is  put  in  a  modified  form  by  persons  of  all  ages  relative  to 
the  danger  of  bicycling,  golf,  cricket,  swimming,  etc.,  and  is 
even  more  difficult  to  answer.  At  this  point  I  can  do  no 
better  than  quote  extensively  from  Robert  E.  Coughlin.^ 

The  four  ages  to  consider  will  be  (1)  early  life,  including 
infancy,  boyhood,  youth  and  adolescence  up  to  the  twenty- 
first  year;  (2)  manhood,  from  the  twenty-first  year  up  to 
the  fortieth  year,  (3)  middle  age  from  the  fortieth  to  the 
fifty-fifth  year;  (4)  beyond  middle  fife  up  to  old  age. 

In  a  discussion  regarding  athletics  in  boys'  schools  a 
middle  ground  seems  to  be  occupied  by  the  Medical  Officers- 
of-Schools  Association  said  The  Hospital  (April  3,  1909)  in 
an  editorial,  '^  These  medical  officers  adopt  the  extreme 
position  of  neither  side;  that  is,  they  advocate  neither 
grandmother  coddling  nor  the  Spartan  survival-of-the-fit- 
test  attitude  of  many  athletic  persons.  They  point  out  that 
neither  age  nor  distance  is  in  any  way  an  exact  criterion 
of  the  strain  inflicted  on  any  given  boy  by  any  given  race. 
The  quarter  mile  is  a  far  more  exhausting  race  for  most  boys 
than  are  the  long-distance  races,  and  to  this  we  would  add 
the  half  mile,  in  which  school  boys  have  done  at  various 
times  very  notable  performances,  but,  now  and  then  with 
considerable  detriment  to  themselves. 

''The  Association's  recommendation  that  the  plan  of 
running  all  the  boys,  old  and  young,  over  the  same  course 
or  distance  is  not  to  be  recommended,  but  we  are  not  sure 
that  in  this  particular  we  quite  agree.  For  if  a  separation 
is  made,  it  must  be  on  some  rough  line,  such  as  age,  and  that 

1  Medical  Record,  April  2,  1910. 


90  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

means  that  a  compact,  well-developed  youth  capable  of  any 
exertion  may  be  sent  into  a  junior  division  to  set  the  small 
boys  a  hot  pace  over  a  short  run,  while  an  overgrown  and 
much  less  precocious  boy  a  month  older  may  be  put  to 
compete  with  the  most  athletic  of  his  fellows  over  a  long 
distance.  When  all  the  boys  run  together,  the  best  runner 
may  finish  a  five-mile  cross-country  run  half  an  hour  before 
the  worst,  but  at  the  same  time  this  gives  those  who,  by 
reason  of  youth  or  retarded  development,  cannot  excel  at 
this  exercise,  a  chance  to  complete  their  run  and  benefit 
by  it  without  undue  strain.  Provided  there  is  a  thorough 
medical  examination  of  every  boy  on  entering  competitive 
sports,  and  that  the  effects  of  various  games  on  the  younger 
boys  are  carefully  supervised,  that  certain  common  sense 
rules,  which  boys  themselves  do  not  appreciate  are  enforced 
upon  them,  then  the  risk  of  ordinary  school  exercise,  in- 
cluding cross-country  runs  and  flat  races  not  exceeding  one 
mile,  is  so  reduced  as  to  be  quite  beneficial." 

Dr.  Tyrrell  Brooks  of  Oxford  says  it  was  his  experience 
that  the  most  vigorous  undergraduates  came  from  schools 
whose  athletics  were  of  the  most  strenuous  type.  Of  the 
organs  likely  to  be  endangered  from  excess  in  athletics, 
the  heart  is  the  chief.  Valvular  damage,  due  to  over- 
exertion is  very  rare,  but  it  is  to  be  remembered  that 
slight  dilatation  of  the  heart  is  difficult  to  estimate.  It 
is  almost  certain  that  the  natural  resilience  of  the  heart 
is  so  great  in  boyhood  that  mere  muscular  exercise  can 
hardly  seriously  damage  the  heart.  Special  care  in  per- 
mitting active  exercise  after  convalescence  from  acute 
illness  is  a  very  important  precaution. 

In  summing  up  the  work  of  Dr.   Benedict  and  Dr. 


RELATION   OF  BLOOD-PRESSURE   TO   ATHLETIC   LIFE  91 

Carpenter,  done  in  Wesleyan  University,  a  medical  editor 
has  the  following  to  say:  "The  human  body  is  a  machine 
of  such  a  degree  of  efficiency  that  one-fifth  of  the  energy 
expended  by  it  can  be  utilized  as  work,  and  that  this 
efficiency  is  constant  in  men  of  all  types.  The  strongest 
and  the  most  thorough  is  able  to  do  more  work  than  the 
novice,  this  is  not  because  his  muscles  are  of  such  a  quality 
that  he  can  get  more  work  out  of  them  from  the  same 
amount  of  energy,  but  because  he  is  able  to  put  more  energy 
in  the  shape  of  tissue  changed  into  the  action.  It  would 
seem  then  that  training,  besides  preparing  the  heart  to 
stand  greater  strain,  acts  to  increase  the  subject's  power 
of  using  up  his  tissues  and  by  giving  him  more  muscular 
tissues  to  use  rather  than  by  teaching  him  to  conserve 
his  energies.  To  adopt  a  metaphor  from  the  mechanical 
world,  the  professional  has  a  more  powerful  engine  because 
he  is  able  to  use  more  fuel,  not  because  he  wastes  less  steam. 
From  the  twenty-first  year  to  the  fortieth,  little  may 
be  said  of  the  evil  effects  of  athletics  as  most  young  men 
have  by  this  time  passed  out  of  athletic  Hfe  and  gone  into 
their  chosen  vocations.  The  eagerness  to  make  a  Hving 
and  the  desire  to  succeed  in  life  compels  them  to  be  up  and 
doing.  As  a  rule  degenerative  changes  are  not  at  this  time 
so  apparent,  and  though  the  man  may  be  working  under 
high  pressure,  no  notice  is  taken  of  such  changes  until 
middle  life  is  reached.  This  is  the  time,  however  when 
the  habits  of  life  are  formed. 

HOW  TO  DETERMINE  PHYSICAL  FITNESS 

The  most  practical  means  which  we  have  at  our  disposal 
with  which  to  corroborate  and  qualify  the  results  of  a 


92  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

careful  physical  examination,  are  by  urinalysis  and  by 
a  study  of  blood-pressure — including  also  the  diastolic, 
the  mean,  and  the  pulse  pressures.  Applying  also,  except 
in  adolescents  and  youths,  the  so-called  functional  tests. 
A  pathologic  urinary  finding  will  of  course  be  given  its 
proper  value,  and  will  be  correlated  to  the  other  evidence. 
Studies  of  the  blood-pressure,  its  normal  behavior  under 
strain,  its  changes  in  pathologic  heart  valve  and  heart 
muscle  conditions,  have  been  carried  out  by  many  investi- 
gators, usually  in  connection  with  the  physical  depart- 
ments related  to  colleges  and  other  institutions.  These 
have  developed  some  very  interesting  and  valuable  data, 
which  may  now  be  employed  in  examinations  for  physical 
fitness. 

Apart  from  the  discovery  of  valvular  defects  and  func- 
tional murmurs,  there  is  little  that  can  be  deduced  from 
the  usual  blood-pressure  test  in  early  life,  up  to  about  the 
time  the  boy  or  girl  enters  college,  from  about  the  age  of 
sixteen  years,  on  to  middle  or  early  old  age.  The  abihty 
of  an  individual  to  withstand  strain, ,  without  danger, 
depends  largely  upon  the  integrity  of  the  cardiovascular 
system,  so  that  special  examinations  are  usually  directed 
toward  this  system. 

The  discovery  of  a  pathologically  high  blood-pressure 
(see  Chapter  IV  for  this  determination)  would  move  the 
individuars  age  limit  forward,  so  that  if  when  he  is  forty 
there  is  a  marked  degree  of  hypertension,  he  would  have 
to  go  into  the  fifty- or  sixty-year  class.  The  discovery 
of  arteriosclerosis  even  in  the  absence  of  a  hypertension 
should  suggest  the  same  caution.  We  know  from  ex- 
perience and  have  had  confirmed  by  a  systematic  investiga- 


RELATION    OF  BLOOD-PRESSURE   TO   ATHLETIC   LIFE  93 

tion  the  effect  of  various  forms  of  exercise  on  the  systolic, 
diastohc,  pulse  pressure,  and  on  the  pulse  rate.  As  dem- 
onstrated by  O.  S.  Lowsley^  who  found  that  in  healthy 
young  athletes  the  blood-pressure  and  the  pulse  pressure 
are  greatly  increased  during  exercise  and  remain  above 
normal  even  at  the  conclusion  of  very  exhaustive  work. 
After  exhausting  exercise  there  is  a  period  of  subnormal 
blood-pressure  and  the  more  exhausting  the  exercise,  the 
more  marked  and  prolonged  this  phase  will  be.  (See  Tuber- 
culosis, Chapter  XIV,  Page  182.)  The  rapidity  with  which 
the  pulse  rate  drops  to  normal  is  also  determined  by  the  de- 
gree of  exhaustion.  There  is  often  observed,  however,  a 
secondary  rise  in  rate  during  the  period  of  subnormal 
pressure.  Very  violent  exercise  of  even  a  few  seconds,  as 
in  the  running  of  a  hundred-yard  dash  causes  a  much 
more  pronounced  and  lasting  negative  phase  than  does 
more  prolonged  but  moderate  work. 

We  have  seen  that  in  the  work  test,  as  suggested  by 
Graupner,  this  fact  is  used  as  a  basis  of  the  experiment, 
and  that  this  has  been  corroborated  since  by  others — in- 
cluding Boardman  Reed^ — that  the  condition  just  described 
is  only  possible  in  a  heart  which  has  not  had  its  normal  re- 
serve power  either  involved  or  destroyed  through  chronic 
arterial  or  chronic  myocardial  change.  While  in  the  weak 
heart,  whatever  the  cause,  the  rise  in  pressure  does  not 
always  occur,  and  even  if  a  rise  is  noted,  the  blood-pressure 
falls  before  the  pulse  rate — and  remains  down.  This  test 
of  Graupner's  can  therefore  be  applied  to  those  who  are 
about  to  enter  strenuous  athletic  contests,  where,  if  the 

*  Am.  Jour.  Physiol.,  March  1,  1911. 
2  South.  Calif.  PracL,  August,  1910. 


94  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

normal  relation  of  pressure  and  pulse  exists,  the  individual 
may  safely  be  allowed  to  participate. 

Lowsley  suggests  also  that  the  duration  of  the  negative 
phase  is  a  fair  index  of  the  strain  on  the  circulatory  system, 
and  that  the  test  might  be  used  in  determining  the  fitness 
of  any  indi\ddual  for  the  performance  of  certain  forms  of 
exercise.  He  believes  that  if  the  negative  phase  passes 
within  an  hour,  that  the  individual  is  well  within  the 
''hygienic  limit''  but  that  if  it  lasts  more  than  two  hours, 
it  is  a  sign  that  the  margin  of  safety  has  been  exceeded^- 
such  measures  as  these  should  be  of  considerable  help 
to  physical  directors  in  deciding  the  qualifications  even 
of  those  who  are  apparently  sound. 

Another  method,  suggested  by  Masing,^  is  to  note  the  rel- 
ative effect  of  exercise  on  the  systolic  and  diastolic  pres- 
sures; a  normal  circulatory  apparatus  will  yield  a  systoUc 
pressure  greater  in  proportion  than  the  diastolic,  in  other 
words,  the  pulse  pressure  or  amplitude  will  be  increased, 
while  in  a  defective  cardiovascular  system  the  systolic  and 
diastolic  pressures,  even  when  raised,  will  tend  to  approxi- 
mate. Janeway  cites  a  case  where  the  pressure  in  a 
healthy  man,  age  twenty-six  (a)  at  rest  was  135  systolic, 
diastolic  100,  pulse  pressure  35;  (b)  after  running  up  three 
flights  of  stairs,  systolic  175,  diastolic  120,  pulse  pres- 
sure 55,  indicating  a  normal  cardiac  strength,  capable  of 
maintaining  its  tone  under  strain.  On  the  other  hand 
a  man  apparently  in  good  health  gave  a  systolic  (c) 
at  rest  of  140,  diastolic  100,  pulse  pressure  40.  After 
two   minutes   exercise,    (d)    systolic    155,    diastoHc    125, 

1  E.  Masing,  Deut.  Arch.f.  klin.  Med.,  1902,  Vol.  LXXIV,  and  later  com- 
mented upon,  Janeway,  p.  122. 


PP       35 
SP      135 

-1/4  ' 

Fraction    larger    after  exercise — 

PP       55 
SP      175 

-1/3 

good  heart. 

PP       40 
SP      140 

-1/3   ' 

Fraction  smaller  after  exercise — 

PP       30 
>SP      155 

-1/5 

poor  heart. 

RELATION   OF  BLOOD-PRESSURE  TO  ATHLETIC   LIFE  95 

pulse  pressure  30,  showing  a  defective  musculature  and 
imperfect  heart  tone;  in  this  case  violent  exercise  would 
probably  give  rise  to  permanent  dilatation. 

According  to  Gibson  this  may  be  expressed  graphically 
as  follows: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

Summary. — After  prolonged  and  severe  exertion,  the 
blood-pressure  falls  to  a  point  below  the  normal  as  deter- 
mined before  the  exertion. 

After  a  brief  period  of  mild  or  moderate  exercise,  the 
blood-pressure  immediately  afterward  shows,  in  the  major- 
ity, a  rise  followed  quickly  by  a  fall  near  the  normal 
— perhaps  a  little  above  or  a  little  below. 

The  fall  denotes  fatigue,  the  failure  to  rise  probably 
indicates  muscular  heart  weakness  or,  at  least,  temporary 
dilatation,  as  is  shown  to  be  the  case  in  marathon  runners 
and  foot-ball  players. 

F.  Gelsbock  believes  that  low  pressure  immediately 
after  mild  exercise  is  due  to  muscular  heart  weakness, 
he  also  believes  that  arteriosclerosis  may  result  from  long- 
continued  high  blood-pressure  occurring  in  athletes. 

Danger  to  athletic  individuals  in  real  life  is  to  the 
vascular  system,  this  is  because  such  individuals  do  not 
continue  their  systematic  exercise,  so  that  metaboHsm 
and  elimination  become  defective  (Gelsbock). 


CHAPTER  VIII 
HYPOTENSION 

Definition. — This  term  is  employed  to  designate  altera- 
tions in  arterial  blood-pressiu-e  in  which  the  pressure  curve 
remains  below  the  established  normal  minimum.  The 
actual  level  of  this  pressure  will  be  affected  to  a  degree  by 
the  age  and  other  physiologic  factors,  which  control  the 
normal  level  of  pressure.     (See  page  59.) 

We  must  also  admit  the  possibility  of  a  relative  hypo- 
tension, in  which  the  curve  of  pressure,  while  being  above 
the  established  normal,  is  yet  so  far  below  a  previous  long- 
continued  high  pressure,  as  to  prevent  the  physical  phe- 
nomena of  a  pathologic  low  pressure.  This  point  is  dis- 
cussed more  fully  below. 

In  order  to  fully  comprehend  the  discussion  which  follows, 
some  form  of  clinical  classification  of  low  blood-pressure 
must  be  formulated.  The  following  seem  to  be  the  ac- 
cepted subdivisions  of  this  class  of  conditions. 

These  several  forms  of  hypotension  are  terminal  hypo- 
tension, essential  hypotension,  primary  or  true  hypoten- 
sion and  relative  hypotension. 

Terminal  Hjrpotension. — The  term  is  used  to  indicate 
that  abnormal  lowering  of  tension  in  the  circulation  which 
indicates  the  approaching  end  of  one  life. 

With  the  approach  of  death  from  any  pathologic  condi- 
tion, the  blood-pressure  tends  more  or  less  rapidly  toward 
zero.    The  rate  of  which  this  arrives  and  its  relation  to 

96 


HYPOTENSION  •  97 

the  actual  cause  of  death,  is  determined  by  so  many  factors 
about  which  almost  nothing  is  known,  that  but  little  really 
definite  can  be  yet  determined  upon.  According  to  Jane- 
way,  pressure  as  low  as  60  mm.  (5  cm.  cuff)  may  persist, 
in  protracted  illness  for  several  days  before  death.  In 
such  a  case  the  hypotension  may  be  of  some  value  as  a  sign 
of  impending  dissolution,  but  as  a  rule  the  terminal  fall 
in  pressure  is  usually  a  matter  of  hours  or  minutes. 

Essential  Hypotension. — Occasionally  there  are  cases 
which  seem  to  have  a  constitutionally  low  blood-pressure. 
These  cases  show  no  definite  signs  of  disease,  and  no  dis- 
coverable cause  can  be  assigned  for  the  condition.  Though 
sometimes  it  may  develop  later  that  this  state  was  in 
reality  an  early  sign  of  tuberculous  infection.  This  point 
will  be  developed  later.  Such  individuals  are  frequently 
unequal  to  any  particular  effort  either  mental  or  physical. 

Primary  or  True  Hypotension. — This  is  closely  allied 
to  the  preceding,  but  is  distinguished  from  it  by  the  appear- 
ing of  some  assignable  cause — other  than  the  pre-exist ence 
of  some  condition  causing  hypertension.  Bishop  defines 
primary  or  true  hypotension  as  occuring  in  those  cases 
whose  pressure-reducing  mechanism  has  failed,  when  there 
has  been  no  previous  overdemand  for  pressure. 

Relative  Hjrpotension. — This  term  would  seem  to  be  a 
necessary  one  and  should  be  applied  to  those  cases  whose 
actual  pressure,  while  still  above  the  estimated  normal,  has 
fallen  from  a  former  pathologic  high  level  to  such  a  degree 
that  symptoms  due  to  the  fall  have  developed.  A  fairly 
common  example  of  this  is  the  frequent  occurrence  of  edema 
or  other  signs  of  circulatory  failure  following  injudicious 
attempts  to  reduce  a  high  pressure. 


08 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


The  same  condition  obtains  in  a  failing  cardiovascular 
system,  when  the  pressure  has  been  for  a  long  time  high. 
See  chart,  Fig.  24.  Here  also  we  may  have  most  serious 
and  distressing  symptoms,  pointing  to  circulatory  failure, 
and  yet  the  pressure  may  be  found  still  above  the  esti- 
mated normal  level. 

BLOOD  PRESSURE  CHART 


leW.'li.S-...,....?! 


CHART  NO. 

NAME 

ADDRESS 

OCCUPATIOJ 

DIAGNOSIsf 


AGE    .<«A... 
COLOR  -VVf. 

SEX  .  .TVW . . 

PHYSICIAN .  . 


Date 

.  Dav  af  diMaas 

.  Timo  of  day 

145            U  hn  i   TUrtH- 

140            l<^  K  bo  3    lb    If 

us 

ISO 

A    A 

"^         /\   /  ^ 

^j(i^A:^?ikp      _    _ 

»«            \/ 

}/. 

106                                  /'        '-\ 

EHusiS:.'      - 

»»                               J 

95                             / 

/ 

85 

» 

75 

Fia.  24. — Hypotension  of  lost  compensation  (relative  hypotension). 
Arteries  markedly  sclerosed,  heart  showed  myocardial  degeneration,  pulse 
always  rapid.     Cerebral  symptoms  marked,  treatment  had  very  little  effect. 


Causes  of  Hypotension. — In  considering  the  etiology  of 
the  condition  of  hypotension,  we  find  that  it  occurs  in 
many  diseases  and  conditions,  as  for  example  in  wasting 
diseases,  in  toxemias,  acute  and  chronic  infections,  in 
certain  conditions  of  the  heart,  and  in  circulatory  de- 
pression from  any  cause  as  in  shock,  in  collapse,  in 
cardiac  asthma,  during  and  after  hemorrhage  and  in  a 


HYPOTENSION  99 

number  of  metabolic  diseases  of  which  diabetes  is  an 
example. 

The  Lower  Normal  Limits. — The  limits  are,  of  course, 
largely  arbitrary,  depending  as  they  do  upon  so  many  vari- 
able and  varying  factors.  To  maintain  their  full  value, 
they  must  be  modified  to  conform  to  our  knowledge  of  the 
many  so-called  physiologic  factors  active  in  each  individual 
case.     (See  Chapter  IV.) 

Experience  teaches  that  105  mm.  may  be  taken  as  the 
low  limit  of  normal  blood-pressure  in  young  men,  and 
95  mm.  as  the  normal  low  limit  in  young  women.  This 
will  of  necessity  be  modified  slightly  by  the  age,  occupation 
and  muscular  development  of  each  individual.  The  only 
way  to  estimate  the  degree  of  abnormality  in  the  blood- 
pressure  is  to  apply  the  knowledge  obtained  from  experi- 
ence in  examining  a  large  number  of  cases.  Therefore  it 
is  usually 'advisable  to  employ  the  blood-pressure  test  as 
a  routine  in  all  cases,  in  order  to  develop  one's  ability  to 
interpret  the  significance  in  each  individual  case. 

Extreme  Low  Pressure. — The  lowest  blood-pressure  in  an 
adult,  compatible  with  life,  has  been  reported  by  Neu  to  be 
from  40  to  45  mm.,  and  this  only  occurred  with  subnormal 
temperature  accompanied  by  unconsciousness.  He  has 
observed  and  recorded  recovery  after  a  temporary  fall  in 
pressure  as  low  as  50  mm. 

Conditions  Accompanied  by  Hypotension. — In  the  pres- 
ent state  of  our  knowledge  of  this  subject,  it  is  impossible  to 
lay  down  arbitrary  laws  or  to  make  a  positive  statement 
regarding  the  absolute  level  in  persons,  occurring  under  the 
different  conditions,  which  are  dependent  upon  so  many 
varying  factors.     In  the  statements  which  follow  it  should 


100  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

be  remembered  that  the  figures  apply  only  to  the  majority 
of  cases  of  the  types  discussed. 

Diseases  of  the  Heart. — In  the  majority  of  valvular 
lesions  of  the  heart  where  compensation  is  good,  the  effect 
on  blood-pressure  is  very  slight,  so  that  this  test  is  here 
chiefly  of  prognostic  value.  The  two  exceptions  to  this 
are  aortic  regurgitation  and  mitral  stenosis. 

In  aortic  regurgitation  we  find  a  persistent  and  uniform 
high  systolic  pressure  combined  with  an  exceptionally 
low  diastolic  reading,  which  results  in  a  characteristic  pulse 
pressure,  and  upon  this  alone  diagnosis  may  be  made. 
This  large  pulse  pressure  found  in  aortic  disease  is  further 
argumented  when  accompanied  by  arterial  sclerosis,  chronic 
myocarditis,  or  chronic  kidney  diseases  (see  Fig.  25). 

Mitral  Stenosis. — Extreme  narrowing  of  the  valve  orifice 
occasionally  may  so  reduce  the  volume  of  blood  passing 
through  the  heart  that  the  blood-pressure  is  lowered  simply 
because  the  heart  is  able  to  pump  only  a  fraction  of  its 
normal  amount. 

In  other  organic  conditions  of  the  heart,  and  in  the  last 
stages  of  valvular  cases  the  tendency  of  the  pressure  is 
downward,  when  it  is  due  to  failing  circulation  and  venous 
stasis.  From  a  clinical  standpoint.  Bishop^  makes  an  im- 
portant point  when  he  states  that  failure  of  the  circulation 
in  heart  disease  does  not  become  a  matter  of  anxiety  during 
acute  attacks  of  valvulitis,  during  which  time  the  patient  is 
at  rest,  but  that  it  becomes  more  serious  when  the  patient 
resumes  his  occupation,  and  that  even  then  the  low  arterial 
tension  should  not  be  regarded  as  pathologic  except  when  it 
is  but  little  above  venous  pressure,  as  shown  by  venous 

1  Heart  Disease  and  Blood-pressure,  1907. 


HYPOTENSION 


101 


congestion  and  enlarged  liver,  etc.  This  emphasizes  the 
point  made  that  the  actual  pressure  level  found  does  not 
always  measure  the  degree  of  pathogenicity  of  the  case. 
Each  case  has  its  own  particular  law  and  must  be  studied 
and  treated  according  to  the  conditions  present. 

BLOOD  PRESSURE  CHART 


CHART  NO..  . 

.o..nv. 


ADDRESS 

occupatio 
diagnosis' 


AGE    .b.P.. 
COLOR  ^Vt  - 

SEX  .TVW.. 

PHYSICIAN- 


r 

Date 

r- 

wmm 

^■^ 

■^" 

^^ 

yUi^xM 

Vaa-O, 

^ 

^ 

r^ 

210 

v^ 

yt> 

\ 

i 

i¥ 

IS 

T 

-tr 

s'^ 

-^ 

if 

r 

205 

A 

B 

c 

200 

/ 

V 

^195 

\ 

/ 

^ 

=^190 

\ 

k 

J 185 

\ 

i 

* 

-180 

i< 

/ 

^, 

/ 

il75 

/ 

f3l70 

■       ?»65 

§160 

■       ^155 

150 

A 

145 

J 

140 

• 

L 

135 

\ 

* 

130 

V 

"^ 

k^' 

* 

125 

/ 

120 

V 

115 

110 

fiuU^««C 

'rJ 

At/ 

50 

is 

ao 

fco 

i>-6 

sb 

so\ 

so 

6-0 

4-i 

5-i' 

>S2/s. 


Bia. 


Fig.  25. — Aortic  regurgitation  with  moderate  arteriosclerosiB,  symptoms 
the  result  of  high  pressure.  A  to  B  show  effect  of  treatment.  B,  all  drug 
treatment  stopped.  B  to  C,  patient  resumed  occupation,  general  measures 
continued.     Note  large  pulse  pressure  characteristic  of  this  disease. 

Alterations  in  Heart  Rate. — These  do  not,  as  a  rule,  in- 
fluence blood-pressure.  We  believe  that  blood-pressure 
has  a  marked  influence  on  pulse  rate.  The  action  of  the 
heart  and  pressure  being  in  the  relation  of  a  force  pump  to  a 


102  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

water  supply;  as  the  demand  for  increased  pressure  or  sus- 
tained pressure  arises,  the  pump  responds  with  greater 
force  and  energy,  for  this  mechanism  is  so  delicately 
balanced,  that  under  ordinary  conditions,  very  httle  fluctua- 
tion in  pressure  occurs. 

Two  conditions  however  have  been  found  to  have  an 
influence  on  blood-pressure,  the  cause  and  significance  of 
which  are  as  yet  obscure.  • 

1.  Paroxysmal  Tachycardia. — The  pulse  rate  may  be 
from  150  to  300,  the  heart  sounds  good  and  the  pulse  small, 
sometimes  the  pulse  rate  cannot  be  counted,  the  blood- 
pressure  is  usually  found  to  be  low,  probably  because  the 
shortness  of  diastole  does  not  allow  the  proper  filUng  of  the 
ventricles;  the  venus  pressure  is  high.  In  the  intervals 
the  circulation  is  apparently  normal  (Krehl). 

2.  Bradycardia. — The  effect  on  blood-pressure  is  variable, 
depending  on  the  cause  and  on  other  conditions  if  present. 
When  extreme,  blood-pressure  is  always  lowered;  patients 
with  dyspnea  cannot  exert  themselves,  and  even-  change 
in  posture  may  precipitate  attacks  of  syncope  (Krehl). 

Finally,  in  close  relation  to  the  circulation  in  diseases 
of  the  heart,  as  has  been  found  by  Krehl  and  others  that 
in  the  last  stages  of  arteriosclerosis,  wide-spread  dilatation 
of  the  splanchnic  area  together  with  failure  of  the  heart 
to  respond  to  the  demands  made  upon  it,  there  results  a 
gradually  faUing  blood-pressure,  when  therapeutic  measures 
have  httle  or  no  effect.     (See  Terminal  Hypertension.) 

Shock  and  Collapse. — Closely  allied  to  this  condition, 
at  least  from  a  mechanical  and  physiologic  standpoint, 
is  shock  and  collapse. 

In  both  these  conditions  we  find  a  sudden  and  dangerous 


HYPOTENSION  103 

decrease  in  blood-pressure.  This  is  due  to  one  or  two  con- 
ditions. First  the  overwhelming  of  the  vasomotor  system, 
by  circulating  toxins,  which  cause  vasomotor  paralysis. 
This  is  collapse.  On  the  other  hand,  shock  would 
appear  to  result  from  a  failure  of  vasomotor  tone,  the 
result  of  reflex  stimulation  through  the  sympathetic 
system.  Experimental  evidence  shows  that  the  circu- 
latory disturbance  occurring  at  the  height  of  infections, 
depends  absolutely  upon  paralysis  of  the  vessels,  and 
not  upon  any  damage  to  the  cardiac  mechanism  (Crile). 

Cardiac  Asthma. — This  term  implies  a  severe  attack 
of  dyspnea  occurring  in  an  individual  having  heart  disease. 
During  the  attack  the  pulse  is  rapid,  soft  and  irregular 
in  force  and  rhythm.  The  blood-pressure  is  usually 
below  normal  during  the  height  of  the  attack,  speedily 
regaining  its  former  level  as  the  attack  subsides. 

Hemorrhage. — The  degree  of  low  pressure  following 
hemorrhage  usually  bears  a  direct  relation  to  the  amount 
of  loss  and  rapidity  with  which  the  bleeding  occurs.  The 
one  exception  to  this  is  in  cerebral  hemorrhage  when  the 
blood-pressure  usually  reaches  very  high  levels.  Cases 
have  been  reported  in  which  the  pressure  has  reached 
400  mm.  In  the  cases  of  acute  hemorrhage,  such  as 
occurs  from  wounds,  during  typhoid  fever,  in  tuberculosis 
and  epistaxis,  the  amount  of  lowering  may  be  so  great  as 
to  endanger  life.  If  the  loss  supervenes  upon  an  already 
weakened  state  or  during  collapse  when  the  vasomotor 
system  is  crippled  or  paralyzed,  the  hypotension  may 
be  the  direct  cause  of  death.  It  is  noteworthy  that 
this  fall,  even  when  great,  is  usually  transient,  and  the 
value  of  this  sign  therefore  decreases   in   proportion,   as 


104  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

the  time  between  the  hemorrhage  and  the  observation  is 
prolonged. 

Altitude. — The  disagreement  existing  between  reports 
of  the  effect  of  altitude  on  blood-pressure  is  probably- 
due  to  the  fact  that  some  observers  have  reported  observa- 
tions on  healthy  individuals  while  others  observed  only- 
pathologic  conditions.  (See  Chapter  XIV,  Tuberculosis, 
page  83.)  In  a  healthy  individual  nearly  all  competent 
observers  agree  that  high  elevations  cause  a  moderate 
reduction  in  blood-pressure.  It  is  pertinent  to  quote 
here  part  of  the  summary  of  the  very  able  article  of  Schnei- 
der and  Hedblom.^  Among  their  conclusions  the  follow- 
ing bear  on  blood-pressure: 

1.  Considerable  elevation  in  altitude  tends  to  lower 
blood-pressure  and  to  increase  the  pulse  rate. 

2.  The  fall  is  greater  during  the  early  periods  of  residence 
in  high  altitudes.  The  fall  in  high  altitudes  is  between 
1  and  22  mm. 

3.  Change  in  altitude  does  not  affect  each  individual  to 
the  same  degree,  a  slight  elevation  does  not  affect  blood- 
pressure  and  psychic  influences  may  modify  the  reading. 

The  danger  of  high  altitudes  to  those  having  a  low 
pressure,  especially  if  accompanied  by  a  weakened  physical 
condition,  is  probably  due  to  a  further  reduction  of  an 
already  existing  hypotension. 

Paresis. — Hypotension  is  the  rule,  unless  kidney  com- 
plications exist. 

Infections. — Tuberculosis. — In  uncompHcated  pulmonary 
tuberculosis  the  systolic  pressure  tends  to  fall,  and  the 
diastolic  pressure  to  remain  stationary  or  to  rise.     Tesser 

>  Am.  Jour.  Physiol,  Vol.  XXIII,  No.  3. 


HYPOTENSION  105 

and  others  report  the  occurrence  of  hypotension  in  unin- 
volved  members  of  families  with  tuberculosis  taint. 

From  a  diagnostic  standpoint,  the  symptoms  of  hypo- 
tension when  otherwise  unexplained  should  suggest  a 
careful  examination  for  tuberculosis,  particularly  in  the 
lungs.  In  an  established  case,  the  chief  value  of  this 
test  is  in  prognosis,  where  the  data  compiled  by  Haven 
Emerson  may  quite  safely  be  relied  upon. 

Haven  Emerson^  stated  that  hypotension  in  tuber- 
culosis is  marked  and  constant  in  advanced  cases,  almost 
always  present  in  the  moderately  advanced  cases,  and 
frequently  enough  found  in  the  very  early  or  doubtful 
cases  to  warrant  its  use  as  a  valuable  differential  sign, 
and  further,  hypotension  is  progressive  as  the  process 
advances  and  rises  with  progress  toward  recovery,  the 
pressure  returning  to  normal  in  cases  that  are  cured. 
Continued  hypotension  never  persists  in  the  presence 
of  evident  improvement  in  the  tubercular  process. 

Reitter  has  suggested  that  the  occurrence  of  hypotension 
associated  with  evidence  of  nephritis  is  suggestive  of  renal 
tuberculosis.  On  the  other  hand,  Sezary^  does  not  find 
any  relation  between  the  condition  of  the  suprarenal 
glands  and  the  low  blood-pressure  found  in  tuberculosis. 
He  believes  that  low  tension  is  at  first  due  to  the  direct 
effect  of  the  action  of  the  soluble  toxins  of  the  tubercle 
bacillus,  and  that  not  until  later  do  the  suprarenals  become 
involved.  He  cites  cases  examined  at  autopsies  which 
showed  almost  complete  destruction  of  the  suprarenals, 
and  yet  during  life  showed  a  relatively  high  blood-pressure. 

1  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  1910. 

2  Abstract,  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  Vol.  LIV,  No.  15. 


106  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

Typhoid  Fever. — The  symptoms  of  hypotension  probably 
more  frequently  accompany  the  average  case  of  typhoid 
fever  than  any  other  acute  infection.  The  systoHc  pres- 
sure is  usually  100  or  less,  decreasing  as  the  disease  pro- 
gresses and  toxic  phenomena  occur.  The  diastoUc  pres- 
sure tends  to  remain  at  the  original  level  or  to  rise  shghtly; 
this  causes  a  reduction  in  pulse  pressure,  which  is  usually 
significant  evidence  of  a  weakened  heart  muscle,  calUng 
attention  to  the  need  for  complete  rest  and  more  active 
stimulation.  The  effect  of  the  common  complication  of 
typhoid  fever,  namely  hemorrhage,  is  to  produce  a  further 
rapid  fall  in  pressure,  the  amount  of  this  indicates  roughly 
the  extent  of  the  hemorrhage.  The  development  of 
peritonitis  after  perforation  forces  the  pressure  up  to  or 
above  the  original  normal  level.  In  this  disease  particu- 
larly, it  is  important  to  keep  blood-pressure  records. 
Systematic  observations  will  be  of  great  value  in  differ- 
entiating hemorrhages  from  perforation,  and  will  serve  as 
a  guide  to  the  general  management  of  any  case,  pressure 
will  rise  and  will  remain  high  in  the  presence  of  nephritis 
but  will  fall  again  when  peritonitis  follows  perforation. 

In  the  study  of  a  large  series  of  cases,  Joseph  H.  Barach^ 
mentions  among  others  the  following  important  factors 
which  briefly  summarizes  our  knowledge  of  blood-pressure 
during  typhoid  fever. 

1.  The  blood-pressure  falls  below  the  normal  after  the 
patient  has  taken  to  bed  and  stays  down  until  convalescence 
is  estabhshed,  when  it  returns  toward  normal. 

2.  Typhoid  fever  is  a  disease  with  a  blood-pressure  below 
100. 

>  Penna.  Med.  Jour.,  July,  1907. 


HYPOTENSION 


107 


3.  The  blood-pressure  is  governed  by  factors  of  its  own 
and  bears  no  constant  relation  to  pulse  rate  or  temperature. 

4.  In  diagnosis  the  blood-pressure  may  be  of  value  in 
differentiating  this  disease  from  others,  after  we  know  the 
behavior  of  other  diseases  in  this  respect.  In  the  diagnosis 
of  the  complications  it  has  a  value. 

BLOOD  PRESSURE  CHART 


-^:>k:::::::::; 


CHART  NO, 
NAME 
ADDRESS 
OCCUPATION 


n 


AGE    .  .  .  -. - 
COLOR^.  Wr. 
SEX  .d  '■■ 
PHYSICIAN^ 


D-telW.         l^ 

-w 

— :; 

0 

AflML.1 

t 

., 

-IST 

^- 

k> 

— . 

J}A.Y.af.iilsi 
Time  of  dJ 

BMftA 

,)' 

1 

^ 

.'1 

/o 

'L 

/^ 

.,rti^ 

0  P 

a 

^ 

fi> 

aV 

(] 

V 

' 

a  V 

(iL 

150 

145 

140 

135 

j 

V 

« 

130 

s 

y 

K 

J 

A 

> 

^3 

125 

^ 

)\ 

I 

\ 

, 

/ 

\ 

120 

c 

/ 

\ 

(» 

\ 

/ 

^ 

\ 

i 

115 

, 

k 

\ 

^A 

\ 

/ 

110 

s 

. 

Y 

y 

\ 

105 

s 

/ 

\ 

100 

' 

\ 

t 

85 

\ 

j.^ 

'n 

[0 

,A 

90 

85 

— 1 

80 

75 

70 

65 

. 

Fig.  26. — Showing  close  relation  between  pulse  rate  and  blood-pressure 
and  application  of  Gibson's  rule.  Symptoms  of  collapse  developed  after 
crisis  and  continued  until  normal  relation  was  reestablished  during  con- 
valesence. 


5.  In  prognosis  the  blood-pressure  chart  is  of  value.  A 
steadily  falhng  pressure  means  great  danger.  As  long  as 
the  blood-pressure  keeps  up  to  a  reasonable  level,  we  feel 
that  there  is  reserve  power  to  work  with. 

Pneumonia. — The  pressure  in  pneumonia  depends  on 


108  BLOOD-PKESSURE 

the  severity  of  the  case  and  the  degree  of  toxemia,  and  also , 
on  the  various  modifying  influences  which  may  affect  the 
case.  It  may  be  stated  as  a  general  rule  that  during  the] 
first  day  or  two  of  the  disease,  the  blood-pressure  is  slightly] 
above  normal,  following  which  it  falls  more  or  less  rapidly: 
to  a  condition  of  hypotension  of  about  100  or  90  mm. 
(See  Fig.  26.) 

The  blood-pressure  test  seems  to  be  of  very  significant! 
value  when  employed  in  conjunction  with  the  pulse  rate. 

As  expressed  by  Gibson^  it  offers  a  valuable  aid  in  prog- 
nosis and  a  reliable  guide  to  treatment.  He  says  "When 
arterial  pressure  expressed  in  millimeters  of  mercury  does 
not  fall  below  the  pulse  rate  expressed  in  beats  per  minute, 
the  fact  may  be  taken  as  of  excellent  augury,  while  the 
converse  is  equally  true.''  These  observations  have  been 
confirmed  by  G.  A.  Gordon'^  and  H.  A.  Hare^.  No  case  of 
pneumonia  should  be  treated  without  the  blood-pressure 
test  being  regularly  employed.  Just  as  observations  of 
the  pulse  or  the  temperature  are  regularly  taken. 

Cholera. — Hypotension  is  the  rule.  Low  blood-pressure 
during  the  stage  of  collapse  is  a  very  valuable  guide  to  the 
necessity  of  transfusion.  The  blood-pressure  is  always 
below  100.  The  most  satisfactory  treatment,  or  the  one 
most  hkely  to  combat  comphcations,  such  as  uremia,  in 
administering  the  intravenous  solution  of  adrenahn.  By 
this  means  in  one  epidemic  the  death  rate  was  reduced 
almost  one-half.* 

^Edinburgh  Med.  Jour.,  Jan.,  1908. 

*  Edinburgh  Med.  Jour.,  1910. 

"  Therapeutic  Gazette,  June,  1910. 

<  Leonard  Rogers,  Therapeutic  Gazette,  Nov.  15,  1909. 


HYPOTENSION  109 

Cerebrospinal  Meningitis. — Robinson^  noted  that  blood- 
pressure  was  unusually  high  during  the  acute  state  and  in 
those  showing  severe  symptoms,  and  was  low  in  mild  cases 
and  in  convalescence. 

Abram  Sophian^  depends  absolutely  on  the  sphygmo- 
manometer as  a  guide  to  the  value  and  safety  of  lumbar 
puncture  and  serum  injections. 

Other  infections  in  which  the  pressure  is  usually  low  are 
diphtheria,  scarlet  fever,  measles  and  acute  rheumatism. 
Here  the  sphygmomanometer  may  be  of  value  in  conjunc- 
tion with  other  symptoms  in  diagnosis,  prognosis  and 
treatment. 

Miscellaneous  Conditions. — A  condition  of  hypotension 
usually  exists  in  all  wasting  diseases  and  cachectic  states 
and  commonly  is  seen  in  carcinoma  and  general  paresis. 
In  these  conditions  it  is  a  natural  result  of  a  general  toxemia 
and  the  gradual  failure  of  function  in  the  entire  body,  which 
includes  a  weakening  muscular  system,  a  gradually  lowering 
vasomotor  tone  and  a  diminution  in  the  quantity  and  qual- 
ity of  the  blood. 

In  diabetes  the  pressure  is  usually  subnormal,  unless 
complicated  by  nephritis  and  arteriosclerosis. 

In  Addison's  disease  the  blood-pressure  is  extraordinarily 
low  because  of  the  destruction  of  the  suprarenal  glands. 

In  epileptic  coma  the  blood-pressure  is  always  low;  here 
it  constitutes  a  valuable  differential  sign  between  this  con- 
dition and  uremia  (Edgecombe). 

Edgecombe^  reports  his  studies  of  a  number  of  miscel- 


*  Arch,  of  Internal  Med.,  May  5,  1910. 

«  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  March  23,  1910. 

'  W.  Edgecombe,  Edit.  Medical  Record,  April  29,  1911. 


110  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

laneous  conditions  in  which  the  blood-pressure  may  be  of 
value. 

(1)  Subjects  with  poor  circulation,  with  cold  hands  and 
feet  and  Uable  to  chilblains.  These  may  gain  a  temporary 
rise  by  means  of  baths,  massage  and  exercise,  while  at  the 
same  time  the  circulation  improves,  but  it  is  difficult  to 
effect  any  enduring  rise  in  the  general  level  of  the  blood- 
pressure  for  they  are  prone  on  cessation  of  treatment  to 
relapse  to  their  former  state. 

(2)  Cases  of  pure  neurasthenia,  having  as  their  promi- 
nent characteristic,  profound  fatigue,  either  somatic  or 
psychic  or  both.  It  is  not  easy  to  say  whether  the  low  blood- 
pressure  in  such  cases  of  neurasthenia  is  the  cause  or  effect 
of  the  extreme  fatigue.  A  rise  in  blood-pressure  is  an 
almost  invariable  accompaniment  of  improvement. 

(3)  Tobacco  poisoning.  Tobacco  usually  has  the  effect 
of  raising  the  blood-pressure  with  this  apparent  anomaly, 
that  heavy  smokers  frequently  have  subnormal  pressure. 

(4)  In  cases  of  dilated  heart,  with  or  without  valvular 
disease,  the  pressure  will  sometimes  be  found  low,  and  a 
rise  in  pressure  is  one  of  the  indications  of  the  progress  of 
the  case  toward  recovery. 

(5)  There  are  many  examples  met  with  of  the  so-called 
gouty  or  rheumatic  manifestations  of  lumbago,  sciatica,  or 
neuritis  which  show  a  blood-pressure  somewhat  below  nor- 
mal. Many  of  these  cases  have  a  subnormal  acidity  of 
the  urine,  and  are  liable  almost  constantly  to  a  copious 
deposit  of  phosphates  which  leads  to,  or  is  accompanied  by, 
a  state  of  nervous  depression. 

(6)  The  clinical  symptom  phosphaturia,   in  whatever 


HYPOTENSION  111 

condition  it  may  occur,  is  generally  accompanied  by  a  low 
blood-pressure. 

(7)  Young  subjects  with  ''rheumatoid  arthritis'^  fre- 
quently have  a  blood-pressure  below  normal,  which  rises  as 
the  condition  improves. 

The  chief  practical  value  of  the  sphygmomanometer  in 
the  light  of  our  knowledge  of  hypotension  is  the  valuable 
aid  derived,  both  for  differential  diagnosis,  prognosis,  and  as 
a  guide  for  treatment.  It  alone  can  give  timely  warning 
of  the  onset  of  the  hypotension  accompanying  vasomotor 
paralysis  from  shock  or  any  other  cause.  In  acute  dis- 
eases the  blood-pressure  test  should  be  taken  daily. 

Effects  and  Danger  of  Hjrpotension. — The  direct  effect 
of  a  falling  blood-pressure  is  the  accumulation  of  an  ab- 
normal amount  of  blood  in  the  veins,  and  a  slowing  of  the 
current  in  the  arteries.  This  will  affect  the  capillary  circu- 
lation and  interfere  with  the  nutritive  and  secretory  proc- 
esses which  depend  upon  it.  The  most  serious  effect  is  on 
the  heart,  as  it  has  been  shown  that  complete  loss  of  vaso- 
motor tone  soon  leads  to  death,  because  of  the  gradual 
accumulation  of  nearly  all  the  blood  in  the  body  on  the 
venous  side,  so  that  the  heart  has  no  blood  upon  which  to 
act. 

''Low  blood-pressure  due  to  general  prostration  is  not  to 
be  regarded  as  a  disorder  of  the  circulation,  except  insofar 
as  the  circulation  fails  to  respond  to  the  demand  made  upon 
it.  Thus  in  shock  it  is  the  nervous  system  that  is  at  fault, 
not  the  circulatory  apparatus"  (Bishop). 


CHAPTER  IX 

HYPERTENSION,  PRESCLEROSIS  OR  ESSENTIAL 
ARTERIAL  HYPERTENSION 

The  term  hypertension,  in  its  general  acceptance,  has 
come  to  mean  any  condition  in  which  the  blood-pressure 
is  maintained  at  a  level  above  normal.  It  would  seem  best, 
at  least  for  clinical  purposes  to  limit  the  term  hypertension 
to  that  condition  first  described  by  Huchard  and  termed  by 
him  presclerosis,  and  to  designate  all  other  high  pressures, 
which  are  either  dependent  upon,  or  accompanied  by  dis- 
tinct and  easily  recognized  arterial  kidney  or  heart  changes, 
as  true  high  blood-pressure.  Thus  we  limit  the  term 
hypertension  to  a  condition  of  blood-pressure  dependent 
largely  if  not  solely,  upon  a  muscular  change  in  the  arterial 
walls  and  capillaries,  whereby  they  are  temporarily  nar- 
rowed and  constricted,  as  contrasted  to  true  high  pressure, 
when  there  is  a  permanent  pathologic  change  either  in 
some  part  or  all  of  the  cardiovascular  renal  system,  and 
which  can  never  be  entirely  overcome  by  treatment.  (See 
Fig.  27.) 

By  adhering  to  this  distinction  we  are  immediately  en- 
abled to  appreciate  the  etiology  of  each  of  these  condi- 
tions, and  also  to  explain  the  difference  in  the  results 
obtained  by  methods  directed  toward  their  rehef,  or  the 
relief  of  the  symptoms  caused  by  them. 

In  the  class  designated  as  high  blood-pressure,  the  diag- 
nosis is  made  for  us  and  our  chief  concern  is  to  determine 

112 


ESSENTIAL    ARTERIAL    HYPERTENSION 


113 


the  cause,  to  arrest  the  progress  of  the  disease  and  to  relieve 
symptoms. 

In  hypertension,  the  diagnosis  is  often  difficult,  but  when 
once  made  we  are  usually  in  a  position  to  relieve  the  con- 
dition more  or  less  completely  and  to  cure  the  disease 
causing  it  during  the  time  that  the  patient  adheres  to  a 
restraining  hygiene. 

BLOOD  PRESSURE  CHART 


OCCUPATION  .  .-.^..  . „„„...^..„ 

••* 

... 

::' 

oiagnosisHp*^ 

JJjJUJt\U..                                                .-r:,^.x..„.. 

__^ 

170 

^ 

?? 

u 

v; 

p 

><^ 

% 

W 

X 

"4 

yi' 

165 

160 

J55 

^ 

,150 

\ 

^45 

^40 

\ 

135 

\ 

/ 

130 

s 

/ 

y 

s 

1125 

ft 

f 

s 

,jj 

LJ 

^ 

^ 

jl20 

s 

A 

^115 

\ 

lllO 

s 

105 

% 

m 

■ 

100 

s. 

/ 

\ 

•HI 

-« 

, 

95 

\ 

\ 

ck^ 

J3J 

u 

ox 

90 

85 

80 

75 

" 

— 



— 

— 

— 

< 

_ 

— 

Fig.  27. — Illustrates  pure  hypertension  and  the  effect  that  may  be  expected 
to  follow  measures  directed  toward  relief  of  underlying  toxemia. 

It  would  seem  reasonable  to  consider  the  condition  of 
hypertension  or  presclerosis,  as  a  distinct  disease  entity, 
not  forgetting  its  varying  etiology.  While  on  the  other 
hand,  we  should  never  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  true  high 
pressure  is  a  symptom  only,  merely  a  small  part  of  the 
whole  pathologic  picture,  and  that  it  should  never  possess 


114  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

the  entire  field  of  our  vision.  True  high  blood-pressure 
may  be  a  salutory  and  beneficent  condition  not  to  be  inter- 
fered with  lightly  or  illadvisedly.  Hypertension  is  always 
harmful  and  every  effort  should  be  made  to  control  and 
reduce  it. 

Hypertension  is  a  subtil  condition  often  lurking  where 
least  expected.  There  may  be  no  change  in  the  palpable 
arteries  except  a  barely  distinguishable  narrowing  and 
stiffening  when  rolled  under  the  finger,  a  hardly  notice- 
able change  in  the  aortic  second  sound,  possibly  a  faint 
systolic  whiff  at  the  aortic  cartilage,  while  the  urine  re- 
mains practically  normal.  The  blood-pressure  will  be 
found  to  be  from  140  to  180  mm.  depending  upon  the  degree 
of  arterial  contraction. 

By  many,  a  progressive  change  in  the  arteries  and  a 
gradually  rising  blood-pressure  is  looked  upon  as  a  normal 
condition  in  those  past  middle  life  or  in  early  old  age. 

Hypertension  is,  I  believe,  always  a  sign  of  the  beginning 
of  a  pathologic  change  which  according  to  Huchard,  Russell 
and  others  is  the  danger  signal,  a  warning  that  some  altera- 
tion must  occur  in  the  daily  life  of  the  individual  present- 
ing the  condition,  or  else  the  at  first  curable  condition 
will  progress  and  eventually  merge  into  and  become  a  case 
of  cardiovascular  renal  disease. 

A  permanent  increase  in  blood-pressure  in  a  young  adult, 
or  in  one  in  early  middle  life  in  the  absence  of  discoverable 
organic  change,  in  the  heart,  blood-vessels  or  kidneys,  is 
always  a  sign  of  a  chronic  toxemia;  a  poisoning  arising  from 
some  error  in  metabolism  or  deficiency  of  elimination, 
either  intestinal  or  urinary  or  both.  Such  a  rise  in  blood- 
pressure  is  rarely  discovered,  except  by  the  routine  esti- 


ESSENTIAL   ARTERIAL   HYPERTENSION  115 

mation  of  blood-pressure  of  all  patients  coming  under  the 
physician's  observation,  or  perhaps  through  examinations 
for  life  insurance.  In  the  early  stages  of  this  condition, 
symptoms  referable  to  the  condition  are  rare,  or  if  men- 
tioned are  attributed  to  overwork,  or  mental  worry,  neur- 
asthenia, etc.,  on  the  other  hand,  one  may  by  careful  ques- 
tioning elicit  suggestive  symptoms,  such  as  fleeting  dizzi- 
ness, tinnitus  aurium,  disturbed  sleep,  cold  hands  and  cold 
feet,  gastric  distress  and  flatulency,  constipation,  lack  of 
interest  and  of  power  of  concentration,  diminished  desire 
to  be  up  and  doing,  distaste  for  physical  exertion  and 
weakened  tolerance  for  substances  which  affect  the  brain, 
such  as  alcohol  and  tobacco. 

The  blood-pressure  does  not  need  to  be  greatly  in- 
creased, in  order  to  injure  the  heart,  and  to  cause  per- 
manent change  in  the  blood-vessels  and  in  the  kidneys. 
The  amount  of  work  required  of  the  heart  to  overcome 
the  resistance  of  a  few  mm.  Hg.  mounts  up  surprisingly. 
(See  page  21.) 

Thus  increased  work  even  in  the  comparatively  young, 
may  result  in  degeneration.  Cases  have  been  reported  in 
which  arteriosclerosis  has  been  found  at  autopsy  in  persons 
under  thirty  years  of  age. 

Treatment. — In  bad  cases,  rest  in  bed  with  massage. 
In  mild  cases  this  preliminary  is  not  required.  The  im- 
portant rules  for  diet  are: 

1.  To  reduce  the  total  amount  of  food.  Many  cases  are 
in  men  and  women  who  are  overfed  and  underexercised; 
here  properly  supervised  exercise  is  most  valuable. 

2.  To  reduce  the  amount  of  protein  in  the  dietary. 

3.  To  limit  the  amount  of  fluid  taken,  and  to  employ 


116  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

measures  that  will  promote  elimination  from  the  skin,  as 
sweating  by  means  of  hot  baths,  hot  packs,  Russian  baths, 
vapor-cabinet  baths,  and  electric  light  baths.  Nauheim 
baths  may  be  given  carefully,  if  there  is  little  arterio- 
sclerosis and  no  signs  of  nephritis.  Autocondensation  may 
reduce  hypertension  and  should  be  tried.  Calomel  and 
saline  purges,  not  too  frequently  repeated,  are  beneficial 
and  may  safely  be  prescribed  every  seven  to  ten  days. 
The  effect  is  to  prevent  and  remove  intestinal  putrefaction 
and  to  lower  blood-pressure  by  taking  fluid  from  the  body 
— washing  the  blood. 

Regulation  of  habits,  including  relief  from  business 
worries  and  excessive  anxiety,  attending  constantly  to 
work  beyond  one's  capacity — this  is  particularly  the  case 
with  physicians  who  form  a  large  part  of  this  class.  In- 
creasing the  period  of  recreation  and  hours  of  sleep,  in  other 
words,  demanding  a  life  of  moderation  in  all  things. 

The  condition  of  hypertension  persists  in  most  cases  after 
the  development  of  the  true  high  pressure  which  accom- 
panies arteriosclerosis,  and  it  is  in  all  probability  this 
factor  which  in  a  large  measure  determines  the  extent  of 
reduction,  accomplished  in  the  treatment  of  arterio- 
sclerosis. This  has  been  ably  demonstrated  by  RusselP 
and  others.  Measures  which  accomplish  a  reduction  in 
pressure  amounting  to  10  to  40  mm.  in  high-pressure  cases, 
is  usually  followed  by  relief  from  subjective  symptoms  and 
are  beneficial,  reductions  in  pressure  which  result  in  edema 
or  other  untoward  symptoms  are  probably  due  to  a  toxic 
effect,  and  are  evidence  of  depression  or  myocardial  weaken- 
ing and  are  dangerous. 

*  Loc.  cit. 


ESSENTIAL   ARTERIAL   HYPERTENSION  117 

Syphilis  as  a  cause  of  hypertension  is  well  recognized;  it 
acts  in  the  same  manner  as  other  circulating  toxins  and 
therefore  may  be  looked  for  as  a  factor  in  the  production 
of  hypertension.     (See  also  Chapter  XIV.) 


CHAPTER  X 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 

A  careful  review  of  literature  upon  arteriosclerosis,  its 
causes  and  treatment  is  most  discouraging,  as  no  two 
authorities  appear  to  agree  even  upon  the  most  funda- 
mental and  important  points.  This  is  quite  remarkable 
when  we  consider  the  relatively  frequent  occurrence  of 
this  disease,  and  the  almost  unlimited  opportimity  offered 
for  its  study.  Even  theories  as  to  the  main  causative 
factor  differ.  We  are  unable  therefore  to  treat  the  sub- 
ject as  scientifically  as  might  be  desired;  however,  much 
general  information  is  available  which  will  serve  as  a  guide 
to  the  study  and  treatment  of  this  disease  a  knowledge  of 
which  may  possibly  be  a  stimulus  to  others  to  carry  the 
work  further. 

Causes. — The  broad  underlying  cause  of  arteriosclerosis 
is  some  irritant  poison  or  a  toxemia  which  may  vary  both  as 
to  origin  and  nature,  depending  largely  upon  the  surround- 
ings and  personal  habits  of  the  individual  that  forms  the 
basis  of  the  study.  The  more  common  causes  of  general 
and  prolonged  toxemia  are  chronic  infections  (chiefly  syph- 
ihtic) ;  the  introduction  of  toxic  agents,  as  alcohol,  tobacco, 
coffee,  lead;  the  development  of  autotoxemias  from  distur- 
bance in  metabolism  either  through  improper  or  excessive 
dietary  or  overmental  strain  (emotional  and  nervous), 
insufficient  physical  exertion,  resulting  in  maldigestion, 
gout  and  that  large  group  of  ill-defined  metabolic  disturb- 
ances termed  autointoxications. 

118 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS  119 

Excessive  physical  exertion,  while  recognized  as  a  cause 
of  generalized  arteriosclerosis  does  not  always  lead  to  this 
condition.  Usually  additional  factors  must  be  considered, 
such  as  the  added  strain  caused  by  simultaneous  over- 
indulgence in  food,  alcohol,  tobacco,  late  hours,  etc. 

According  to  the  observations  of  Coughlin^  the  effect  of 
competition  in  active  athletics  does  little  or  no  harm  to 
the  cardiovascular  system  when  indulged  in  by  those  in 
training,  and  who  are  under  competent  observation. 
From  his  study  he  concludes  'Hhat  there  is  a  close  relation- 
ship between  the  athletic  life  and  degenerative  changes  in 
the  vascular  system,  especially  in  heart  and  arteries,  when 
the  voluntary  and  involuntary  muscles  are  not  kept  in 
tone  by  regular  systematic  exercise,  particularly  in  middle 
life  and  beyond.     (See  also  Chapter  VII.) 

Occurrence. — Arteriosclerosis  is  usually  encountered  in 
the  second  half  of  Ufe  although  not  infrequently  well- 
marked  cases  are  met  with  before  the  age  of  thirty  and 
an  occasional  apoplexy  occurs  in  the  twenties.  The  tend- 
ency to  arterial  change  seems  to  be  on  the  increase,  as  both 
the  age  of  incidence  (development  of  symptoms)  and  the 
percentage  of  cases  encountered  are  advancing. 

Incidence  of  apoplexy,  organic  heart  disease  and  chronic 
nephritis  from  the  statistics  of  the  Penn  Mutual  Life 
Insurance  Company  in  1908.  These  three  diseases  com- 
prise 25.1  per  cent,  of  the  total  mortality  of  the  Company. 

1900  1908 

Apoplexy 7     per  cent.        9 . 5  per  cent. 

Heart  disease 8.6  per  cent.        9 . 3  per  cent. 

This  seems  largely  the  result  of  the  high  tension  and 

1  R.  E.  Coughlin,  N.  Y.  Med.  Rec,  April  2,  1910. 


120  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

artificial  life  led  by  the  average  business  and  professional 
man  of  to-day.  For  the  same  reason  men  are  more  sus- 
ceptible than  women.  All  statistics  bear  out  the  fact. 
Huchard^  investigated  the  cause  of  arteriosclerosis  in  2,680 
cases  out  of  15,000  patients  under  his  personal  observation. 
From  this  study  he  finds  the  causes  according  to  their 
relative  frequency  as  follows:  gout,  uricemia,  character  of 
food,  syphilis,  tobacco  poisoning,  worry,  mental  overexer- 
tion and  alcohol.  He  dwells  particularly  upon  the  fact 
that  the  abuse  of  meat  in  diet  is  a  powerful  and  frequent 
cause  of  arteriosclerosis,  as  it  easily  produces  within  the 
body  poisons  which  have  a  selective  action  for  the  tissues 
composing  the  arterial  wall.  Herz^  finds  that  almost  invari- 
ably his  cases  of  arteriosclerosis  are  in  those  who  take  Ufa 
too  seriously  and  either  from  ambition  or  necessitylive  an 
especially  strenuous  life.  Herz  sent  out  a  series  of  questions 
to  a  large  number  of  physicians  in  Austria  in  an  effort  to 
determine  the  leading  factors  productive  of  arterial  change' 
and  from  822  rephes  he  deduced  the  following  statistics. 

Number  of  cases  resulting  from: 

Emotional  and  nervous 150 

Physical  exertion 146 

Age 138 

Alcohol 133 

Tobacco 88 

Syphihs 77 

Heredity 72 

Metabolic  disturbances 19 

Coffee  and  tea 13 

Infections,  etc 7 

*  Medizin  klin.  Berlin,  August  29,  V.,  No.  35. 

*  Medizin  klin.  Berlin,  January  16,  VI,  No.  3. 

*  Wien.  klin.  Wochen.,  Vol.  II.,  XXIV,  No.  44. 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS  121 

From  a  general  survey  of  the  etiology  of  arteriosclerosis, 
we  fail  to  find  the  cause,  but  it  will  be  seen  that  we  may, 
however,  divide  the  causes  of  arteriosclerosis  into  three 
more  or  less  correlated  groups — toxic,  physical  and  infec- 
tious. The  latter  two  often  involving  some  phase  of  the 
former,  so  that  it  may  be  said,  broadly  speaking,  that 
arteriosclerosis  is  usually  the  result  of  some  form  of  toxemia. 

Pathology. — The  term  arteriosclerosis  is  too  loosely 
employed  by  the  average  physician.  This  has  led  to 
great  confusion  in  the  reporting  of  cases  and  to  the  com- 
pilation of  statistics.  It  is  often  impossible  to  learn 
precisely  what  condition  an  author  is  discussing,  so  that 
the  benefit  of  careful  research  are  often  lost  to  the  reader. 
The  two  conditions  usually  confused  are,  atheroma  and 
diffuse  generalized  arteriosclerosis,  and  less  often  the  con- 
dition of  pure  hypertension,  as  found  before  any  perma- 
nent change  has  occurred  in  the  vessel  wall.    (See  Page  112.) 

The  pathologist  has  more  than  once  pointed  out  clearly 
these  different  conditions  and  has  correlated  them  with  the 
physical  signs.  Among  them  Russell  has  made  most 
careful  studies  of  the  condition  of  the  vessels,  and  their 
relation  to  chronic  disease  of  the  heart,  kidneys,  cerebral 
system,  to  blood-pressure.  According  to  Russell,^  ather- 
oma is  a  local  or  patchy  affection  of  the  arteries  char- 
acterized by  a  local  thickening  and  degeneration  of  the 
intima.  This  soon  undergoes  a  form  of  fatty  degeneration 
which  is  termed,  atheroma.  Later  these  patches  become 
the  seat  of  a  calcareous  deposit  and  in  the  larger  arteries 
atheromatous  cysts  and  ulcers  may  be  formed  with  local 

1  Wm.  Russell,  Arterial  Hypertension,  Sclerosis  and  Blood-pressure, 
J.  B.  Lippincott  Co.,  1910. 


122  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

sacculations.  These  changes  may  be  so  extensive,  espe- 
cially in  the  aortic  arch  that  a  local  bulging  occurs  to 
which  the  name  aneurysmal  bulging  has  been  apphed. 

Atheromatous  changes  are  quite  common  in  the  cerebral 
and  coronary  arteries  but  comparatively  rare  in  the  radials. 
When  present  in  the  radials,  they  give  rise  to  local  thicken- 
ings, which  give  an  irregular  nodular  feel  to  the  vessel. 
They  are  never  symmetrical.  Russell  believes  that  the 
character  of  these  changes  is  very  suggestive  of  a  low-grade 
infection,  and  assigns  a  primary  microorganismal  implanta- 
tion as  their  origin. 

Arteriosclerosis,  on  the  other  hand,  may  be  roughly 
defined  as  a  thickening  of  the  arterial  wall  with  a  diminu- 
tion in  the  size  of  its  lumen.  The  changes  which  have  led 
to  this  when  examined  in  detail  are  seen  to  consist  of  (1) 
a  marked  thickening  of  the  intima,  due  to  hypertrophy  of 
the  muscle  fibers;  (2)  a  thickening  of  the  intima  without 
atheromatous  degeneration;  (3)  and  in  some  cases  a  fibrous 
thickening  of  the  adventitia.  The  muscular  coat  may 
show  some  degeneration  but  the  prevailing  notion  that  in 
such  thickened  vessels  the  muscle  coat  is  replaced  by  fibrous 
tissue  (fibrous  degeneration)  is  erroneous  (Russell). 

These  changes  are  not  confined  to  limited  areas  of  the 
vessel  wall  as  in  atheroma,  but  affect  uniformly  a  large 
portion  of  the  vascular  system  and  are  usually  distributed 
throughout  the  body  for  instance  in  the  coronary  and  renal 
arteries. 

Cases  are  encountered  where  both  processes  are  met 
in  combination.  These  usually  occur  late  in  life,  the  ath- 
eromatous changes  generally  being  confined  to  the  large 
vessels  and  aorta. 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS  123 

The  clinical  study  of  blood-pressure  and  its  relation  to 
\'isceral  involvement  would  seem  to  bear  witness  to  the 
accuracy  of  RusselFs  deductions  and  conclusions,  for  it  will 
be  recognized  that  were  this  change  one  of  pure  fibrous 
degeneration  with  destruction  of  the  muscular  tissue  in  the 
vessel  walls,  then  measures  directed  toward  relieving  hy- 
pertension (contraction  of  the  muscular  wall)  would  be  use- 
less. As  proof  of  this  and  of  the  value  of  such  measures,  we 
have  only  to  review  the  evidence  found  in  every-day  prac- 
tice, where  such  measures  affect  reduction  in  a  larger  ma- 
jority of  cases. 

The  experiments  of  Pearce^  in  the  artificial  production  of 
arteriosclerosis  in  rabbits  resulted  in  the  production  of 
merely  an  atheromatous  change  in  the  aorta  and  the  for- 
mation of  necrotic  areas  in  the  elastica  and  media,  which 
subsequently  became  impregnated  with  lime  salts  (typical 
atheroma).     They  showed  no  evidence  of  arteriosclerosis. 

Adler  and  HanseP  endeavored  to  produce  arteriosclerosis 
by  the  injection  of  massive  doses  of  nicotin.  These  efforts 
resulted  in  the  destruction  of  small  areas  of  intima  and  mus- 
cularis  without  the  production  of  a  diffuse  contraction  or 
thickening  of  the  vessel. 

These  facts  further  emphasize  the  present  belief  that 
arteriosclerosis  is  a  generalized  alteration  in  the  blood-ves- 
sels, resulting  from  a  prolonged  but  mild  irritation  by  a 
circulating  poison  and  not  from  a  local  injury  or  low-grade 
infection  of  isolated  areas  in  the  larger  vessels. 

Clinical  Manifestations. — There  exists  great  confusion 
among  pathologists  as  to  the  exact  nature  and  process  of 

1  Jour.  Exp.  Med.,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  74,  1906. 
*  Assn.  Am.  Physiol.,  May,  1906. 


124  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

arteriosclerosis,  so  that  it  is  not  possible,  at  this  time,  to 
give  an  exact  or  rational  definition  of  the  disorder  from  the 
pathologic  standpoint.  Clinically  the  elevation  of  pressure 
in  arteriosclerosis  affords  a  method  of  distinguishing  between 
this  disease  and  atheroma  with  which  it  is  so  often  con- 
fused. Atheroma  is  really  a  senile  affection  coming  on  in 
persons  between  sixty  and  eighty  years  and  involves  the 
blood-vessels  only.  Arteriosclerosis  on  the  other  hand  may 
attack  persons  between  thirty  and  sixty  years  of  age  and  is 
largely  a  visceral  complaint  involving  as  it  progresses,  the 
heart,  kidneys  and  nervous  system.  Although  Oppenheim^ 
has  reported  two  cases  of  undoubted  arteriosclerosis  in  boys 
of  nine  and  ten  years  of  age.  The  first  died  of  spontaneous 
rupture  of  the  aorta  probably  of  the  syphilitic  origin  while 
the  second  case  was  undoubtedly  due  to  autotoxemia. 

With  the  study  of  atheroma  we  are  but  little  concerned 
as  this  condition  must  be  looked  upon  as  a  more  or  less 
natural  process  due  to  the  changes  caused  by  advancing 
years,  and  not  particularly  related  to  those  factors  which 
are  recognized  as  producing  arteriosclerosis. 

Gull  and  Sutton's  original  conception  of  this  disease  as  an 
'^  Arteriocapillary  Fibrous  "  is  incomplete.  From  the  view- 
point of  the  pathologist,  the  clinician  and  the  therapeutist, 
we  must  recognize  the  multiplicity  of  the  lesions  involved 
in  arteriosclerosis  and  admit  the  condition  as  a  joint  in- 
volvement of  the  heart  the  blood-vessels  and  the  kidneys, 
in  what  may  be  termed  cardiovascular  renal  disease. 
Jump  has  recorded  a  study  of  a  large  number  of  autopsy 
records  in  which  arteriosclerosis  was  present  in  69  per- 
cent, and  a  chronic  kidney  lesion  in  71  per  cent.    We  can 

»  Virch.  Arch.,  Vol.  CLVIII,  No.  2. 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS  125 

usually  by  appropriate  study  of  each  case,  determine  the 
predominating  type. 

Clinically  three  stages  may  be  identified  (1)  the  pre- 
sclerosis of  Huchard  (Hypertension  of  Brunton)  in  which 
the  nervous  mechanism  of  the  vascular  system  is  affected 
by  circulating  toxins,  causing  an  arterial  spasm,  and  an 
elevation  of  pressure  (see  page  112);  (2)  the  cardioarterial 
type  in  which  permanent  changes  have  occurred  in  the 
blood-vessels,  including  the  coronary  cerebral  and  renal; 
and  (3)  the  final  stage  including  heart  and  kidney  failure. 
Careful  distinction  must  also  be  made  between  the  patho- 
logic lesion  and  the  clinical  picture.  Simple  atheroma 
may  remain  for  a  long  time  as  a^  symptomless  anatomic 
change.  In  cardiovascular  disease  on  the  other  hand,  the 
subjective  symptoms  predominate  and  the  physical  signs 
may  often  be  obscure.  Renal  insufficiency  is  an  early  and 
almost  constant  accompaniment  of  the  latter  disease  and  is 
present  even  in  the  absence  of  demonstrable  albuminuria. 
This  fact  accentuates  the  importance  of  eliminative  treat- 
ment during  the  whole  course  of  the  disease. 

Clinically,  arteriosclerosis  may  begin  in  the  kidneys,  in 
the  heart  or  in  other  organs,  but  there  cannot  be  arterio- 
sclerosis (general)  without  both  cardiac  and  renal  involve- 
ment. 

Of  greatest  importance  in  the  diagnosis  of  arteriosclerosis, 
is  the  recognition  of  the  condition  termed  by  Huchard, 
presclerosis,  because  of  the  brilliant  results  obtained  from 
treatment  in  these  cases.     (See  Chapter  IX.) 

Symptomatology, — In  the  cases  with  pipe  stem  or  tor- 
tuous arteries  and  ringing  aortic  second  sound,  seen  in 
elderly  individuals  with  interstitial  nephritis,   the  diag- 


126  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

nosis  is  made  for  us,  and  the  treatment  is  of  little  avail. 
It  is  in  the  unsuspected  subtil  ones  showing  none  of 
these  characteristics,  with  Httle  or  no  palpable  change 
in  the  peripheral  arteries,  doubtful  change  in  the  valve 
sound,  perhaps  a  little  roughening  in  the  second  sound, 
with  a  normal  or  practically  normal  urine,  that  early- 
diagnosis  gives  briUiant  results.  These  cases  may  and 
usually  do  show  gastrointestinal  symptoms  of  a  chronic 
nature,  which  may  be  found  by  diUgent  search,  but 
which  often  fail  to  obtain  proper  consideration  at  the 
hands  of  the  physician.  These  cases  when  the  sphyg- 
momanometer is  properly  used  show  a  blood-pressure 
with  a  systolic  range  of  from  160  to  250  mm.  Hg.  (See 
Fig.  28.) 

In  persons,  entering  upon,  or  in  early  middle  Hfe,  this 
increase  in  blood-pressure  is,  in  the  absence  of  demonstrable 
nephritis,  usually  the  only  sign  of  a  chronic  poisoning 
arising  from  some  deficiency  of  elimination,  either  intestinal 
or  urinary,  or  both.  With  regard  to  an  exact  symptoma- 
tology of  early  generalized  arteriosclerosis,  the  clinical 
signs  and  subjective  symptoms  may  simulate  almost 
any  known  disease  and  cause  nearly  anything  from  a 
fleeting  dizziness  to  gangrene  of  the  extremities.  Some 
of  the  symptoms  are  not  infrequently  attributed  to  neuras- 
thenia. These  are  vague,  unpleasant  feelings  or  fullness 
in  the  head,  slight  momentary  dizziness,  cold  hands  and 
cold  feet,  sleep  unrefreshing  and  disturbed  by  dreams, 
gastric  distress  and  flatulence  coming  on  in  one  or  two 
hours  after  meals,  constipation  and  loss  of  power  of  con- 
centration and  interest  in  business  affairs.  The  general 
vitality  and  power  of  resistance  of  the  body  fails,  and 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 


127 


tolerance  for  substances  which  affect  the  brain,  as  alcohol 
and  tobacco  is  diminished.  The  patients  tire  easily. 
The  gastric  symptoms  increase  in  severity  and  any  exertion 
after  meals  bring  on  attacks  of  gastric  and  heart  pain, 

BLOOD  PRESSURE  CHART 


Manic 

ADDRESS 
OCCU PATIO 
DIAGNOSIS 


Z}Jjji^Jl><x)(iM^ 


AGE 

COLOR  ."WT . 

SEX  .y^r. 

PHYSICIAN.  . 


1 

1  0 

1 

Daw  of  dlMSBS 

n 

1             Id 

IV 

Tirho  of  dey             ^ 

^UrV. 

^S^^MA/.    9^ 

r 

220 

\ 

^  K\  \ 

w  ^^ 

y  \ 

vV 

215 

210 

205 

\ 

200 

\ 

.195 

*190 

\ 

L    i        '\/i 

":85 

\ 

nU 

\LH 

5 180 

\ 

/ 

gl75 

\ 

/      ^ 

3170 

\ 

j\ 

..y 

£l65 

^ 

/ 

O160 

§155 

150 

145 

140 

135 

130 

125 

120 

<fc:d  k^ 

^ 

115 

>j 

1  / 

\    - 

^^  \^\  Q 

dA.i 

""  ■    110- 

Sr 

\y 

105 

V 

100 

»l 

^ 

Fig.  28. — Case  sought  advice  because  of  the  recurrence  of  an  old  sciatica. 
Treatment  was  largely  directed  toward  a  chronic  intestinal  toxemia.  The 
marked  fall  in  pressure  resulting  from  a  relaxation  of  hypertonus,  while 
the  further  failure  to  bring  the  pressure  below  165  indicates  the  failure  of 
such  measures  to  affect  a  permanent  change  in  the  vessel  walls. 

which  are  only  relieved  by  resting.  The  cases  gradually 
become  incapacitated  for  work.  They  are  nervous,  lose 
weight  and  move  slowly,   the  evidence  of  involvement 


128  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

of  all  the  organs  in  the  arteriosclerotic  process,  notably  in 
the  brain,  heart,  eyes  and  kidneys.  Extreme  cases  give 
all  the  classical  symptoms  and  signs  which  go  to  make 
up  the  syndrome  of  cardiovascular  renal  disease.  By  this 
time  the  diagnosis  is  as  easy  as  the  treatment  is  difficult. 

Klemperer  a  few  years  ago  reported  that  in  sl  short 
space  of  time,  he  had  seen  fifty-one  doctors  between  the 
ages  of  twenty-eight  and  forty  who  gave  signs  of  arterio- 
sclerosis. These  cases  presented  symptoms  usually  classed 
as  neurasthenic.  They  were  irritable  and  could  not 
accomplish  their  work  without  some  form  of  stimulation, 
they  had  been  living  a  high-tentioned  Ufe,  without  suffi- 
cient rest  and  recreation,  living  two  years  in  one  and  carry- 
ing a  blood-pressure  of  160  to  180.  (Chart,  Fig.  29.) 
For  such  to  continue  under  the  same  strain  would  soon 
result  in  marked  and  incurable  cases  of  cardiovascular 
disease,  terminating  in  death,  long  before  their  alloted  time. 

Cases  of  arteriosclerosis  which  have  sustained  a  high 
pressure  over  considerable  time  show  periods  of  great  de- 
pression with  severe  headaches,  nausea  and  sudden  vertigo. 
This  is  due  to  the  irritation  and  diminished  nutrition  of 
the  cerebral  centers  from  the  high  pressure  and  the  narrowed 
arteries.  Eventually  these  symptoms  become  more  or  less 
constant,  memory  fails  and  insomnia  ensues,  while  life  be- 
comes a  burden. 

Often  it  is  not  until  these  cases  suffer  a  cerebral  hemor- 
rhage or  show  signs  of  cardiac  weakness,  that  they  are  even 
suspected  of  having  anything  more  than  a  nervous  condi- 
tion. Routine  observations  of  blood-pressure  and  a  prac- 
tical knowledge  of  the  early  signs  of  this  disease  would 
have  made  a  diagnosis  in  time  to  obtain  benefit  from  pre- 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 


129 


ventive  measures.  The  routine  estimation  of  blood-pres- 
sure and  the  preparation  of  a  daily  chart  is  of  great  value 
in  the  study  of  suspicious  cases  such  as  simple  chronic 


BLOOD  PRESSURE  CHART 


CHART  NO. .  ,  -  .^  ..^.„^..  ,. 


NAME 
ADDRESS 


OCC  U  P  AT  I O  N  &Cl^  ftAlm.<) Im; 
DIAGNOSIsQA/tml'<#Ml^ 


AGE    Itti*.  -  . 
COLOR  1*^  . 

SEX  ..TtU^ 

PHYSICIAN. 


Date 

,  Dav  of  (lltieaso 

^  TInno  of  rfay 

200 

h 

H- 

T 

1 

fo 

w 

n 

^9 

195 

^ 

U^ 

n 

Vi 

\l 

li" 

\\ 

190 

^185 

180 

175 

\ 

170 

\ 

165 

\ 

160 

\ 

J55 

1 

150 

\ 

145 

\ 

1 

\ 

J 

\ 

n 

140 

\ 

y 

\ 

/ 

V 

\ 

ftJ 

\s} 

Wi 

? 

135 

) 

/ 

f 

130 

/ 

125 

120 

115 

110 

"105 

100 

S5 

\ 

SO 

\ 

(^^ 

u 

)  f) 

.nt 

1^ 

85 

'^ 

/ 

. 

80 

V 

f 

X 

t 

re 

V 

./ 

,70 

es 

99 

^_ 

L. 

Fig.  29. — Symptoms  chiefly  cerebral,  September.  20,  patient  slightly  delir- 
ious, some  muscular  weakness  on  left  side  of  body.  Chart  shows  effect  of 
active  treatment  continued  until  September  23.  Remainder  of  chart 
shows  lowered  pressure  maintained  by  physical  measures  after  patient 
resumed  his  activity. 

bronchitis  with  emphysema  which  are  often  explained  and 
their  etiologic  factors  supplied,  by  demonstrating  the  pres- 

9 


130  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

ence  of  continued  high  pressure.  Indeed  the  blood-pres- 
sure need  not  be  very  much  elevated  to  injure  the  heart 
and  other  organs,  for  an  increase  of  a  few  miUimeters  if  long 
continued  entails  an  enormous  increase  in  the  daily  work 
of  the  heart. 

In  considering  the  subject  of  arteriosclerosis,  Daland^ 
points  out  that  we  must  differentiate  clinically  between 
(1)  the  normal  thickening  of  the  arterial  wall,  which  occurs 
after  the  age  of  forty,  and  which  progressively  increases 
with  advancing  years,  (2)  the  atheroma  which  is  a  char- 
acteristic of  the  aged  and  (3)  arterial  spasm  from  any  cause 
which  when  long  continued  results  in  a  permanent  thick- 
ening of  the  vessel  walls  and  a  reduction  in  their  lumen. 
This  change  being  greater  than  that  expected  for  the  given 
age  of  the  individual. 

Pathologically  we  have  to  consider  the  exciting  agent 
or  agents  which  alter  the  condition  in  order  to  separate 
that  of  syphilitic  origin  from  the  autotoxic  or  alimentary 
and  renal.  Very  often  clinically  in  the  absence  of  con- 
firming history,  clinical  signs  and  characteristic  symptoms, 
this  differentiation  is  impossible. 

Diagnosis. — For  diagnostic  purposes  we  may  assume  that 
the  arterial  wall  may  usually  be  demonstrated  by  palpation 
to  be  thickened  after  the  age  of  forty  years  (Daland). 
This  seems  very  practical  from  a  diagnostic  standpoint 
when  we  consider  that  a  demonstration  of  the  state  of  the 
vessels  is  purely  a  relative  comparison  and  that  to  ignore 
this  premise  would  lead  into  error  resulting  in  a  diagnosis 
of  arteriosclerosis  in  patients  having  vessels  with  no  more 
than  a  normal  degree  of  thickening. 

»  Monthly  Cycl.  Pract.  Med.,  Vol.  X,  p.  146,  1907. 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS  131 

Observation  is,  therefore,  first  directed  toward  a  study 
of  all  accessible  vessels  by  means  of  inspection  and  palpa- 
tion, not  forgetting  those  of  the  retina  by  means  of  the 
ophthalmoscope.  The  study  of  the  radial  arteries  gives 
most  valuable  information,  but  it  must  not  be  forgotten 
that  the  fibrotic  process  may  be  inconspicuous  in  the  per- 
ipheral arteries  while  well  advanced  in  the  internal  arteries, 
more  especially  the  splanchnic  and  cerebrals;  and  occa- 
sionally fibrosis  may  be  advanced  in  the  peripheral  vessels 
with  but  little  or  no  change  in  the  important  internal  ones. 
On  account  of  variations  in  size  and  situation  of  the  radial 
arteries  both  should  be  examined.  It  must  also  be  remem- 
bered that  the  excessive  deposition  of  adipose,  or  the  presence 
of  edema,  may  prevent  successful  examination  of  the  radial 
arteries.  It  seldom  happens,  however,  that  radial  sclerosis 
is  diagnosed  when  absent,  the  error  is  usually  on  the  other 
side. 

It  is  important  to  separate  true  sclerosis  from  pure  hy- 
pertension as  the  impression  under  the  finger  in  these 
two  conditions  is  quite  similar.  Arterial  spasm  usually 
occurs  in  the  young  and  palpation  of  the  vessel  wall  reveals 
a  vessel  which  feels  thicker  and  smaller  than  normal,  while 
the  lumen  appears  to  be  diminished.  The  common  causes 
of  this  condition  are  (1)  acute  uremia,  occurring  in  the  course 
of  acute  parenchymatous  nephritis  as  in  scarlet  fever  and 
similar  infectious  process;  (2)  in  certain  cases  of  severe 
acute  intestinal  toxemia;  (3)  in  certain  cases  of  irritating 
chemical  poisoning. 

Apart  from  the  result  obtained  from  palpation,  the  car- 
diac and  renal  signs  of  arterial  spasm  may  exactly  simulate 
arteriosclerosis  and  we  are  therefore  compelled  to  rely  upon 


132  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

the  knowledge  of  the  cause  and  duration  of  the  condition 
to  determine  the  degree  of  arterial  change. 

Reliance  should  not  be  placed  upon  the  radial  arteries 
alone,  but  for  diagnostic  purposes  we  should  use  the  tem- 
poral, the  carotid,  the  brachial,  the  abdominal  aorta,  the 
femoral  and  the  dorsalis  pedis. 

J.  N.  Jackson^  rightly  calls  attention  to  the  routine 
measurement  of  blood-pressure  and  its  importance  in 
every-day  practice.  He  cites  as  examples,  cases  in  which 
although  the  patient  did  not  feel  particularly  ill,  yet  the 
presence  of  a  high  blood-pressure  demanded  a  grave 
prognosis,  the  correctness  of  which  was  later  established. 
It  has  been  stated  by  Robertson  and  others  that  a  case 
with  a  blood-pressure  of  over  200  mm.  which  is  con- 
stantly maintained,  when  accompanied  by  kidney  involve- 
ment will  be  very  unlikely  to  live  beyond  the  two-year 
limit,  however  there  are  no  definite  statistics  covering  this 
point. 

Elevation  of  Blood-Pressure, — Having  determined  the 
condition  of  the  blood-vessels,  the  blood-pressure  tests 
may  then  be  applied.  In  the  presence  of  arteriosclerosis 
the  systoHc  pressure  will  be  found  above  that  determined 
as  normal  for  the  age  of  the  individual.  This  elevation 
need  not  be  great.  A  continued  hypertension  of  20  or  30 
mm.  unless  explained  upon  other  ground  should  be  con- 
sidered pathologic  and  calls  for  explanation.  It  should, 
however,  be  remembered  that  cases  will  be  met  having 
very  hard  and  firm  peripheral  vessels  showing  a  normal  or 
subnormal  systoHc  blood-pressure. 

I  distinctly  remember  one  case  of  over  fifty  years  of  age 

KBoaion  Med.  and  Sur.  Jour.,  Nov.  2,  1911. 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS  133 

having  the  most  rigid  and  pipe-stem  radials  that  I  have 
ever  palpated,  yet  at  no  time  was  the  systohc  pressure 
found  to  be  over  100  mm.  Hg.  Again  the  hypertensive 
effect  of  arteriosclerosis  may  be  counteracted  by  the  hypo- 
tensive effect  of  an  associated  thyroid  disease  or  a  deranged 
adrenal  system,  as  in  Addison's  disease.     (See  page  109.) 

A  comparison  of  the  systolic  and  diastolic  pressures  and 
an  estimation  of  the  pulse-pressure  is  of  distinct  value  in 
the  study  of  all  cases.  The  physical  changes  produced  in 
the  dynamics  of  the  circulation  by  the  less  elastic  vessel 
walls,  will  in  the  presence  of  a  normal  heart  show  an  in- 
creased pressure  often  as  high  as  60  and  occasionally  100  or 
more,  as  the  advanced  and  extreme  cases  are  met. 

Examination  of  the  heart  in  pure  early  arteriosclerosis 
(before  the  kidney  has  become  much  damaged)  will  reveal 
only  some  slight  accentuation  of  the  second  aortic  sound. 
The  studies  of  Romberg  and  Hasenfeld^  found  hyper- 
trophy of  the  left  ventricle  in  only  a  small  proportion  of 
cases  of  arteriosclerosis  before  an  associated  nephritis  had 
developed. 

The  temperature,  as  is  the  case  in  most  chronic  diseases, 
will  usually  be  found  subnormal,  although  StengeP  called 
attention  to  the  occurrence  of  continued  fever  in  certain 
cases  and  he  holds  that  when  there  is  no  other  assignable 
cause  for  the  fever,  it  is  probably  due  to  the  arteriosclerotic 
process. 

Examination  of  the  digestive  tract  will  often  reveal 
sUght  departures  from  normal  probably  dating  back  for 
many  years,  and  the  results  of  test-meal  examinations  will 

1  Deut.  Arch.f.  Uin.  Med.,  Vol.  LIX,  1897,  p.  193. 
^  Medicine,  Detroit,  June,  1906. 


134  BLOOD-PRESSUKE 

show  reduced  gastric  secretory  activity  with  abdominal 
distention  and  often  most  obstinate  constipation. 

A  consideration  of  the  patient^s  history  and  recent 
general  condition  may  reveal  periods  of  mental  lassitude 
and  irritabiUty  with  headaches  coming  on  after  mental  or 
physical  excitement  or  at  a  certain  time  each  day.  There 
are  often  momentary  attacks  of  dizziness  often  accompanied 
by  nausea  and  followed  by  profuse  perspiration  and  a  period 
of  weakness.  Insomnia,  loss  of  memory,  melancholia  and 
other  nervous  symptoms  as  a  gradual  loss  of  mental  vigor 
and  bodily  tone  unite  to  form  a  well-known  picture  of  the 
average  cause  of  established  arteriosclerosis. 

Treatment  of  Arteriosclerosis. — Certain  causes  of  arterio- 
sclerosis demand  besides  the  general  therapy  as  apphed 
to  the  condition  of  sclerosis  (chiefly  toxemia)  a  therapy 
devoted  to  the  particular  causal  agent,  when  this  is  ascer- 
tainable. There  are  cases  of  arteriosclerosis,  dependent 
upon  gout,  diabetes  meUitis,  alcoholism,  nicotinism  and 
syphilis,  and  more  rarely  upon  lead  and  other  poisons. 
Without  going  into  detail,  it  is  sufficient  to  point  out  that 
when  the  relation  of  the  arteriosclerotic  process  to  any  of 
the  above  diseases  has  been  established,  it  is  imperative  to 
treat  not  only  the  condition  itself  but  also,  to  direct  treat- 
ment toward  the  reUef  or  removal  of  these  exciting  causes. 

All  authorities  agree  that  the  general  treatment  should 
combine  a  reduction  of  diet  and  stimulation  of  elimi- 
nation, through  the  skin,  bowels  and  kidneys  together 
with  the  removal  of  all  undue  physical  and  mental  strain. 

From  another  standpoint  the  treatment  can  be  divided 
into  (a)  that  directed  toward  the  prevention  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  disease  in  those  predisposed  by  heredity  or 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 


135 


environment;  (b)  that  directed  toward  arresting  the  pro- 
duction and  to  the  relief  of  the  conditions  as  found. 

When  the  disease  is  recognized  in  the  early  stage  before 
the  heart  is  seriously  involved  and  before  the  kidneys 
show  positive  evidence  of  an  interstitial  nephritis,  much 
can  be  gained  by  careful  regulation  of  hygiene,  by  careful 
living  and  by  modification  of  diet.  Work,  both  physical 
and  mental,  should  be  reduced  and  the  patient  taught  to 
live  on  a  lower  plane. 


Date         JAN. 
Dar          2     25 

FEB. 

7     11      16     18    24 

■ARCH 

1      8      14     30 

ATRl        HAT 
7  19     21    31 

JULJAUC  OCTI       HOV. 

7   1    9    1  20  1    1       B      15 

1 

210 

[/I 

206 

^ 

200 

\ 

^ 

^J95 

^ 

> 

\ 

b^ 

\ 

Ziso 

•s 

gl75 

^ 

/ 

' 

V 

J 

■ 

SiTO 

^1 

. 

( 

=  105 

V 

/ 

_§1^ 

> 

/ 

s 

f 

> 

\A 

s 

>c 

1 

il55 

1     1 

( 

, 

150 

145 

Fig.  30. — This  blood-pressure  chart,  taken  from  a  case  of  arteriosclerosis 
shows  effect  (1)  from  A  to  B,  combined  drug  and  rest  treatment;  (2)  5  to  C, 
effect  of  dietetic  hygiene  combined  with  systematic  daily  walking,  no  drugs, 
patient  attending  to  business. 

Dietetic  regulation  with  measures  directed  toward 
maintaining  renal  efficiency  should  always  be  the  basis 
of  sound  treatment  (Fig.  30). 

An  excessive  milk  diet  is  often  beneficial  in  effecting 
marked  reduction  in  a  dangerously  high  pressure.  So  also 
a  meat  diet,  but  the  ultimate  effect  of  the  meat  diet  may 
cause  an  aggravation  of  the  disease,  as  shown  by  the  nervous 
and  other  serious  symptoms.^ 

By  emphasizing  strongly  the  dangers  of  worry  and  of 

1  J.  M.  King,  &o.  Calif.  Med.  Jour.,  Aug.,  1910. 


136  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

undue  strenuousness  and  by  urging  patients  to  take 
greater  advantage  of  the  sunny  side  of  life  and  to  refrain 
from  a  too  serious  view  of  themselves  and  their  responsi- 
bilities, many  cases  of  arteriosclerosis  can  be  avoided.^ 

According  to  the  observations  of  Huchard/  the  ideal 
diet  directed  toward  the  reduction  of  hypertension,  and 
the  prevention  of  arteriosclerosis  is  one  composed  chiefly 
of  vegetables  and  milk  and  one  from  which  sodium  chlorid 
is  largely  eliminated. 

General  Dietetic  Directions, — A  good  general  rule  of 
diet  is  that  while  meat  is  not  to  be  prohibited  a  diet  com- 
posed chiefly  of  milk,  vegetables  and  fruit  is  indicated; 
absolute  milk  diet  is  not  good  when  prolonged  but  may 
be  used  for  the  relief  of  certain  symptoms.  It  is  important 
that  the  daily  supply  of  food  should  be  taken  in  small 
quantities  and  at  frequent  intervals.  Alcohol,  tea,  coffee 
and  tobacco  need  not  usually  be  prohibited  entirely, 
although  with  heart  pain  and  in  angina  tobacco  should 
never  be  allowed.  The  reduction  in  diet  should  not  be 
carried  to  a  point  of  causing  a  feeling  of  subjective  weak- 
ness, and  should  not  rapidly  reduce  body  weight,  except  in 
the  obese. 

Limiting  the  amount  of  water  taken  undoubtedly 
spares  the  heart  and  vessels,  but  the  amount  should  not 
fall  below  1,500  c.c.  per  diem  and  even  when  there  is 
edema  not  below  this  figure  for  more  than  three  consecutive 
days,  otherwise  kidney  elimination  will  be  reduced  and 
the  case  suffer  accordingly.' 

*  M.  Herg,  Medizin  Klin.,  Berlin,  Jan.  16,  VI,  No.  3. 

« Bui  de  VAcad.  de  Med.,  Jan.  21.  1907. 

»  A.  Strasser,  Wien  klin.  Wochenf  April  8,1909. 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS  137 

Special  Diet. — The  fact  that  too  abundant  diet  may  be 
a  cause  of  arteriosclerosis  should  be  kept  in  mind.  More- 
over the  food  should  contain  as  small  amounts  of  toxic 
substances  as  possible,  as  these  upon  entering  the  circula- 
tion cause  a  narrowing  of  the  vessels  (hypertonus,  and 
thereby  cause  an  increase  in  pressure. 

Sausages,  spiced  and  pickled  meats,  rich  foods,  strong 
broths,  caviare,  ham,  and  foods  containing  much  nuclein 
as  roe  and  sweet  breads,  strong  cheese,  liquors  and  strongly 
alcoholic  drinks  should  be  absolutely  forbidden. 

Baths,  Climate,  Etc. — (See  also  Chapter  XIX.)  Very  few 
patients  with  arteriosclerosis  do  well  in  an  altitude  of 
3,000  ft.  and  over.  One  important  fact  must  always  be 
remembered — the  danger  in  arteriosclerosis  of  any  sudden 
alteration  of  blood-pressure,  particularly  any  sudden 
increase,  hot  or  very  cold  baths  are  therefore  contra- 
indicated,  on  the  contrary  baths  of  moderate  temperature 
in  cases  of  arteriosclerosis,  with  a  very  good  or  compensated 
heart  are  very  beneficial.  These  baths  may  be  taken, 
at  any  of  the  resorts,  where  such  treatment  is  given,  or 
at  home,  by  means  of  a  simple  warm  bath  accompanied  by 
general  friction  of  the  body,  or  by  a  warm  pack  which 
increases  cutaneous  dilatation  and  increases  elimination 
through  the  increased  production  of  perspiration. 

Medication. — (See  also  Chapter  XIX.)  The  condition  of 
the  intestinal  tract  is  of  utmost  importance;  daily  evacua- 
tion must  be  had,  if  necessary  by  means  of  laxatives,  or 
cholagogues,  supplemented  by  salines  or  saline  waters 
(Hunyadi  or  Pluto)  as  the  study  of  the  blood-pressure  curve 
indicates. 

Drug  Treatment. — (See  also  Chapter  XIX.)     Directions 


138  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

toward  the  relief  of  high  pressure  and  modification  of  the 
condition  of  the  pathologic  vessels,  have  been  most  dis- 
appointing, and  the  reports  of  observers  who  have  tabulated 
their  findings,  are  so  at  variance  that  little  dependable 
knowledge  can  be  obtained  from  them.  This  is  in  part  due 
to  the  fact  that  many  have  endeavored  to  accomplish  the 
impossible  (the  removal  of  sclerotic  tissue)  and  partly  to 
the  great  variety  of  causes  underlying  the  development  of 
the  condition. 

It  is  far  from  the  author^s  intention  to  discourage  drug 
therapy,  therefore  it  seems  advisable  to  give  a  brief  resum^ 
of  the  opinions  of  recognized  authorities  and  thus  allow 
the  reader  to  draw  his  own  conclusions  from  them. 

Huchard^  places  his  dependence  in  the  treatment  of 
this  condition  in  the  following  order. 

Diet,  muscular  exercise,  massage,  particularly  abdominal 
and  precordial  massage  (massage  does  not  produce  elevation 
of  blood-pressure,  see  page  246),  baths  and  high-frequency 
currents.  Drugs,  the  nitrites  with  theobromin  to  assist 
elimination  through  the  kidneys.  He  believes  heart  tonics 
unnecessary  until  the  condition  is  far  advanced,  but 
when  indicated  the  periodic  administration  of  digitaUs  i3 
advised. 

Edgecombe^  says  that  the  effect  of  thyroid  extract  is 
powerful  and  rapid. 

On  the  other  hand,  Huchard^  relies  almost  wholly  upon 
dietetic  and  hygienic  measures,  and  says  that  the  abuse  of 
drugs,  especially  of  the  iodids  and  of  digitalis  is  especially 

» Bui.  de  VAoad.  de  Med.,  Jan.  21,  1907. 
*  N.  Y.  Med.  Rec,  July  16,  1910. 
\Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  Vol.  LII,  No.  14. 


ARTERIOSCLEROSIS  139 

to  be  avoided  and  also  the  abuse  of  the  so-called  '' anti- 
sclerotic  serums/'  high  frequency  currents  and  climatic 
and  some  mineral  water  *' cures. '^ 

Beverly  Robinson  agrees  with  Huchard  when  he  states 
that  "the  larger  my  experience  and  the  more  I  watch  cases 
of  pronounced  arteriosclerosis  especially  in  men  and  women 
past  middle  life,  the  less  frequently  I  prescribe  either 
digitalis  or  the  iodids.  If  a  cardiac  tonic  or  stimulant  is 
required,  strophanthus,  caffein  and  nux  vomica  are  prefer- 
able by  far,  and  are  not  likely,  in  small  or  moderate  doses, 
to  do  positive  injury.  To  lessen  hypertension,  where  it  is 
clearly  indicated,  by  reason  of  headache,  fainting  attacks, 
pallor  and  general  nervous  irritability,  sweet  spirits  of 
niter,  in  small  or  moderate  doses,  added  to  water  is  the 
least  injurious  and  most  useful  drug  I  have  known,  not 
excepting  nitroglycerin  and  the  nitrites." 

Henry  Jackson^  in  moderate  uncomplicated  arterio- 
sclerosis, depends  chiefly  on  dietetic  measures  and  the 
reduction  of  mental  and  physical  exertion.  One  drug  he 
considered  of  value  as  a  preventive  measure  and  in  some 
cases  as  curative,  potassium  iodid,  to  be  taken  1/2  gr. 
three  times  a  day  for  three  out  of  four  weeks  in  a  month,  or 
by  substituting  strontium  iodid  in  the  same  dose  when 
potassium  upsets  the  stomach.  He  employs  saline  cathar- 
tics and  sees  benefit  in  high  frequency  currents.  (See 
Chapter  XIX.) 

^Boston  M.  and  S.  Jour.,  Aug.  11,  1910. 


CHAPTER  XI 
DISEASE  OF  THE  KIDNEYS 

It  is  beyond  the  scope  of  this  work  or  the  author's  ability 
to  analyze  and  classify  the  compUcated  relations  which  the 
light  of  recent  knowledge  has  shown  may  exist  between 
chronic  diseases  involving  the  heart,  the  blood-vessels  and 
the  kidneys.  Most  careful  study  during  life  often  fails  to 
fully  illuminate  all  cases,  in  some  of  which  only  at  post- 
mortem is  the  true  condition  demonstrated,  when  it  is  far 
from  rare  to  have  our  cHnical  diagnosis  absolutely  reversed 
by  the  pathologic  findings. 

In  a  large  per  cent,  of  cases  met  and  studied  clinically 
we  find  coincident  involvement  of  the  kidneys,  the  heart 
and  the  blood-vessels,  so  that  our  ability  is  often  taxed 
to  the  utmost  in  an  effort  to  give  each  factor  its  true 
value,  and  to  assign  each  to  its  proper  place  in  therapeutic 
management. 

The  views  here  set  down  have  been  reached  by  a  careful 
review  of  recent  literature,  bearing  upon  the  relation  of 
these  several  organs  to  the  clinical  picture,  particularly 
chronic  nephritis,  as  viewed  by  the  author,  in  the  light  of 
his  experience  with  this  class  of  cases. 

Etiology. — According  to  Stengel,^  Bright's  disease  may 
be  one  of  the  complications  of  the  general  disease,  arterio- 
sclerosis, when  it  will  usually  be  found  as  a  well-developed 

>  Medicine,  Detroit,  Mich.,  June,  1906. 

140 


DISEASE    OF   THE   KIDNEYS  141 

case,  contributing  largely  toward  the  terminal  stage,  which 
comprises  circulatory  and  organic  failures  and  terminal 
infections.  Stengel  in  discussing  the  association  of  al- 
buminuria and  slight  renal  change  with  general  arterio- 
sclerosis concludes  that,  at  least  from  the  cHnician's  stand- 
point for  prognostic  purposes,  comparatively  little  signifi- 
cance attaches  to  the  occasional  presence  of  slight  traces  of 
albumin  in  arteriosclerosis  when  phenomise,  such  as  high 
blood-pressure  and  polyuria  are  wanting. 

Clinical  Classification. — AUibert  in  the  British  Medical 
Journal  (April  15,  1911)  classifies  clinically  the  kidney 
relation  to  generalized  arteriosclerosis  as  follows : 

1.  Associated  with  chronic  nephritis,  (a)  Chronic 
generahzed  arteriosclerosis  not  due  to  high  blood-pressure, 
constantly  found  associated  with  contracted  kidney  and 
arteriosclerosis  of  varying  origin  in  which  the  kidney  con- 
dition is  not  constant,  (b)  Secondary  generalized  arterio- 
sclerosis due  to  high  pressure,  (c)  A  few  mixed  cases  which 
reveal  kidney  disease,  supervening  on  a  general  arterio- 
sclerosis, but  not  originally  due  to  Bright's  disease. 

2.  Not  associated  with  Bright's  disease,  (a)  Arterio- 
sclerotic kidney,  in  which  the  kidney  changes  are  secondary 
to  general  arteriosclerosis.  High  pressure  may  be  con- 
sidered as  (1)  obligate  with  contracted  kidney,  (2)  irregu- 
larly associated  with  the  other  kinds  of  nephritis  and  (3) 
occasionally  as  independent  of  chronic  nephritis. 

This  classification  while  amply  covering  all  conditions 
will  be  in  most  cases  very  difficult  to  apply.  Usually 
we  will  have  to  be  content  with  a  broader  generalization, 
and  to  give  precedence  to  the  prominent  symptoms 
which  demand  therapeutic  management,  in  order  to  re- 


142  BLOOD-PRESSUBE 

lieve  the  patient  and  possibly  arrest  the  progress  of  the 
disease. 

Pathology. — Marcuse^  asserts  that  renal  inflammation 
causes  an  increased  resistance  to  the  blood  current  in  both 
kidneys,  in  consequence  of  which  a  compensatory  hyper- 
emia of  the  suprarenal  capsules  is  produced  through  the 
inferior  suprarenal  artery,  which  is  a  branch  of  the  renal 
artery.  We  know  that  hyperemia  of  an  organ  can  bring 
about  a  hypertrophy  of  that  organ  and  can  assume  nat- 
urally that  a  hyperemia  or  hypertrophy  of  the  suprarenal 
capsules  increases  their  functional  activity  and  results  in  an 
increased  amount  of  adrenalin  in  the  blood.  In  this  way 
the  increased  functional  activity  of  the  suprarenal  capsules 
brings  into  causal  connection  general  increase  of  blood- 
pressure  and  hypertrophy  of  the  left  side  of  the  heart. 

The  beUef  of  Hiatt^  is  that  the  rise  in  blood-pressure  in 
cases  of  autointoxication  is  caused  primarily  by  the  action 
of  these  poisons  on  the  smaller  ganghonic  endings  of  the 
splanchnic  nerves  in  the  vessel  walls,  and  these  poisons  have 
a  selective  action  for  the  vasoconstrictor  nerves  and  that 
the  first  effect  of  this  action  is  a  rise  in  the  blood-pressure 
of  the  portal  vessels.  The  connections  of  the  nerves  sup- 
plying these  vessels  is  such  that  there  is  a  general  reaction. 
An  efferent  impulse  is  sent  out  to  the  entire  vascular  system 
from  the  reflex  centers  located  in  the  spinal  cord.  This 
results  in  acceleration  of  the  heart  beat,  both  through  the 
sympathetic  ganglia  and  the  accelerator  nerves  of  the  heart. 
Thus  we  have  a  faster  beat  and  an  increased  peripheral 
resistance,  these  two  factors  will  raise  the  pressure  to  an 

» BerlinMin.  Wochen.,  July  19,  1909. 

«  H.  B.  Hiatt,  Archives  of  Diagnosis,  N.  Y.,  April,  1911. 


DISEASE    OF   THE   KIDNEYS  143 

extent  that  requires  a  more  forceful  beat  to  overcome  it. 
The  more  forceful  beat,  in  the  presence  of  the  conditions 
mentioned,  causes  a  rise  in  pressure  and  thus  a  vicious 
circle  which  involves  the  kidneys  is  established. 

Richard  C.  Cabot  ^  in  the  fullness  of  his  experience, 
presents  a  very  useful  and  practical  classification  of  the 
several  degrees  of  disturbed  renal  function  as  follows: 

1.  Renal  irritation,  presence  of  albumin  and  casts. 

2.  Renal  insufficiency,  which  may  exist  with  or  without 
cause,  and  shows  itself  chiefly  in  the  physical  characteristics 
of  the  urine  and  the  condition  of  the  rest  of  the  body 
(oliguria,  dropsy,  and  uremia). 

3.  Nephritis,  which  shows  itself  in  the  postmortem  con- 
dition of  the  kidney.  These  three  sets  of  changes  are  fre- 
quently associated,  but  the  association  is  by  no  means 
invariable. 

Renal  Irritation. — Following  violent  exercise,  often 
causes  albumin  and  casts  to  appear  in  the  urine.  The 
microscopic  findings  often  being  as  various  as  those  of  an 
acute  nephritis.  These  cases  subside  entirely,  have  no  great 
elevation  in  blood-pressure  and  postmortems  have  shown 
that  such  a  urine  is  consistent  with  normal  kidneys. 

Renal  Insufficiency. — The  kidney  cannot  perform  its 
normal  function,  either  of  elimination  or  of  excretion  or 
both.  The  condition  is  characterized  by  diminution  in 
twenty-four  hours  urine  and  by  the  appearance  of  dropsy. 
High  blood-pressure  and  cardiac  hypertrophy  are  natural 
sequential  accompaniments.  Often  the  larger  portion  of 
urine  is  secreted  at  night,  and  is  of  lower  specific  gravity. 
Albumin  and  casts  may  or  may  not  be  found. 

1  N,  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  May  12,  1906. 


144  BLOOD-PRESSITRE 

Nephritis. — Acute  and  chronic  interstitial  nephritis  are 
hard  to  determine  without  careful  and  painstaking  study. 
Postmortems  show  wide  discrepancy  between  the  cHnical 
and  pathologic  findings. 

Pathologic  reports  bearing  on  the  relation  of  elevated 
blood-pressure  to  postmortem  findings  in  the  heart,  blood- 
vessels and  kidneys,  seem  to  demonstrate  conclusively 
that  the  blood-pressure  may  be  accepted  as  a  safe  guide 
and  that  the  statement  of  Emerson,^  'Hhat  persistently  and 
constantly  high  blood-pressure  is  evidence  of  either  acute 
or  chronic  nephritis, '^  is  probably  in  a  large  majority  of 
cases  correct. 

Roger  L.  Lee^  reports  both  clinical  and  pathologic 
(autopsy)  findings  in  fifty-three  cases  seen  in  the  wards  of 
Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  all  of  whom  showed 
systolic  blood-pressure  of  over  160.  He  found  high  pres- 
sure associated  with  kidney  lesions  in  thirty-eight  cases  or 
71  per  cent.  Seven  who  showed  kidney  lesions  also  had  a 
systolic  blood-pressure,  ranging  from  165  to  240  mm. 
Their  ages  were  between  twenty  and  forty-nine  years. 

High  blood-pressure  existed  with  arteriosclerosis  in 
thirty-seven  cases  or  69  per  cent.  General  arteriosclerosis 
was  associated  with  lesions  of  the  kidneys  in  twenty-eight 
cases  or  52  per  cent.  There  was  only  one  case  of  high 
pressure  with  arteriosclerosis  without  kidney,  cerebral,  or 
cardiac  lesion;  this  showed  only  hypertrophy  and  dilatation. 
The  case  was  sixty  years  old  and  the  blood-pressure  was  210. 

Of  cases  with  high  blood-pressure  without  kidney  lesion, 
these  were  15  or  28  per  cent.     Among  these  seven  showed 

» Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  June  6,  1909. 

*JouT,  A.  M.  A.,  Vol.  LVII,  No.  15,  p.  1179. 


DISEASE    OF  THE    KIDNEYS  145 

cerebral  lesions,  four  had  cerebral  hemorrhage  and  seven 
showed  cardiac  lesions.  The  blood-pressure  varied  from 
175  to  260. 

H.  D.  Jump  in  International  Clinics  (Series  21,  Vol.  I) 
reports  the  pathologic  findings  of  a  series  of  high-pressure 
cases  71  per  cent,  of  which  showed  some  permanent  kidney- 
change,  while  arteriosclerosis  was  present  in  69  per  cent,  of 
cases.  All  cases  which  showed  a  repeated  and  constant 
pressure  over  200  showed  some  form  of  nephritis.  Jump 
believes  that  a  systolic  blood-pressure  above  160  is  always 
to  be  viewed  with  suspicion. 

Signs  and  Symptoms. — Chronic  interstitial  nephritis  in 
its  well-developed  form  is  usually  the  result  of  a  gradually 
progressive  process,  leading  up  to  a  clinical  picture  which  is 
too  well  known  and  too  easily  recognized  to  require  more 
than  passing  comment.  It  is  particularly  the  early  states 
of  this  disease,  with  which  we  are  concerned.  Our  chief 
effort  and  desire  is  to  reach  an  early  provisional  diagnosis, 
so  that  preventive  or  prophylactic  treatment  may  be 
instituted,  at  a  time  when  proper  management  may  be 
reasonably  expected  to  arrest  the  progress  of  the  degenera- 
tive process  in  the  kidneys,  and  so  to  indefinitely  prolong 
the  individual's  period  of  usefulness  and  life. 

Blood -pressure. — A  permanent  elevation  of  both  sys- 
tolic and  diastolic  blood-pressure  is  the  most  prominent 
and  characteristic  sign  of  well-developed  chronic  nephritis. 
Sawada^  states  that  he  has  never  seen  a  case  of  hypertension 
of  more  than  170  mm.  in  simple  arteriosclerosis.  Romberg^ 
considers  that   persistent  high   blood-pressure   in  a  sus- 

>  Deutsch  med.  Wochen.,  1904,  No.  30. 
2  KongJ.  Int.  Med.,  1904,  No  60,  p.  17. 
10 


146  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

pected  case  establishes  a  diagnosis  of  chronic  interstitial 
nephritis.  From  the  author's  experience,  in  the  light  of 
postmortem  findings,  it  seems  very  doubtful  whether  a  high 
arterial  pressure,  from  arteriosclerosis  or  any  other  cause, 
can  persist  over  a  long  period  of  time,  without  giving 
rise  to  the  chronic  congestion  and  permanent  degenerative 
changes  in  the  kidneys;  with  a  clinical  picture  known  as 
chronic  Bright's  disease.  The  pressure  is  higher  than  that 
seen  usually  in  any  other  chronic  disease.  Sphygmomano- 
metric  observations  daily  confirm  this.  A  systolic  blood- 
pressure  of  more  than  200  mm.  (standard  cuff)  is  not  un- 
common, and  I  have  seen  several  cases  with  a  reading  of 
over  300  mm.  (Fig.  31).  Two  of  which  have  been  under 
observation  for  more  than  a  year,  and  will  be  referred  to 
later.  A  second  salient  feature  of  this  disease,  is  that  the 
diastolic  blood-pressure  does  not  show  a  proportionate 
elevation,  but  is  usually  from  60  to  90  mm.  lower,  thus 
making  an  increased  pulse  pressure  (evidence  of  unnecessary 
overwork  of  the  heart).  Factors  such  as  marked  general 
arteriosclerosis  or  aortic  regurgitation  will  further  accentu- 
ate this  sign.  While  myocardial  weakness,  or  a  failing 
heart  will  be  shown  by  a  fall  from  the  marked  elevation 
and  a  gradually  narrowing  pulse  pressure. 

This  fact  emphasizes  the  importance  of  considering  the 
blood-pressure  and  its  factors  only  as  signs  or  indicators, 
and  of  the  necessity  of  always  viewing  the  case  as  a  clinical 
whole.  Otherwise  if  too  much  importance  be  placed  on 
the  sphygmomanometer  findings,  we  may  fail  to  recog- 
nize signs  of  a  failing  circulation  which  may  mark  the  begin- 
ning of  the  end.  A  moderately  high  blood-pressure  and  a 
moderately  increased  range;  coupled  with  stationary  phys- 


DISEASE    OF  THE   KIDNEYS 


147 


ical  signs  and  symptoms,  usually  indicate  a  well-sustained 
circulation  and  a  fairly  adequate  renal  function.  If  a 
lowering  of  systolic  pressure  and  an  approximation  of  the 

BLOOD  FRESSURE  CHART 


CHART  NO 

ADDRESS  .  • -  •  • 

OCCUPATION . 

DIAGNOSIsibUAAMX., 


^. 


COLOR  ^. 
SEX  ..Jf-r 
PHYSICIAN  . 


3ic 

L 

r 

- 

~1 

■ 

20S 

I 

1 

A 

295 

\ 

n 

290 

1 

285 

1 

1 

280 

\f   1 

, 

275 

■          270 

265 

260 

255 

i 

250 

/ 

" 

245 

IL         / 

240 

K 

235 

V 

'v 

230 

> 

/ 

V 

I 

.        225 

\ 

1 1 

'        \  NOB 

MAI 

i'4 

BIATUtB 

220 

\ 

/ 

^ 

} 

/ 

215 

\l 

\ 

f 

/  ""S 

/ 

210 

yl 

s 

/ 

L 

205 

r-                    i 

r 

200 

I 

»■* 

IT 

^190 

t: 

8 185 

^wo 

glTS 

■ 

^Ji 

Sl70 

CH  fc  <!J 

0.165 

O    ^  £>o 

§180 

d 

<iA* 

\ 

1 

~ 

'?!( 

,_Sl55 

^ 

W^ 

^ii^ 

K 

>£ 

^ 

? 

)>^V 

vx 

d 

0.-1 

^,^X 

d 

>^ 

^^2^i 

g^^^ 

m 

^ 

<X''/f 

= 

Fig.  31. — Uremic  paralysis,  resulting  from  chronic  interstitial  nephritis. 
Treatment  consisted  of  hot  wet  packs,  nitroglycerine,  1  per  cent,  solution,  one 
minim  every  hour,  and  magnesium  sulphate.  Treatment  stopped  on  De- 
cember 1,  and  sodium  nitrite  substituted,  December  7,  nitrite  stopped,  hot 
packs  continued.  Following  sudden  rise  on  December  14,  thirty  minute 
pack,  two  minims  nitroglycerine,  repeated  every  two  hours,  resulted  in  pro- 
found fall  as  shown,  with  no  bad  effect.  Subsequent  treatment  consisted 
of  thirty-minute  vapor  baths  and  weekly  purge  in  spite  of  which  there 
occurred  a  gradually  rising  pressure. 

diastolic  pressure  should  follow,  this  should  give  warning 
of  a  faihng  circulation,  progressive  renal  inadequacy  and 


148  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

all  that  these  changes  imply.  The  high  pressure  of  chronic 
nephritis  from  a  cUnical  standpoint  at  least  would  seem 
to  be  a  wise  provision  in  many  cases,  one  which  is  necessary 
in  order  to  maintain  a  fairly  adequate  renal  secretion. 
The  system  seems  after  a  time  to  become  readjusted  to 
the  heightened  pressure,  so  that  sudden  changes,  through 
accident  or  misguided  treatment,  result  in  disaster.  My 
memory  of  two  cases  emphasizing  this  point  is  quite  vivid. 
The  first  always  began  to  suffer  from  edema  and  effusion 
when  the  pressure  was  forced  down  to  any  extent,  and  the 
second  complained  of  a  return  of  cerebral  symptoms,  when 
he  had,  contrary  to  orders,  markedly  reduced  his  pressure, 
by  too  long-continued  use  of  sodium  iodid.  This  chart 
(Chart  No.  36,  page  238)  demonstrates  the  change  in 
blood-pressure  which  was  noted. 

Until  quite  recently  it  has  been  the  custom  to  consider 
albumin  and  casts  of  certain  varieties  in  the  urine  as  evi- 
dence of  chronic  nephritis.  A  condition  of  serious  import 
and  one  that  endangered  life.  In  the  light  of  recent  patho- 
logic findings,  we  can  now  classify  these  cases  and  properly 
value  them  to  the  urinary  findings  in  at  least  a  majority  of 
cases,  and  this,  especially  before  the  usual  symptoms  have 
developed,  is  accomplished  through  the  agency  of  the 
sphygmomanometer. 

That  there  is  still  much  to  learn  concerning  the  border- 
line cases  is  amply  shown  by  pathologic  reports  (seepage  114) 
and  since  we  have  a  means  of  precision,  which  is  simple 
in  operation,  and  which  may  be  called  to  our  aid,  it  would 
seem  almost  unnecessary  to  urge  the  importance  of  sphyg- 
momanometry,  as  an  aid  to  this  study.  Careful  study 
of  pathologic  urinary  findings  is  essential  because  of  the 


DISEASE    OF   THE   KIDNEYS  149 

great  frequency  of  the  association  of  chronic  renal  change 
with  high  blood-pressure.  As  almost  every  case  of  blood- 
pressure  above  200  mm.  will  at  some  time  show  albumin 
and  casts  (one  or  both)  it  would  be  advisable  to  differenti- 
ate between  an  actually  chronically  contracted  kidney, 
and  the  arteriosclerotic  (secondary)  kidney,  which  is  well 
recognized,  both  from  a  prognostic  and  a  therapeutic 
standpoint,  to  be  of  less  serious  import. 

A.  E.  Elliott^  reports  a  series  of  sixty  cases  of  chronic 
nephritis  with  an  average  systolic  pressure  of  190.  The 
highest  was  285  mm. 

Elliott  concludes  that  renal  permeability  to  albumin  seems 
to  be  overcome  when  the  blood-pressure  reaches  or  exceeds 
200  mm.  Hg.,  so  that  in  cases  of  very  high  pressure,  whether 
there  is  nephritis  or  not,  either  of  primary  or  secondary 
nature,  we  usually  find  albumin  in  the  urine. 

Prognosis. — To  arrive  at  a  satisfactory  prognosis,  one 
must  be  in  possession  of  all  the  facts,  not  only  the  impor- 
tant and  self-evident  signs,  but  the  minor  details  of  the  life 
and  habits  of  the  individual.  With  a  full  knowledge  of 
the  case,  prognosis  became  merely  a  process  of  weighing 
and  deciding,  pro  and  con.  For  example,  as  Cook  has 
emphasized  the  outlook  in  case  of  a  robust  looking  man  of 
fifty-five  with  a  blood-pressure  of  200  mm.  even  with  no 
appreciable  arterial  degeneration,  is  not  so  good  as  in  the 
case  of  a  man  of  sixty-five  with  rigid  arteries  and  a  lower 
pressure. 

Treatment. — The  treatment  of  chronic  disease  of  the 
kidneys  cannot  be  outlined,  much  less  reduced  to  a  definite 
routine.    Each  case  is  a  law  unto  itself,  requiring  special 

*  Jour.  Am.  Med.  Assn.,  April  1,  1907, 


150  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

study,  often  some  experiment  and  calling  for  particular 
measures  and  peculiar  management.  This  outline  will 
serve  merely  to  recall  to  the  physician's  mind  some  measures 
which  are  of  value  in  the  average  case,  and  from  which  may 
be  selected  a  combination  of  measures  suitable  to  each 
particular  case. 

Diet  and  hygiene  are  of  foremost  importance,  while 
drug  methods  are  often  secondary,  and  may  in  many  cases 
be  entirely  dispensed  with.  Blood-pressure  reduction  by 
drugs  should  be  attempted  only  with  great  caution, 
except  when  necessary  to  prevent  or  relieve  a  uremic 
attack. 

Symptoms  of  overpressure  are  usually  relieved  by  a  re- 
duction of  20  or  30  mm.  and  do  not  reappear,  as  long  as 
this  reduction  is  maintained.  Englebach^  emphatically 
warns  us  of  the  dangers  of  nitrites  both  in  edema  and  in 
cases  of  advanced  Bright's  disease. 

Diuretics  are  of  value  in  so  far  as  they  increase  elimina- 
tion, and  may  be  of  aid  in  relieving  the  heart  from  un- 
necessary additional  strain.  Heart  tonics  are  usually 
unnecessary  before  the  nephritic  condition  is  well  advanced, 
but  when  indicated,  the  intermittent  administration  of 
digitalis  will  often  prove  of  value. 

Among  other  remedial  measures  of  value  in  combating 
certain  conditions  arising  in  chronic  nephritis  may  be 
mentioned  calomel  and  saline  cathartics,  alkaline  mineral 
waters,  enteroclysis,  hot  baths  of  various  kinds,  and  vene- 
section followed  by  intravenous  saline  infusion. 

lodids  in  small  doses  are  of  value  when  a  syphilitic 
history  is  obtained  or  suspected. 

*  Interstate  Med.  Jour.,  June,  1911. 


DISEASE    OF  THE   KIDNEYS  151 

In  uremia,  venesection,  enteroclysis;  or  hypodermoclysis, 
and  chloral  gr.  x  to  xxx  by  rectum;  morphin  1/4  to  1/2 
gr.  hypodermatically. 

Huchard^  regards  renal  insufficiency  as  a  very  important 
symptom  of  early  arteriosclerosis  and  one  that  should  com- 
mand our  best  efforts  for  its  relief,  consequently  we  should 
reduce  to  a  minimum  the  alimentary  tojcins  which  are  the 
chief  cause  of  this  difficulty.  Here  diet  regulation  plays 
an  important  part,  as  it  also  does  in  lessening  the  tendency 
to  excessive  arterial  tension.  The  ideal  diet  is  one  com- 
posed chiefly  of  vegetables  and  milk  and  one  from  which 
sodium  chloride  has,  as  far  as  possible,  been  eliminated. 

A  fair  amount  gf  active  physical  exercise  is  desirable, 
but  when  impracticable  massage  may  be  substituted. 

Overexertion,  overstrain  and  undue  exposure  are  to  be 
avoided.  ^ 

1  Bui.  de  VAcad,  de  Med.,  January  21,  1907. 


CHAPTER  XII 
MYOCARDIAL  DEGENERATION 

Definition. — From  a  practical  standpoint  it  would  seem 
advisable  to  employ  the  general  term  myocardial  degenera- 
tion, to  the  exclusion  of  all  others,  when  discussing  from  a 
clinical  standpoint,  the  pathologic  changes  which  may 
occur  in  the  heart  muscle;  for,  while  we  recognize  patho- 
logically a  sharp  line  of  demarcation  between  acute  and 
chronic  inflammation,  and  between  fatty  degeneration, 
fibroid  degeneration,  or  fibrosis,  weak  heart,  senile  heart 
and  chronic  cardiac  insufficiency,  in  the  majority  of  cases 
there  is  no  way  by  which  these  various  conditions  can  be 
distinguished  from  each  other  clinically.  Any  attempt  to 
separate  the  various  forms  of  myocardial  change,  by  a 
clinical  study  of  the  case,  is  merely  an  expression  of  ignor- 
ance, for  the  symptoms  supposed  to  indicate  different  forms 
of  myocardial  disease,  may  be  caused  by  the  same  patho- 
logic conditions.  Also  various  pathologic  changes  may  give 
rise  to  an  identical  train  of  symptoms  so  that  all  efforts  to 
clinically  classify  must  necessarily  fail.  On  this  account  it 
appears  best  to  consider  them  all  together,  not  only  from 
the  standpoint  of  symptomatology,  but  also  for  purposes  of 
prognosis  and  treatment,  which  with  few  exceptions  are 
essentially  the  same  for  all.  These  exceptions  whenever 
well  marked  will  be  indicated. 

Occurrence. — Of  the  various  forms  of  myocardial  change 
the  pathologic  entity  known  as  fibroid  myocarditis  is  prob- 

152 


MYOCARDIAL   DEGENERATION  153 

ably  the  commonest  disease  of  the  heart  muscle.  It  is 
usually  responsible  for  permanent  dilatation.  It  results 
from  repeated  strain,  as  in  chronic  nephritis,  arteriosclero- 
sis, from  gourmandizing  and  from  manual  labor.  Such 
changes  have  been  produced  in  the  heart  by  experimental 
adrenalin  myocarditis  (Pearce,  Fleischer  and  Loeb).  This 
affection  is  more  common  in  men  than  in  women,  occurs 
most  frequently  in  those  past  their  prime,  but  is  commonly 
observed  five  to  ten  years  earlier  than  fatty  degeneration.* 
These  two  conditions  are  usually  classified,  clinically  as 
chronic  myocarditis,  yet  while  they  may  occur  as  acute 
conditions,  following  certain  acute  infections,  they  are 
usually  chronic  in  character,  the  symptoms  may,  however, 
occur  suddenly  and  be  very  acute. 

In  cases  of  great  emaciation,  the  heart  may  be  weakened 
by  actual  atrophy  of  the  organ.  Such  hearts  are  small, 
have  a  muddy  brown  color,  do  not  maintain  their  shape, 
and  are  functionally  very  weak. 

Etiology. — Chronic  myocarditis  is  a  condition  of  the 
heart  muscle  resulting  usually  from  some  alteration  in  the 
circulatory  system.  Leslie  Thorne  Thorne^  says  that  the 
two  most  common  forms  of  tissue  degeneration  resulting 
from  hypertension  are  those  of  atheroma  and  fatty  degen- 
eration. 

The  modus  operandi  of  degeneration  is  probably  that  of 
a  disturbed  blood  supply  to  the  heart  itself,  due  to  a  nar- 
rowing of  the  coronary  arteries.  It  is  therefore  essentially 
a  chronic  progressive  process  and  from  the  very  nature 
of  the  change,  when  once  the  process  has  become  fairly 

»  E.  Fletcher  Ingals,  Boston  Med.  and  Sur.  Jour.,  Vol.  CXLV,  No.  18. 
«  Laiicet,  June  4,  1910. 


154  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

well  started  is  but  slightly  amenable  to  treatment.  The 
whole  subject  of  chronic  myocarditis  is  one  of  muscular 
integrity.  The  diseased  heart  dilates  from  slight  over- 
strain, one  which  under  ordinary  circumstances  would  be 
harmless,  so  that  a  short  run  for  a  car,  running  upstairs, 
lifting  weights,  etc.,  may  result  in  a  more  or  less  permanent 
dilatation. 

Bruce  ^  dwells  upon  the  frequency  of  cardiac  degenera- 
tion, associated  with  glycosuria,  and  also  the  frequent 
relation  of  gout  to  chronic  myocarditis. 

A  most  important  factor,  never  to  be  forgotten,  especially 
in  this  strenuous  age,  is  the  affect  of  the  constant  strain  of 
responsibility  borne  by  business  men,  legislators,  profes- 
sional men,  etc.  In  these  the  development  of  high  pressure 
is  particularly  common.  This  results  in  cardiac  enlarge- 
ment with  more  or  less  insufficiency,  all  of  which  marks  the 
beginning  of  the  end,  unless  the  stress  vf  life  is  reduced. 

In  the  same  class  of  cases,  on  account  of  indiscretions 
in  diet,  and  sedentary  habits  with  insufficient  exercise, 
the  intraabdominal  vessels  are  subjected  to  abnormal 
and  prolonged  strain,  this  leads  in  time  to  sclerosis  of 
their  coats,  increased  blood-pressure,  cardiac  overwork 
and  eventually  to  degeneration  of  the  myocardium. 

Fatty  degeneration  of  the  heart  is  due  in  most  cases 
to  the  same  conditions  which  cause  atheroma  of  the  aorta, 
and  disturbance  in  the  coronary  circulation.  This  is  one 
of  the  natural  results  of  advancing  age,  where  it  is  generally 
dependent  upon  the  long-continued  action,  of  such  irri- 
tations as  chronic  autointoxications,  habitual  use  of 
alcohol,  toxic  effects  of  tobacco,  coffee,  etc. 

^Lancet,  July  15,  1911. 


MYOCARDIAL   DEGENERATION  155 

Chronic  diseases  of  the  kidneys  by  increasing  the  resist- 
ance in  the  arterioles,  raises  blood-pressure;  this  produces 
general  arteriosclerosis  from  which  the  coronary  arteries 
are  not  exempt,  and  leads  inevitably  to  myocardial  degen- 
eration. Less  commonly  we  find  fatty  degeneration  fol- 
lowing protracted  wasting  diseases,  exhausting  discharges 
or  anemia  from  repeated  losses  of  blood.  Acute  fatty 
degeneration  usually  results  from  the  toxins  of  diphtheria 
and  other  acute  infectious  processes,  and  occasionally  from 
phosphorous  or  mercurial  poisoning. 

In  the  study  of  all  diseases  of  the  heart,  we  are  chiefly 
concerned  with  the  function  of  the  heart  muscle,  and  this 
function  is  intimately  concerned  with  the  several  factors 
of  irritability,  rhythmicity,  conductivity,  contractility 
and  tonicity  (Lauder  Brunton). 

Unfortunately  of  that  about  which  we  desire  to  know 
most,  we  actually  know  the  least.  Thus  far  no  accurate 
means  of  measuring  these  several  factors  especially  the 
ability  of  the  heart  to  carry  on  its  circulation,  against 
the  odds  of  valvular  disease,  arterial  disease  and  disease 
of  the  heart  itself,  has  yet  been  found.  The  many  methods 
which  have  been  suggested  from  time  to  time,  all  fall 
short  of  any  great  degree  of  accuracy. 

In  this  discussion  we  are  concerned  chiefly  with  the 
function  of  contractility  and  tonicity  or  tonus.  By  tonus 
is  meant  the  power  of  the  heart  muscle  to  fesist  over- 
dilatation,  during  the  diastoHc  period.  The  normal  heart 
begins  to  dilate  under  exercise,  but  if  the  exercise  is  moder- 
ate this  is  transient,  and  is  quickly  overcome  by  the  normal 
tonus.  In  the  athlete  as  a  result  of  training,  any  exercise 
to  which  the  individual  is  accustomed  actually  causes 


156  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

the  heart  to  become  smaller,  this  is  due  to  an  increase 
in  the  reserve  power.  The  heart  of  the  athlete  is  often 
hypertrophied  and  such  hypertrophy  in  the  light  of  recent 
experimental  evidence  is  a  true  hypertrophy  (Kuelbs). 

While  a  strong  heart  tends  to  decrease  in  size  during 
exercise,  the  weakened  heart  tends  to  increase,  or  in  other 
words  to  dilate.  This  is  due  to  a  deficiency  in  tonus; 
consequently  a  heart  in  which  the  muscle  is  diseased  will 
dilate  upon  comparatively  slight  exertion.  In  fatty  degen- 
eration there  is  always  diminished  tonicity,  therefore, 
diminished  tonus  is  an  important  factor  in  the  production 
of  permanent  dilatation. 

In  this  connection  the  venous  pressure  plays  an  impor- 
tant part,  as  venous  pressure  is  increased  by  exercise, 
and  is  particularly  high  during  straining,  heavy  Hfting, 
etc.,  this  is  frequently  a  factor  in  the  production  of  over- 
strain, because  a  high  venous  pressure  keeps  the  right 
heart  dilated,  and  if  the  tonicity  is  low,  the  heart  muscle 
will  remain  dilated.  According  to  the  researches  of 
Louis  M.  Warfield^  the  most  important  factor  in  the 
production  of  chronic  dilatation  is  constant  repetition 
of  the  strain.  Even  a  mildly  diseased  heart  may  recover 
from  considerable  strain,  provided  the  strain  ceases  at 
once,  or  that  time  is  allowed  for  the  heart  to  return  to 
normal  size  before  the  second  strain  occurs.  On  the  other 
hand,  if  repeated  strain  occurs  to  a  heart  already  dilated, 
having  low  tonicity,  then  permanent  damage  results. 
The  border  line  between  true  heart  failure  and  complete 
recovery  depends  to  a  large  degree  upon  the  period  of 
rest  after  strain. 

» InleraUUe  Med.  Jour.,  p.  994, 1911. 


MYOCARDIAL   DEGENERATION  157 

This  brings  us  back  to  the  first  proposition,  which  is, 
that  the  normal  function  of  the  heart  muscle  depends  pri- 
marily upon  the  integrity  of  the  muscle  itself,  and  that  if 
this  is  strong,  it  would  be  able  to  stand  an  immense  amount 
of  strain  without  becoming  permanently  damaged.  We 
see,  therefore,  that  the  essential  factor  in  the  production  of 
a  chronically  dilated  and  weak  heart  is  a  reduced  tonicity 
the  result  of  alterations  in  the  condition  of  the  heart 
muscle  itself.  That  these  changes  are  usually  either  of 
fibrous  or  fatty  degeneration,  which  eventuate  in  loss  of 
heart  strength  and  permanent  dilatation. 

Pathology. — Fatty  degeneration  of  the  heart  muscle  in- 
cludes two  conditions,  one  in  which  the  action  of  the  organ 
as  a  whole  is  impaired  by  a  superabundance  of  fat,  which 
does  not  necessarily  replace  directly  the  muscular  fibers, 
this  fatty  deposit  penetrates  between  the  muscular  fibers, 
impedes  their  action  mechanically  and  may,  through  pres- 
sure impair  their  nutrition;  resulting  ultimately  in  the  de- 
struction of  the  fibers  themselves  by  true  fatty  degenera- 
tion. This  condition  generally  occurs  in  obesity  and  is 
termed  fat  heart.  A  heart  in  this  condition  is  always 
weak  and  although  it  may  do  its  work  fairly  well  from  time 
to  time,  will  eventually  give  way  under  some  strain.  In 
the  other  condition  owing  to  some  obstruction  or  inflam- 
mation of  the  coronary  arteries,  nutrition  is  interfered  with 
and  the  muscle  fibers  become  more  or  less  replaced  by  fat. 
This  constitutes  true  fatty  degeneration. 

Parenchymatous  degeneration  is  a  cloudy  swelling,  essen- 
tially acute  in  nature,  usually  occurs  in  infections  among 
which  rheumatism  and  diphtheria   are  well  known  ex- 


158  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

amples.  It  usually  does  not  result  in  permanent  impair- 
ment of  the  heart  muscle. 

In  fibroid  degeneration^  the  muscular  fibers  are  more  or 
less  completely  replaced  by  connective  tissue.  This  is 
not  a  general  change  in  the  heart  muscle,  but  usually 
occurs  in  limited  areas.  These  are  found  most  frequently 
near  the  apex  of  the  left  ventricle  in  the  interventricular 
septum  or  in  the  papillary  muscles. 

Not  infrequently  the  heart  muscle  becomes  hyper- 
trophied  in  the  early  stages  of  any  of  these  conditions  in  an 
attempt  to  overcome  the  functional  deficiency,  but  later, 
disease  of  the  coronary  arteries,  reducing  the  normal  blood 
supply  of  the  heart  muscle,  causes  the  fibers  to  degenerate, 
the  heart  wall  becomes  weakened  and  dilated,  and  incom- 
petence follows. 

After  death,  the  dilated  heart  will  show  under  the  micro- 
scope either  fatty  or  fibroid  degeneration,  or  both,  involv- 
ing the  muscle  fibers  themselves,  together  with  varying 
amounts  of  intermuscular  fat. 

Valviilar  Disease  Accompanying  Chronic  Myocarditis. — 
Hearts,  the  subject  of  valvular  lesions  are  not  necessarily 
weak  hearts,  though  lesions  of  the  different  valves,  natur- 
ally produce  different  effects  upon  the  functional  power  of 
the  heart.  Valvular  lesions  in  general  affect  the  heart 
only  in  so  far  as  they  force  the  heart  continually  to  do  more 
work  to  maintain  the  circulation  than  the  normal  heart 
should  be  called  upon  to  do.  The  normal  heart  has  a  large 
reserve  power  and  auxiliary  force  for  use  in  emergency. 
The  addition  of  a  valvular  lesion  constantly  encroaches 
upon  this  reserve  power.  Thus  in  aortic  disease,  we  may 
actually  have  a  more  powerful  heart  than  normal,  while 


MYOCARDIAL   DEGENERATION  159 

its  reserve  power  is  very  much  less  or  may  be  entirely 
exhausted. 

A  very  important  point  to  bear  in  mind  is  that  it  is  not 
the  valve  lesion  which  determines  the  failure,  but  the  con- 
dition of  the  heart  muscle.  One  must  not  be  misled  into 
believing  that  hearts  with  a  defective  valve  are  as  strong 
as  normal  hearts,  this  is  not  so,  as  they  often  break  down 
under  strains  which  would  have  no  effect  upon  normal 
hearts.  The  very  fact  that  there  is  a  valvular  lesion  means 
that  eventually  the  myocardium  will  become  diseased,  and 
that  this  will  determine  the  functional  power  of  the  heart. 
This  again  brings  us  around  to  the  point  already  made, 
that  the  pathology  of  heart  disease  is  the  pathology  of 
the  myocardium.  It  is  well  known  that  many  persons 
with  valvular  disease  are  able  to  be  about  and  to  attend 
to  their  daily  tasks  without  inconvenience,  and  we  are  fre- 
quently so  interested  in  the  valvular  lesion  itself  that  we 
are  apt  to  neglect  to  study  the  condition  of  the  heart  muscle, 
which  is  the  true  indication  of  the  physical  condition  of 
the  case.  Thus,  we  often  fail  to  notice  warning  signs,  until 
some  accident  develops  the  symptoms  of  heart  failure. 
This  emphasizes  the  necessity  of  careful  examinations,  made 
at  regular  intervals  when  possible,  during  which  particular 
attention  should  be  paid  to  an  estimation  of  the  functional 
capacity  of  the  heart  muscle.  By  this  means,  we  may  be 
able  to  put  off  for  a  long  time  the  symptoms  of  heart 
failure. 

Heart  Failure. — Broken  compensation  does  not  occur  in 
a  normal  heart,  however  severe  the  exercise  may  be.  A 
normal  heart  muscle  is,  however,  capable  of  becoming 
acutely  dilated.     In  this  condition  the  pulse  may  be  so 


160  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

rapid  that  it  cannot  be  counted,  and  nausea  and  vomiting 
may  occur.  The  patient  may  faint  from  the  exertion,  but 
so  far  as  we  know,  such  hearts  return  after  a  time  to  normal 
size  and  by  virtue  of  the  normal  tonicity  of  the  heart 
muscle  no  permanent  damage  results.  Even  hearts  with 
evident  valvular  lesions  do  not  break  down,  except  tempo- 
rarily, unless  the  ventricle  is  diseased.  According  to 
Warfield  *^One  may  therefore  lay  down  the  axiom  that 
broken  compensation  is  dependent  upon  an  excessive  strain, 
placed  upon  a  heart  whose  muscle  is  the  seat  of  pathologic 
changes,  which  have  weakened  the  muscle/'  Symptoms 
indicative  of  cardiac  degeneration  usually  occur  several 
years  before  the  fatal  termination.  In  the  presence  of  a 
blood-pressure  above  200  these  symptoms  rarely  extend 
over  a  period  of  more  than  two  years.  The  usual  symptoms 
of  heart  failure  occur  often  without  warning,  when  the 
patient  is  seized  with  sharp  precordial  pain  accompanied 
by  faintness  and  dizziness,  following  which  he  may  sink 
back  in  his  chair  or  fall  to  the  floor  and  expire  before  any 
assistance  can  be  rendered. 

Symptoms. — An  early  and  apparent  sign  of  early  myo- 
cardial change  is  the  development  of  peculiarities  in  rhythm. 
Careful  investigation  will  often  show  that  the  function  of 
rhythmicity  has  been  interfered  with,  causing  intermittence, 
irregularity  and  extra  contraction,  or  extra-systoles,  this 
means  damage  to  the  heart  muscle. 

F.  R.  NuUer^  is  of  the  opinion  that  since  we  so  frequently 
find  arteriosclerosis  in  heart  failure  in  later  years,  in  those 
who  earlier  showed  extra-systoles,  we  should  therefore  pay 

>  Harvey  Lecture,  1906-07. 


MYOCARDIAL   DEGENERATION  161 

more  attention  to  such  a  symptom,  as  it  is  probably  a  stage 
in  the  evolution  of  these  diseases. 

In  many  cases  beginning  myocardial  change  may  be 
perceived  by  studying  the  two  aortic  tones,  the  first  sound 
in  the  aortic  area,  may  be  unchanged,  weakened  or  accom- 
panied by  a  murmur,  while  the  second  sound  may  be  either 
intensified  or  diminished.  A  systolic  aortic  murmur 
occasionally  may  be  due  to  a  blood  state,  but  in  a  person 
of  middle  age,  it  is  strong  evidence  in  favor  of  alterations 
in  the  aortic  wall,  and  in  the  myocardium.  Should  these 
findings  be  associated  with  thickened  peripheral  arteries 
and  an  elevated  blood-pressure,  slight  but  persistent,  the 
conclusion  is  warranted,  that  myocarditis  is  present, 
especially  when  in  addition,  there  have  been  subjective 
signs  of  muscular  weakness.  Where  the  transverse  diam- 
eter of  the  heart  can  be  shown  to  be  increased  the  diagnosis 
of  chronic  myocarditis  is  insured. 

Two  most  important  signs  which  are  frequently  over- 
looked are  feebleness  of  the  muscle  sounds  and  diminution 
of  the  force  of  the  impulse  against  the  chest  wall. 

Not  infrequently  the  degenerative  process  progresses 
without  symptoms  and  it  is  not  discovered  until  an  attack 
of  dyspnea  or  fainting  occurs  or  a  paroxysm  of  angina 
pectoris  proves  immediately  fatal.  Fortunately  these 
prominent  and  serious  warnings  usually  precede  the  fatal 
termination  by  several  months,  yet  many  or  nearly  all  of 
them  may  be  absent. 

As  a  result  of  feeble  circulation  or  of  venous  congestion, 

or  the  development  of  emboli,  many  other  symptoms  and 

signs  may  appear  in  individual  cases,  which  if  the  physician 

is  on  his  guard,  may  readily  be  traced  to  their  true  source. 
11 


162  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

Ingall  calls  attention  to  a  significant  symptom  which 
sometimes  occurs  in  myocarditis,  namely,  pseudoapoplexy. 
In  this  the  patient  becomes  suddenly  unconscious  and 
falls,  following  which  there  develops  paralysis,  but  the 
symptoms  usually  pass  off  in  a  few  hours  or  at  most  in  a 
few  days.  The  well-known  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  is 
an  occasional  early  symptom;  other  symptoms,  to  be  borne 
in  mind  are,  a  comparatively  rapid  loss  of  weight  in  a  person 
who  has  been  inclined  to  stoutness,  pallor,  a  swollen  and 
congested  appearance  of  the  ears  and  lips,  pain  in  the  head, 
unexplained  disturbances  of  the  stomach  and  bowels. 
Pain  over  the  aorta  following  exertion  and  relieved  by 
rest,  dyspnea  with  muscular  weakness,  accompanied  by 
changes  in  frequency  and  heart  rhythm.  The  significance 
of  these  symptoms  is  increased,  especially  if  the  history 
points  to  such  remote  causes  of  myocarditis  as  typhoid 
fever,  chronic  malaria,  scarlet  fever,  diphtheria,  syphilis, 
gout  and  alcoholism. 

Diagnosis. — We  have  as  yet  no  positive  means  of  diag- 
nosing the  condition  of  the  heart  muscle,  which  often  after 
the  most  careful  examination  fails  to  show  signs  of  disease, 
will,  when  it  comes  to  postmortem,  show  myocardial 
changes  where  the  heart  apparently  carried  on  the  circula- 
tion completely.  The  explanation  of  this  is,  that  the  heart 
was  never  called  upon  to  perform  any  work  beyond  its 
capacity.  Many  of  these  individuals  have  high  blood- 
pressure  and  this  sign  antidates  any  other  positive  phys- 
ical finding.  Routine  observation  of  the  blood-pressure 
in  mature  individuals  will  furnish  valuable  aid  in  recogniz- 
ing these  cases  early  in  their  development,  since  every 
case  of  persistently  high  blood-pressure  is  potentially,  if 


MYOCARDIAL    DEGENERATION  163 

not  actually,  a  case  of  myocardial  disease.  Again  there 
are  mild  grades  of  breathlessness  or  slight  oppression  in 
the  percordial  region,  following  exertion,  which  indicates 
that  the  heart  cannot  carry  even  a  small  extra  load  with- 
out suffering  dilatation.  The  history  and  examination  of 
these  cases  is  of  great  importance,  especially  in  regard  to 
the  past  accidents  as  acute  infection,  including  syphilis. 
The  etiologic  factors  of  alcohol,  overindulgence  at  the 
table,  excesses  in  tobacco,  profound  mental  strain,  worry, 
lack  of  out-door  exercise  and  chronic  intestinal  toxemia, 
must  all  be  considered.  The  development  of  cardiac 
symptoms  in  such  persons  in  the  absence  of  definite 
lesions  should  be  looked  upon  as  presumptive  evidence  of 
some  degree  of  chronic  myocarditis. 

Severer  grades  show  dyspnea,  cough,  pain  over  the  liver, 
swelling  of  the  feet,  scanty  urination  and  fluid  in  the  serous 
cavities.  Examination  shows  that  the  heart  is  dilated,  the 
muscle  sounds  feeble,  the  rhythm,  gallop  or  embryocar- 
dial  in  type  and  the  rate  intermittent,  irregular  or  both. 

The  symptoms  of  myocardial  degeneration  are  frequently 
mistaken  for  functional  affections,  especially  when  they 
occur  in  those  who  have  not  yet  reached  middle  life. 
Symptoms  of  heart  weakness  developing  in  young  persons 
are  likely  to  be  functional,  but  in  a  person  past  fifty  years  of 
age  they  are  usually  the  result  of  some  organic  change. 

The  most  important  differential  feature  is  often  brought 
out  by  exercise.  Exercise  has  little  immediate  effect  on 
functional  disturbances,  but  when  it  increases  the  pain, 
dyspnea  and  cardiac  disturbance  the  myocardium  is  de- 
generated. In  the  study  of  these  cases,  one  must  not  neg- 
lect to  consider  symptoms  that  are  referable  to  other  organs, 


164  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

such  as  the  brain,  the  kidney  and  the  liver.  Among  the 
recent  developments  in  the  study  of  organic  disease  of  the 
heart  muscle,  several  so-called  functional  tests  have  been 
devised,  and  have  been  found  of  great  value  by  many  ob- 
servers. 

Graupner's  Test. — This  is  based  upon  the  physiologic 
fact  that  a  given  amount  of  exercise,  such  as  ten  bend- 
ing movements,  or  running  up  a  flight  of  stairs,  causes 
both  an  acceleration  in  the  pulse  rate  and  a  rise  in  blood- 
pressure,  but  the  latter  does  not  occur  coincidently  with 
the  former;  or  if,  as  in  some  cases  the  pressure  does  rise  first, 
it  fails  to  rise  again  after  the  pulse  has  returned  to  normal. 
It  is  this  secondary  rise  which  indicates  a  good  heart  muscle. 
A  not  too  seriously  affected  heart  may  show  a  rise  in  blood- 
pressure  immediately  after  the  exertion,  but  with  the  slow- 
ing of  the  pulse  the  pressure  will  be  found  to  have  fallen  to 
a  level  lower  than  before  the  experiment.  The  sphygmo- 
manometer is  required  for  an  accurate  demonstration  of 
these  changes  in  pressure,  which  may  be  recorded  in  defi- 
nite units  of  measure  for  future  reference  and  comparison. 

Shapiro's  Test. — This  is  based  upon  the  alteration  in 
pulse  rate  occurring  in  normal  individuals  by  change 
of  posture  from  the  standing  to  the  recumbent.  Nor- 
mally, the  number  of  pulse  beats  per  minute  is  from 
seven  to  ten  less  in  the  recumbent  position,  but  when 
chronic  myocarditis  develops  this  difference  tends  to  dis- 
appear, so  that  in  seriously  weakened  hearts  the  pulse 
may  be  as  rapid  in  the  recumbent  as  in  the  standing 
posture. 

Cautions. — It  is  not  advisable  to  apply  Graupner's  test 
to  patients  with  excessively  high  blood-pressure,  in  those 
of  apoplectic  tendency  or  in  those  with  high-grade  arterio- 


MYOCARDIAL   DEGENERATION  165 

sclerosis.  The  test  is  unsafe  in  those  with  a  systolic  pres- 
sure of  200  mm.  or  over.  In  such  cases  there  is  danger  of 
ocular  or  cerebral  hemorrhage  or  acute  dilatation  of  heart. 

The  test  will  be  difficult  if  not  impossible  of  application 
in  women  unless  all  tight  clothing  is  removed. 

Valvular  disease  is  not  necessarily  a  contra-indication  in 
this  test,  as  the  condition  of  the  myocardium  seems  to  be 
the  only  important  factor,  except  in  aortic  regurgitation  with 
high  pressure,  so  that  the  presence  of  valvular  lesions  need 
not  detract  from  the  value  of  the  information  obtained  by 
this  test. 

Treatment. — (For  details  of  measures  affecting  blood- 
pressure,  see  Chapter  XIX.)  Patients  should  be  cautioned 
to  do  nothing  that  increases  dyspnea  and  to  rest  imme- 
diately whenever  shortness  of  breath  occurs.  In  severe 
cases  the  patient  should  be  kept  in  bed,  until  the  heart  has 
had  time  to  rest  and  regain  some  of  its  lost  tone.  Exces- 
sive effort  of  all  kinds  both  mental  and  physical  must 
cease.  If  the  affection  follows  some  acute  infectious  dis- 
ease, as  pneumonia,  or  from  a  chronic  infection,  or  from 
syphilis,  treatment  should  be  first  directed  to  these  con- 
ditions. If  it  has  resulted  from  excesses  of  any  kind, 
these  should  be  at  once  abandoned.  Alcohol  in  all  forms, 
tobacco  and  coffee,  should  for  a  time  at  least  be  prohib- 
ited in  practically  all  cases;  elimination  should  be  en- 
couraged by  the  proper  use  of  saline  laxatives  and  diu- 
retics, the  skin  should  be  kept  clean  by  warm  baths, 
gentle  massage  and,  when  indicated,  diaphoretics.  The 
digestive  functions  should  be  carefully  guarded  and  a 
light  but  nutritious  diet  outlined.  A  temporary  change 
in  climate  is  sometimes  of  great  value. 


166  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

The  question  of  the  usefulness  or  harmfulness  of  drugs 
will  have  to  be  determined  in  each  individual  case.  The 
value  of  digitalis,  depends  upon  whether  its  action  on  the 
tonus  of  the  heart  muscle  outweighs  its  constricting  effect 
on  the  blood-vessels.  Hirschfelder,  believes  that  this 
advantage  outweighs  the  disadvantage,  and  conforms  to 
the  view  of  Cloetta.^ 

Probably  the  safest  drug  to  use  in  all  cases  is  strychnine 
or  nux  vomica  and  this  in  combination  with  digitaUs  will 
often  be  all  the  direct  medication  required.  At  first  they 
can  be  given  in  moderate  doses  but  the  quantity  may  be 
steadily  increased,  while  the  effects  are  carefully  watched, 
until  the  desired  result  is  obtained,  or  until  the  beginning 
of  toxic  symptoms  develop.  Other  drugs  commonly 
recommended  for  strengthening  the  heart  muscles  are  usu- 
ally disappointing,  although  occasionally  they  may  give 
surprising  results  and  should  therefore  be  tried  when  other 
measures  fail.  Caffeine  citrate  has  somewhat  the  same 
action  as  digitails,  but  is  less  reliable.  Theobromin  may 
be  tried,  particularly  when  caffeine  causes  insomnia. 
Spartine  sulphate  in  doses  of  from  1/2  to  2  gr.  three  times 
a  day  may  be  found  valuable  for  its  effect  on  heart  rhythm 
and  on  urinary  excretion.  According  to  Ingalls  chloroform 
may  be  inhaled  with  perfect  safety  and  great  relief,  but 
should  be  used  with  great  caution,  the  same  applies  to 
morphin.  Other  heart  remedies  such  as  strophanthus, 
adonis  vernalis,  and  convallaria  majalis  have  proven 
imreliable  and  should  not  be  used. 

The  nitrites  are  valuable  in  overcoming  the  dangers 
resulting  from  high  pressure,  but  before  medication  of  this 

>  Arch.  f.  Exper.  Path.  u.  Pharma.,  No.  209,  1908. 


MYOCARDIAL   DEGENERATION  167 

sort  is  begun,  careful  studies  of  the  blood-pressure  should 
be  made  and  only  if  blood-pressure  is  found  to  be  high 
should  the  vasodilators  be  tried.  When  the  blood-pres- 
sure is  high,  relaxation  of  the  peripheral  circulation  may- 
throw  the  balance  in  favor  of  the  heart,  after  which, 
with  rest,  elimination  and  judicious  tonic  treatment  the 
case  may  recover.  Anginoid  pains,  cardiac  asthma,  acute 
dyspnea,  palpitation  and  arrhythmias  sometimes  yield 
more,  readily  to  these  drugs  than  to  any  other  emergency 
medication. 

After  the  subsidence  of  the  acute  symptoms,  and  after 
the  danger  period  has  passed,  exercise  should  be  begun. 
The  exercise  treatment  depends  upon  the  assumption  that 
a  properly  estimated  amount  of  mild  exercise  will  stimulate 
the  heart,  increase  its  tonus  and  its  output,  lower  the  pulse 
rate  thereby  increasing  its  period  of  rest.  The  border-line 
between  improvement  and  harm  from  exercise  is  easily 
crossed,  for  a  strain  which  is  slight  may  stimulate  the 
heart  to  stronger  contractions  and  improve  its  tonicity, 
while  a  strain  which  is  too  great  even  if  only  in  a  slight 
degree  will  weaken  and  dilate  it.  This  fact  renders  exer- 
cise treatment  and  bath  treatment  of  heart  disease  very 
dangerous  weapons  in  inexperienced  hands.  The  myo- 
cardium may  be  strengthened  first  by  massage,  next  by 
appropriate  resistance  movements,  followed,  if  improve- 
ment warrants  it,  by  moderate  walking  on  the  level,  and 
by  hght  gymnastics.  The  effects  of  these  measures  upon 
the  physical  signs,  particularly  the  pulse  and  blood-pres- 
sure and  upon  the  subdictive  signs  will  show  the  rapidity 
with  which  increasing  exercise  is  indicated.  The  CO2 
baths  give  almost  the  same  effect  of  strain  upon  the  heart 


168  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

as  is  produced  by  exercise,  they  increase  the  systolic  out- 
put and  the  blood-pressure  may  or  may  not  be  affected. 
The  effect  of  the  Nauheim  bath  is  fatiguing  and  should  be 
used  with  great  discretion. 


CHAPTER  XIII 
ACUTE  INFECTIONS 

In  the  study  of  infectious  diseases,  the  routine  use  of 
the  blood-pressure  test  offers  an  almost  unlimited  field  of 
usefulness,  which  in  the  light  of  present  knowledge,  no 
physician  can  afford  to  neglect.  Naturally  this  test  offers 
little  in  the  way  of  diagnosis,  but  for  prognosis  and  as  a 
guide  to  treatment  there  is  so  much  positive  evidence  that 
it  furnishes  constant  and  a  most  reliable  aid. 

In  acute  infections  the  basis  for  application  of  the  test 
is  the  experimental  evidence  of  the  vasomotor  relation  of 
collapse.  Sajous^  has  brought  forward  a  theory  of  the 
relation  of  the  adrenal  gland  to  the  dangerously  low  blood- 
pressure  found  in  the  terminal  stages  of  acute  infections, 
especially  in  pneumonia  and  typhoid  fever.  Sajous  quotes 
Goldzicher  who  reaches  the  conclusion  that  in  septicemia 
the  appearance  of  low  blood-pressure  is  to  be  ascribed  to 
insufficiency  of  the  adrenals.  This  relation  if  found  to  be 
the  true  explanation  when  generally  recognized  may  yield 
a  rich  harvest  of  recoveries. 

In  the  study  of  infectious  diseases,  single  observations  are 
valueless  because  of  the  lack  of  normal  figures  for  compar- 
ison. Careful  daily  observations  should  be  made  and  if 
the  pressure  tends  toward  a  dangerous  hypotension,  the 
periods  of  observation  should  be  shortened  to  meet  the 
requirement.    These  should   be  carefully  recorded  on  a 

1  Monthly  Cydo.  Pract.  Med.,  Dec,  1911. 

169 


170  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

suitable  chart  (see  page  37)  as  are  the  pulse  and  tem- 
perature. The  combined  chart  referred  to  will  be  found 
practical  for  this  purpose. 

Gibson  predicts  that  the  use  of  the  blood-pressure  test 
will  be  the  guide  for  treatment  in  all  infectious  diseases. 

Pneumonia. — There  is  no  uniformity  in  the  blood-pres- 
sure findings  in  pneumonia,  some  observers  finding  hypo- 
tension and  others  hypertension.  The  truth  of  the  matter 
is  probably  that  the  pressure  varies  with  the  degree  of  the 
toxemia  and  with  the  gravity  of  the  case.  The  following 
statement  of  Gibson^  is  significant;  it  offers  a  very  vahiable 
method  in  prognosis  and  shows  the  way  for  an  improve- 
ment in  the  therapeutics  of  this  disease.  He  says  "Where 
arterial  pressure  expressed  in  millimeters  of  mercury  does 
not  fall  below  the  pulse  rate  expressed  in  beats  per  minute, 
the  fact  may  be  taken  as  of  excellent  augury,  while  the 
converse  is  equally  true.''  This  observation  has  been  con- 
firmed by  G.  A.  Gordon^  who  states  that  in  no  case  out  of 
his  series  was  there  a  fatal  result  when  the  blood-pressure 
kept  above  pulse  rate.  In  fifteen  cases  only  one  recovery 
occurred  when  the  pulse  fell  below. 

Hare'  also  corroborates  this  assertion. 

This  lowering  of  the  pressure  is  probably  due  to  a  toxic 
vasomotor  paralysis  of  the  splanchnics.  Forchheimer* 
says  that  with  a  healthy  heart  vasomotor  paralysis  is  the 
most  common  cause  of  death  in  pneumonia,  and  that 
this  mode  of  death  may  occur  irrespective  of  health  and 
disease  of  the  heart.     The  first  manifestation  of  this  con- 

» Edinburgh  Med.  Jour.,  January,  1908 

•  Edinburgh  Med.  Jour.,  January,  1910» 
'  Therapeutic  Gazette,  June,  1910. 

*  Jour.  Amer.  Med.  Assoc,  October  30,  1909. 


ACUTE   INFECTIONS  171 

dition  is  a  lowering  of  the  blood-pressure  with  an  increased 
rapidity  of  the  heart,  and  under  such  conditions  it  becomes 
necessary  for  measures  to  be  taken  to  increase  pressure. 
(See  Chapter  XVIII.) 

Typhoid  Fever. — Daily  estimations  of  blood-pressure 
are  an  absolute  necessity  to  the  proper  and  intelligent 
conduct  of  a  case  of  typhoid  fever  and  a  chart  should  be 
carefully  prepared  and  followed.  In  the  absence  of  pre- 
existing cardiovascular  or  renal  complications,  typhoid 
fever  if  uncomplicated,  is  always  accompanied  by  low 
pressure,  due  to  the  effect  of  the  bacterial  toxins  causing 
vasomotor  paresis  of  the  splanchnics.  This  hypotension 
is  slowly  and  regularly  progressive  with  the  development 
of  the  toxemia  and  gives  us  an  exact  indication  for  the  use 
of  stimulants.  From  the  end  of  the  first  week  of  the  dis- 
ease, the  pressure  commences  a  gradual  fall  which  con- 
tinues usually  until  the  establishment  of  convalescence, 
unless  complications  should  intervene  (see  below).  The 
pressure  is  usually  below  100  and  may  often  fall  to  90  or 
85 ;  at  the  same  time  the  diastolic  will  be  lower,  but  usually 
not  in  proportion  to  the  systolic  depression;  the  pulse 
pressure  is  diminished. 

Perforation.^-Crile^  and  Cook  and  Briggs^  note  that  in 
typhoid  fever  with  perforation  and  peritonitis,  there  is  an 
early  and  decided  rise,  which  is  followed  by  a  fall  as  tox- 
emia increases.  This  was  found  to  be  the  invariable  rule 
by  Crile  in  twenty  surgical  patients. 

Hemorrhage. — There  is  a  rapid  fall  in  blood-pressure 
without  the  initial  rise,  by  which  fact  it  may  be  separated 

^  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  May  9,  1905. 

2  Johns  Hopkins  Hos.  Rep.,  Vol.  XI,  1903. 


172  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

from  the  preceding.  The  degree  and  rapidity  of  the  fall 
in  some  measure  indicates  the  extent  of  the  hemorrhage. 
The  pressure  tends,  upon  the  arrest  of  hemorrhage,  to  return 
rapidly  to  almost  the  level  noted  before  the  hemorrhage 
occurred. 

Pneumonia  is  another  complication  in  which  there  has 
occasionally  been  noted  a  rise  in  pressure. 

Joseph  H.  Barach,^  in  discussing  the  significance  and 
value  of  the  blood-pressure  test  in  typhoid  fever,  arrives 
at  the  following  conclusions. 

1.  It  has  shown  us  that  the  blood-pressure  falls  below 
the  normal  after  the  patient  has  taken  to  bed  and  stays 
down  until  convalescence  is  established,  and  then  returns 
toward  normal. 

2.  That  typhoid  fever  is  a  disease  with  a  blood-pressure 
below  100. 

3.  That  the  blood-pressure  is  governed  by  factors  of 
its  own  and  bears  no  constant  relation  to  pulse  rate  or 
temperature. 

4.  That  in  prognosis  the  blood-pressure  chart  is  of 
value.  A  steadily  falling  pressure  means  great  danger;  as 
long  as  the  blood-pressure  keeps  up  to  a  reasonable  level, 
we  may  feel  that  there  is  reserve  pressure  to  work  with. 

Diphtheria. — The  ejffect  of  the  diphtheria  toxin  upon 
muscular  tissue  throughout  the  body,  and  upon  the  heart 
muscle  in  particular,  has  long  been  a  grave  concern  of  the 
practicing  physician,  heart  death  after  diphtheria  being 
an  all  too  frequent  sequelae.  The  routine  estimation  of 
blood-pressure  therefore  becomes  an  important  prognostic 
measure,  particularly  in  this  disease. 

*  Penna.  Med.  Jour.,  July,  1907. 


ACUTE   INFECTIONS  173 

As  in  other  infections,  the  blood-pressure  tends  toward 
subnormal  during  invasion,  with  a  gradual  return  toward 
normal  during  convalescence. 

From  a  clinical  study  of  179  cases  of  diphtheria  RoUeston^ 
found  a  subnormal  pressure  in  sixty-three  cases  or  35  per 
cent.,  the  extent  and  duration  bearing  a  direct  relation 
to  the  severity  of  the  faucial  attack.  The  highest  readings 
were  found  during  the  first  and  the  lowest  during  the  second 
week.  The  normal  tension  was  usually  reestablished 
by  the  seventh  week.  Evidence  of  dyspnea  (partial 
asphyxia)  in  laryngeal  cases  caused  an  elevation  in  pressure. 
Tracheotomy  in  these  cases  was  followed  by  an  immediate 
fall  of  20  to  40  mm.  The  effect  of  serum  administration 
was  a  rise  in  pressure  in  40  per  cent,  of  cases.  Albuminuria 
did  not  cause  a  rise  in  pressure,  except  in  one  case  with 
uremia. 

In  studying  the  relation  of  blood-pressure  in  diphtheria 
to  myocardial  alterations  Bruchner^  examined  critically 
200  cases  of  this  disease.  He  found  that  mild  cardiac 
involvement  did  not  affect  the  normal  blood-pressure 
curve,  that  cases  with  irregular  blood-pressure  showed 
various  clinical  pictures.  Every  case  of  marked  fall  in 
pressure  was  associated  with  definite  signs  of  myocarditis. 
Falls  as  much  as  50  mm.  (Gartner's  Tonometer)  appeared 
only  with  severe  myocarditis.  This  was  the  greatest 
drop  in  which  recovery  occurred.  A  steady  progressive 
fall  in  pressure  was  present  in  the  fatal  cases.  In  every 
case,  with  one  exception  the  marked  falls  in  pressure  were 
I      accompanied  simultaneously  by  signs  of  cardiac  involve- 

f  *  J.  D.  RoUeston,  Brit.  Jour,  of  Children's  Diseases,  October,  1911. 


«  Deutsche  med.  Wochen.,  Oct.  28. 1909. 


174  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

ment;  in  one  case  only  did  the  fall  precede  the  clinical 
signs. 

Scarlet  Fever. — The  blood-pressure  shows  a  moderate 
rise  at  the  onset  of  the  disease  and  thereafter  closely 
follows  the  pulse  and  temperature  curve.  After  the 
seventh  or  eighth  day  the  pressure  may  be  below  normal. 
Complications  have  a  marked  effect  upon  blood-pressure. 
Cases  showing  albuminuria  generally  show  hypertension. 
This  rise  in  pressure  is  accompanied  by  slowing  of  the 
heart's  action.  With  the  subsidence  of  the  kidney  irrita- 
tion the  pulse  rate  increases  and  the  blood-pressure  returns 
to  normal.^ 

In  acute  nephritis  secondary  to  scarlet  fever  there  is 
practically  always  a  marked  rise  in  arterial  pressure. 
Butterman^  has  observed  a  rise  of  more  than  50  mm. 
within  twenty-four  hours  after  the  development  of  an 
acute  nephritis. 

Other  Acute  Infections. — In  the  other  acute  infectious 
diseases  there  is  httle  to  state  that  is  of  practical  import- 
ance regarding  the  blood-pressure,  because  many  of  them 
are  so  mild  as  to  have  no  appreciable  effect  upon  arterial 
tension,  and  also  because  observations  as  far  as  they 
have  been  made,  shed  very  little  light.  In  general  it 
may  be  stated  that  the  development  of  toxemia  from  any 
cause,  results  in  depression  of  the  normal  pressure  curve 
which  tends  to  return  to  normal  with  relief  from  the 
toxemia. 

Therapeutics. — Apart  from  the  usual  treatment  em- 
ployed in  the  conduct  of  a  case  of  any  particular  acute  in- 

>  J.  Davidson,  Lancet,  Oct.  19,  1907. 

«  Arch.f.  klin.  Med.,  Vol.  LXXIV,  p.  11. 


ACUTE   INFECTIONS  175 

fection,  certain  measures  have  been  found  of  value  in  directly 
combating  a  dangerously  falling  blood-pressure. 

In  typhoid  fever  it  will  be  noted  that  the  bath  treatment 
or  one  of  its  several  modifications  has  a  marked  and  bene- 
ficial effect  on  falling  blood-pressure  and  when  it  acts  favor- 
ably should  be  employed  for  this  purpose,  apart  from  the 
necessity  occasioned  by  the  height  of  the  temperature. 

At  the  present  writing,  students  of  clinical  medicine 
do  not  place  much  dependence  in  such  measures  as  injection 
of  strychnin,  digitalis,  or  alcohol,  for  critical  studies  seem 
to  show  these  to  be  without  effect.     (See  Chapter  XVIII.) 

Adrenalin  or  epinephrin  and  pituitary  extract  now 
possess  the  field  and  are  strongly  advocated  by  many 
observers,  among  whom  may  be  mentioned  Sajous,  Gold- 
zicher,  Gibson^  and  Brown.^ 

Sajous'  states  that  the  adrenals  show  a  special  suscepti- 
bility to  certain  infections  and  that  the  treatment  of  low 
tension  resulting  from  this  condition  (hypoadrenia)  gives 
some  surprising  results. 

The  dosage  and  methods  of  administration  as  laid  down 
by  different  observers  are  quite  elastic.  On  an  examining 
of  literature  we  find  the  following  are  suggested. 

Gibson  advocates  hypodermoclysis  or  intravenous  trans- 
fusion of  large  amounts  of  normal  saline  (large  amounts  are 
not  more  efficient  than  small, — author)  a  pint  of  normal 
saline  to  which  1  c.c.  of  1-1000  adrenalin  solution  has  been 
added,  to  be  repeated  as  required.  Others  recommend  the 
hypodermatic  administration  of  10  to  24  minims  adrenalin 

^Loc.  cit. 

2  Am.  Med.,  Vol.  VI,  No.  50,  p.  563,  et  aeq. 

"  Monthly  Cyclo.,  Dec,  1911. 


176  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

in  emergency  and  small  repeated  doses,  as  a  routine.  In 
average  cases  the  glandular  suprarenalis  sicca  of  the  U.  S.  P. 
is  advised. 

Brown  ^advises  the  intramuscular  inject  ion  of  epinephrin 
as  a  means  of  sustaining  the  peripheral  circulation  in  ady- 
namia with  hypotension  occurring  during  the  course  of  in- 
fections. Brown  warns  against  administration  by  the 
mouth  as  uncertain,  and  shows  by  experiment  upon  a 
series  of  patients  of  between  twenty  and  fifty  years 
whose  arteries  still  had  the  power  of  contraction  and 
dilatation.  All  these  patients  were  given  15  minims 
every  twenty  minutes  for  four  hours,  the  blood-pressure 
being  taken  every  hour  thereafter  until  it  returned  to  the 
low  point.  He  found  that  the  pressure  was  maintained 
above  the  point  recorded  before  injection  for  about  four 
hours,  and  that  the  rise  after  injection  (intramuscular) 
was  noticeable  in  fifteen  minutes  after  the  injection — 
and  the  maximum  rise  was  recorded  in  from  one  and 
three-fourths  to  two  hours  from  the  time  of  the  first  in- 
jection. A  second  series  of  doses  given  to  some  of  these 
patients  resulted  in  a  second  rise,  sustained  for  about 
the  same  length  of  time,  thus  demonstrating  that  the 
blood-pressure  could  be  maintained  for  a  considerable 
time  if  it  should  become  necessary. 

The  bulk  of  evidence  sustains  the  value  of  this  drug 
especially  any  method  which  allows  the  drug  to  be  ad- 
ministered gradually  enough  to  have  a  sustained  action. 
Thus  very  gradual  continuous  administration,  as  by  the 
addition  of  1  or  2  c.c.  in  the  Murphy  method,  or  the  intra- 
muscular methods  of  administration. 

» Loc.  cit. 


ACUTE  INFECTIONS  177 

L.  Rinon  and  De  Sille^  advocate  the  administration  of 
1/5  gr.  pituitary  extract,  as  required,  as  extremely  efficient 
in  counteracting  depressed  arterial  tension,  producing 
diuresis  and  greatly  improving  the  general  condition. 

Cholera  is  a  disease  of  subnormal  blood-pressure  probably 
giving  the  lowest  pressure  readings  found  in  any  of  the 
infectious  diseases.  Leonard  Roger s^  looks  upon  a  pressure 
below  70  mm.  systolic,  in  man  and  a  little  lower  in  women, 
as  an  indication  for  measures  to  combat  the  dangerous  fall 
of  blood-pressure.  He  beheves  the  blood-pressure  test  a 
valuable  guide  in  the  treatment  of  the  stages  of  collapse 
and  in  combating  post-choleraic  uremia — as  before  the  use 
of  this  test  the  mortality  from  this  cause  was  13.2  per 
cent,  whereas  afterward  it  was  reduced  to  6.9  per  cent. 

Cerebrospinal  Meningitis. — Abram  Sophian,^  in  a  study 
of  an  epidemic  in  Dallas,  Texas,  in  the  winter  of  1911-12, 
first  employed  the  blood-pressure  test  as  a  routine  in  this 
disease.  This  idea  developed  from  the  fact  that  a  previ- 
ous study  of  the  cerebrospinal  pressure  made  at  the  time 
of  lumbar  puncture  failed  to  give  the  required  informa- 
tion, which  would  increase  the  safety  of  fluid  removal,  and 
be  a  guide  to  the  injection  of  antimeningococcic  serum.  In 
a  study  of  200  cases  with  nearly  700  blood-pressure  observa- 
tions, he  found  almost  constant  results  in  blood-pressure 
change  on  injecting  serum,  and  recommends  the  employ- 
ment of  this  knowledge  as  a  guide  to  the  amount  of  fluid 
to  be  withdrawn  and  also  to  the  quantity  of  serum  that  can 
safely  be  given. 

^  Quoted  by  Sajous.    Loc.  cit. 

2  Therapeutic  Gazette,  Nov.  15,  1909. 

'  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  Vol.  VIII,  No.  12,  p.  843. 

12 


178  BLOOD-PRESSURB 

The  withdrawal  of  fluid  does  not  have  a  uniform  effect 
on  blood-pressure  in  meningitis,  usually  there  is  a  fall  in 
pressure  (about  10  nmi.  in  adults,  5  mm.  in  children 
occasionally  it  is  greater)  depending  to  some  extent  upon 
the  quantity  of  fluid  withdrawn. 

The  suddenness  of  the  fall  is  also  an  indication  of  the 
amount  of  fluid  to  be  removed,  and  the  speed  with  which 
this  can  safely  be  accomplished.  In  cases  where  there  is 
no  change  in  blood-pressure,  as  much  fluid  as  possible 
may  be  allowed  to  escape,  until  the  normal  cerebrospinal 
pressure  is  reached  (roughly  estimated,  one  drop  escaping 
from  the  needle  in  every  three  to  five  seconds). 

As  a  rule  as  soon  as  the  injection  of  fluid  is  begun,  the 
blood-pressure  begins  to  fall  and  falls  steadily  (a  rise  in 
pressure  is  rare).  After  the  pressure  has  dropped  con- 
siderably, say  20  to  30  mm.,  the  fall  in  pressure  becomes 
relatively  faster  if  more  fluid  is  injected.  This  is  a  danger 
signal.  Sophian  finds  that  a  total  drop  of  20  mm.  in  an 
adult  with  an  average  blood-pressure  of  110  to  120  mm.  is  a 
safe  indication  to  stop  injection. 

He  also  found  that  the  previous  use  of  adrenalin  tends 
to  prevent  the  fall  in  pressure,  but  prefers  not  to  use  this 
drug  except  in  cases  with  an  initial  low  pressure. 

G.  Canby  Robinson^  finds  that  when  the  symptoms  are 
severe  the  blood-pressure  tends  to  be  high.  During  con- 
valescence and  when  the  symptoms  are  mild  the  blood- 
pressure  is  low.  The  blood-pressure  seems  to  bear  some 
relationship  to  the  severity  of  the  disease  and  should  be  a 
valuable  guide  in  prognosis  as  well  as  in  treatment. 

>  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  May  6,  1910. 


CHAPTER  XIV 
CHRONIC  INFECTIONS 

Tuberculosis. — The  value  of  the  blood-pressure  test  as 
an  aid  to  the  early  diagnosis  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis  will 
be  more  apparent  as  the  application  of  the  sphygmomano- 
meter becomes  more  universal. 

The  blood-pressure  is  uniformly  subnormal  in  pulmonary 
tuberculosis  and  often  also  in  tubercular  infections  of  other 
regions. 

Lauder  Brunton  has  noted  the  constant  relation  of  low 
blood-pressure  to  pulmonary  tuberculosis,  and  believes  that 
hjHPotension  may  be  a  guiding  sign  before  any  physical 
sign  is  present  in  the  lungs. 

Cook  in  this  connection  makes  the  following  significant 
statement:  ''When  low  blood-pressure  is  persistently  found 
in  individuals  or  in  families,  it  should  put  us  on  our  guard 
for  tuberculosis."  Many  cases  of  so-called  idiopathic  low 
blood-pressure  have  later  developed  the  importance  of 
these  observations,  by  showing  after  a  longer  or  shorter 
time  signs  of  pulmonary  involvement. 

A  complete  study  was  made  by  Haven  Emerson^  on 
the  status  of  the  blood-pressure  test  in  tuberculosis.  He 
says  that  hypotension  is  universally  found  in  advanced 
cases  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis.     Hypotension  is  found 

^Arch.  Int.  Med.,  April,  1911. 

179 


180  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

in  almost  all  cases  of  moderately  advanced  pulmonary- 
tuberculosis,  or  in  early  cases  in  which  toxemia  is  marked, 
except  when  arteriosclerosis,  the  so-called  arthritic  or 
gouty  diathesis,  chronic  nephritis  or  diabetes  (doubtful  if 
uncomphcated,  author)  complicate  the  tuberculosis  and 
bring  about  a  normal  pressure  or  a  hypertension.  Occasion- 
ally a  short  period  of  hypertension  may  precede  or  ac- 
company hemoptysis  in  a  patient  ordinarily  showing 
hypotension. 

Emerson  emphasizes  that  hypotension  should  be  sought 
for  in  subjects  just  as  carefully  as  it  is  the  custom  to  search 
for  pulmonary  signs.  Hypotension  when  it  is  present  in 
tuberculosis  increases  with  extension  of  the  process. 
Recovery  from  hypotension  accompanies  arrest  or  improve- 
ment. Return  to  normal  pressure  is  commonly  foimd  in 
those  who  are  cured;  continuation  of  hypotension  seems 
never  to  accompany  improvement. 

Prognosis. — Emerson  believes  prognosis  can  be  as  safely 
based  on  alterations  in  blood-pressure  as  on  changes  in  the 
pulse  or  temperature. 

My  own  observations  as  far  as  they  have  gone,  show  that 
a  study  of  diastolic  blood-pressure  in  tuberculosis  or  in 
tuberculous  suspects  is  equally  as  important  as  the  systolic 
pressure  reading,  for  we  find  that,  provided  other  reasons 
for  the  change  can  be  eliminated,  a  slightly  lowered  blood- 
pressure  which  is  persistent,  combined  with  a  reduced 
pulse  pressure  is  very  suggestive  of  the  effect  of  the  toxemia 
from  tuberculous  infection.  Also  the  relation  of  the  pulse 
pressure  to  rest  or  to  exercise  in  cases  of  pulmonary  tubercu- 
losis, is  a  most  valuable  guide  to  the  amount  of  exertion 
that  may  be  safely  permitted. 


CHRONIC   INFECTIONS  181 

A  valuable  and  most  complete  study  of  the  effect  of 
exercise  upon  tuberculous  patients  has  been  made  by 
L.  S,  Peters  and  E.  S.  Bullock.  ^  A  definite  plan  was  out- 
lined and  careful  study  and  accurate  records  made.  Six 
men  were  used.  Three  were  excellent  cases  both  pulmo- 
narily  and  physically,  two  fairly  arrested  far  advanced 
cases;  and  one  a  new  recruit,  with  normal  temperature, 
but  poor  physical  condition.  The  points  in  this  report  are 
so  well  taken  and  the  table  shows  so  graphically  the  results 
obtained,  that  they  are  copied  here  in  full. 

*'A11  were  started  with  a  fifteen  minute^s  walk  the  first 
day.  The  pressures  on  starting  of  the  three  able-bodied 
men  were  138,  132  and  148  respectively.  On  their  return 
the  pressures  were  138,  144  and  153.  After  an  hour's 
rest  the  readings  were  138,  142  and  158,  showing  that 
apparently  the  exercise  was  not  harmful.  The  two  fairly 
well  arrested,  far  advanced  cases,  started  out  with  pres- 
sures of  164  and  124,  returning  with  146  and  130,  and  after 
resting  164  and  118.  The  first  man  was  not  used  to  any 
exercise  in  any  form,  as  is  well  shown  in  a  drop  of  18  mm. 
Hg.,  with  a  return  to  the  original  after  an  hour's  rest. 
The  overexertion  in  the  second  man  is  evident,  for  we  find 
after  resting  that  there  is  a  drop  of  6  mm.  from  the  original 
reading  recorded  after  the  return  from  exercise." 

'^The  new  recruit  started  with  146,  returned  with  138  and 
after  rest  his  reading  was  127.  The  overexertion  in  this 
instance  is  well  illustrated  from  the  pressure  findings  and 
was  further  substantiated  by  the  marked  fatigue,  breath- 
lessness,  and  rapid  heart  action  of  the  individual  himself. 
This  experiment  was  carried  on  for  a  period  of  six  days, 

»  Med.  Rec,  Sept.  14,  1912,  p.  463. 


182 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


each  day^s  exercise  being  graded  by  the  previous  day's 
results  in  blood-pressure.  The  table  of  these  findings, 
which  we  here  append,  will  show  at  a  glance  that  we  are 
able  to  control  the  readings  by  an  increase,  a  decrease,  or 
a  repetition  of  the  exercise.  Whenever  a  man  showed  a 
drop  of  6  or  more  mm.  Hg.  after  rest  or  a  marked  drop  on 
returning,  even  though  this  disappeared  after  resting,  we 
decreased  the  exercise.  If  there  was  a  slight  drop  after 
returning  we  repeated  the  same  exercise  the  following  day 
or  until  we  maintained  an  even  standard,  when  the  walk 
was  increased.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  one  of  the 
three  excellent  cases  the  pressure  remained  practically  the 
same  even  up  to  walks  of  one  and  a  half  hours,  and  later 
this  same  man  took  walks  of  two  hours  in  the  morning  and 
two  in  the  afternoon  with  no  change  in  pressure  and  no 
evil  results.  The  other  two  after  a  few  repetitions  were 
able  to  do  the  same.'* 

Improvement  in  subjective  symptoms  follows  the  effect 
of  blood-pressure  elevation,  and  persists  if  the  pressure 
can  be  maintained  at  a  higher  level  than  that  existing  before 
such  treatment. 


Blood-pressure 

Pulse 

Case 

Remarks 

No. 

Before 

After 

After 
rest 

Before 

After 

After 
rest 

1 

138 
138 

138 
141 

138 
150 

1st   day. 
2nd  day. 

15  minute  walk. 

92 

98 

80 

increased  to  30  minutee. 

140 

139 

150 

98 

92 

76 

3rd  day. 

Increased  to  45  minutes. 

142 

140 

140 

96 

106 

80 

4th  day. 

Increased  to  1  hour. 

140 

142 

138 

88 

88 

76 

6th  day. 

Increased  to  1  hour,  15 
minutes. 

142 

138 

140 

88 

88 

76 

6th  day. 

Increased  to  1  hour,  30 
minutes. 

CHRONIC   INFECTIONS 


183 


Blood-pressure 

Pulse 

Case 

Remarks 

1 

No. 

'  After 

\fter 

Before 

After 

1   rest 

Before 

After 

rest 

2 

132 
126 

144 
122 

142 
127 

1st    day. 
2nd  day. 

15  minute  walk. 

74 

80 

Increased  to  30  minutes. 

126 

135 

126 

66 

76 

68 

3rd  day. 

Increased  to  45  minutes. 

132 

134 

116 

78 

80 

84 

4th  day. 

Increased  to  1  hour. 

126 

130 

126 

70 

80 

72 

5th  day. 

Cut  to  45  minutes. 

126 

124 

136 

73 

76 

75 

6th  day. 

Repeated  1  hour  walk. 

3 

146 
142 

138 
124 

127 
132 

1st    day. 
2nd  day. 

15  minute  walk. 

120 

1:.0 

100 

Repeated  15  minute  walk 

at  slower  pace. 

140 

145 

130 

120 

118 

96 

3rd  day. 

Cut  to  10  minutes  at 
slow  pace. 

132 

145 

142 

120 

120 

112 

4th  day. 

Repeated  10  minute 
walk. 

142 

150 

140 

116 

120 

108 

5th  day. 

Repeated  10  minute 
walk. 

138 

146 

142 

V8 

120 

104 

6th  day. 

Increased  to  15  minutes. 

4 

148 
146 

|152 
146 

158 
135 

Ist   day. 
2nd  day. 

15  minute  walk. 

.  .    . 
88 

.... 

84 

72 

Increased  to  30  minutes. 

145 

142 

146 

80 

80 

72 

3rd  day. 

Repeated  30  minute 
walk. 

150 

140 

142 

80 

100 

72 

4th  day. 

Increased  to  45  minutes. 

145 

140 

158 

84 

80 

76 

5th  day. 

Increased  to  1  hour. 

140 

142 

138 

76 

80 

80 

6th  day. 

Increased  to  1  hour,  30 
minutes. 

This  man 

unused  to  exercise. 

5 

164 

146 

164 



1st    day. 

15  minute  walk. 

146 

134 

144 

118 

120 

106 

2nd  day. 

Cut  to  10  minutes. 

140 

150 

138 

100 

104 

100 

3rd  day. 

10  minute  walk. 

146 

146 

138 

90 

98 

110 

4th  day. 

Increased  to  15  minutes. 

144 

144 

152 

110 

100 

100 

5th  day. 

Repeated  15  minute 
walk. 

138 

144 

146 

104 

104 

92 

6th  day. 

Increased  to  25  minutes. 

6 

124 

130 

118 



■ 

Ist   day. 

15  minute  walk. 

115 

114 

110 

100 

120 

108 

2nd  day. 

Repeated  15  minute 
walk. 

122 

117 

118 

100 

100 

84 

3rd  day. 

Increased  to  20  minutes. 

115 

110 

115 

100 

110 

100 

4th  day. 

Increased  to  30  minutes. 

122 

110 

112 

88 

110 

96 

5th  day. 

Increased  to  45  minutes. 

115 

114 

114 

96 

96 

88 

6th  day. 

Decreased  to  30  minutes. 

Sjrphilis. — As  a  primary  cause  of  arteriosclerosis,  syphilis 
is  too  well  known  to  demand  more  than  passing  considera- 
tion here.     In  any  history  this  disease  should  never  be 


184 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


overlooked,  but  should  be  given  due  consideration  as  a 
predisposing  cause  in  the  production  of  those  lesions  of  the 
cardiovascular  and  renal  systems  that  are  associated  with 
hypertension.     It  is  believed  by  many  that  a  moderately 

BLOOD  PRESSURE  CHART 


CHART  ND..-.;. 

ADDRCBS-...^-  > 
OCCUPATION  '-O&'i 
DIAGNOSIS 


AGE    .a. 

colorJ^  . 

SEX   .  MJ'. 
PHYSICIAN  ■ 


n 

IT 

W 

\    0 

-] 

^"^ 

q 

1 

\ 

,  I 

-l. 

1.^ 

3^ 

■■ 

200 

'4 

?}, 

K 

'^ 

r* 

% 

"^ 

^ 

y^ 

^J 

X 

>? 

y< 

i/t 

^ 

X 

195 

\ 

J 

IJiO 

1 

I 

/ 

\ 

185 

/ 

J 

I 

) 

180 

/ 

^ 

1 

( 

175 

/ 

/ 

\ 

! 

170 

.J 

i 

\ 

/ 

165 

/ 

\ 

1 

160 

\ 

1 

155 

' 

f 

ISO 

1 

145 

1 

140 

135 

130 

125 

120 

r 

IllO 

106 

100 

Fig.  32. — Arteriosclerosis,  probably  of  syphilitic  origin.  Patient  very 
Btout .  Symptoms :  complains  of  dizziness,  dyspnea,  physical  weakness ;  urine 
shows  trace  of  albumin,  low  specific  gravity,  few  granular  cases.  Potassium 
iodid  in  small  dose  effected  first  reduction  to  170  with  a  rise  following 
cessation  of  treatment.  Second  fall  followed  use  of  potassium  iodid,  purg- 
ing and  baths.  Baths  and  weekly  purge  continued  till  April  4,  1911.  Third 
fall  followed  administration  of  mercury  and  iodid,  plus  baths.  Subsequent 
treatment  is  having  less  effect  on  pressure  level,  but  symptomatic  result 
continues  good. 

high  blood-pressure  which  can  be  traced  to  a  previous 
syphilitic  infection  is  more  amenable  to  treatment  and  gives 
more  satisfactory  results  than  continued  high  pressure  from 


CHRONIC   INFECTIONS  185 

other  causes.  This,  however,  remains  to  be  proven.  In 
the  meantime,  antisyphilitic  treatment,  particularly  the  use 
of  the  iodids,  should  be  vigorously  carried  out. 

In  this  connection  it  may  be  of  interest  to  note  that  in  a 
small  number  of  cases  examined  before  and  after  the  ad- 
ministration of  Salvarsan  ('^606")  by  the  author,  very 
little  if  any  effect  from  the  injection  of  the  drug  was  noted. 

During  the  early  acute  stages  syphilis  acts  like  any  other 
general  infection,  in  that  it  is  usually  accompanied  by  a 
moderate  reduction  in  blood-pressure  with  some  narrowing 
of  the  limits  of  pulse  pressure.  These  changes  are,  as  a 
general  rule,  so  slight  that  they  need  not  be  considered  in 
the  care  of  the  case;  therefore,  from  a  practical  standpoint, 
the  blood-pressure  in  acute  syphilitic  infection  is  of  little 
value.     (See  Fig.  32.) 


I  ; 


CHAPTER  XV 

RELATION  OF  BLOOD-PRESSURE  TO  METABOLIC  AND 
MISCELLANEOUS  DISEASES 

The  diseases  found  in  this  group  have  been  so  placed 
because,  while  the  blood-pressure  findings  are  of  no  special 
value  in  diagnosis,  except  as  they  relate  to  complications  of 
the  heart,  arteries  and  kidneys,  they  are  nevertheless  of 
some  assistance  in  arriving  at  the  proper  prognosis,  and  in 
guiding  treatment.  The  test  should  therefore  be  employed 
in  them. 

Addison's  Disease. — Several  years  ago,  Janeway  re- 
ported two  cases  of  unquestioned  Addison's  disease,  in 
which  the  systolic  pressure  tended  downward.  Recently 
Gibson^  reports  very  low  pressures  in  his  series  of  cases. 
Two  cases  seen  by  me  showed  a  marked  degree  of  hyperten- 
sion. A.  Randal  Short  (^^New  Physiology")  discusses  the 
subject  from  the  physiologic  standpoint,  and  shows  that  if 
the  suprarenal  veins  are  clamped  for  a  few  hours,  thereby 
preventing  the  entrance  of  adrenalin  secretion  into  the  cir- 
culation, the  blood-pressure  rapidly  falls.  As  the  pathol- 
ogy of  Addison's  disease  involves  a  degenerative  process  of 
the  adrenal  glands,  we  have  the  probable  explanation  of  the 
low  blood-pressures  found  in  this  disease.  Improvement  in 
subjective  symptoms  follow  the  effect  of  blood-pressure 
elevation,  and  persist  if  the  pressure  can  be  maintained  at  a 
higher  level  than  that  existing  before  such  treatment. 

» Bntish  Med.  Jour.,  Dec.  10,  1910. 

186 


METABOLIC   AND   MISCELLANEOUS   DISEASES  187 

Aviation  Sickness. — In  the  Medical  Press  and  Circular 
for  August,  1911,  reference  is  made  to  a  communication  by 
Crouchet  and  Moulinier  to  the  French  Academy  of  Sciences, 
in  which  they  report  their  observations  upon  a  number  of 
aviators.  They  note  two  varieties  of  trouble  resulting 
from  flights  in  aeroplanes.  The  first  is  due  to  the  altitude 
attained,  and  depends  on  differences  in  atmospheric  pres- 
sure, in  temperature,  and  changes  in  the  chemical  composi- 
tion of  the  air  found  at  high  altitudes. 

The  second  factor,  which  need  not  be  discussed  here,  is 
the  actual  physical  effort  put  forth.     They  consider  the 
rapidity  of  ascent  and  of  descent  as  most  important,  and 
recommend  a  reduction  in  the  speed  at  which  these  changes 
should  take  place.    The  effect  of  ascent  begins  to  be  shown 
when  a  height  of  1,500  (4,500  ft.)  meters  is  reached,  which 
causes  quick,  short  respiration  and  tachycardia.     There  is 
usually  a  sensation  of  headache  and  moderate  deafness. 
During  descent  there  is  a  sensation  of  discomfort  like  that 
which  accompanies  a  sudden  descent  in  an  elevator,  violent 
palpitation  and  great  noise  in  the  ears.-    On  landing  the 
aviator  is  not  free  from  the  above  sensations  for  a  consid- 
erable time.    Respiration  quickly  returns  to  normal  but 
arterial  hypotension  which  they  found  in  most  cases  to  be 
quite  marked,  persists  for  a  long  time  after  the  flight  is 
finished. 
Auricular  Fibrillation.^^ — The  readings  taken  by  Silberberg 
j  from  eight  patients,  all  of  whom  were  typical  examples  of 
;  cardiac  irregularity  due  to  auricular  fibrillation,  show  the 
i  wide  range  of  blood-pressure  which  the  individual  case  of 
j  auricular   fibrillation   may   possess.     The   blood-pressure 

f     »  M.  D.  Silberberg,  Bos.  Med.  and  Surg.  Jour.,  April  6,  1912. 


188  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

reading  of  smallest  beats  varied  from  80  to  160;  maximum 
blood-pressm-e  ran  from  100  to  210.  This  variation 
Silberberg  says  is  of  importance,  because  in  the  cases  in 
which  it  occurs,  single  observations  of  blood-pressure  taken 
in  the  ordinary  manner,  possess  only  a  restricted  value  as  an 
index,  and  the  error  introduced  is  continued  if  comparative 
observations  are  confined  to  a  reading  of  the  most  forcible 
beats  only. 

Cardiac  Asthma  and  Pulmonary  Edema. — The  frequently 
occurring  attacks  of  dyspnea  found  in  heart  and  kidney 
cases  are  usually  accompanied  by  hypertension.  In  their 
most  severe  form,  true  edema  of  the  lungs  develops.  In 
this  connection  Amblard^  states  that  recent  experimental 
research  is  amply  confirmed  by  clinical  findings,  and  that 
we  may  accept  it  as  a  fact  that  in  high  pressure  cases, 
further  elevation  in  blood-pressure,  due  to  insufficiency  of 
the  left  ventricle  usually  precedes  attacks  of  acute  pulmo- 
nary edema,  therefore  careful  attention  to  the  blood-pres- 
sure, both  systolic  and  diastolic,  as  the  means  of  determining 
an  increase  in  pressure,  or  a  functional  failure  of  the  heart, 
would  direct  attention  to  the  need  of  immediate  reduction 
in  the  maximal  arterial  pressure. 

Cerebral  Hemorrhage. — Large  hemorrhages  into  the 
brain  case  when  accompanied  by  symptoms  of  general 
compression,  slow  pulse,  coma  and  altered  breathing  are 
accompanied  by  hypertension,  which  bears  a  direct  rela- 
tion to  the  amount  of  increased  intracranial  tension.  It 
is  of  great  importance  when  examining  an  unconscious 
patient  to  know  the  origin  of  the  coma  and  the  gravity  of 
the  case.    No  single  piece  of  evidence  is  as  clear  or  as  re- 

» Presae  MMicale,  August  12,  Vol.  XIX,  No.  64. 


METABOLIC   AND  MISCELLANEOUS  DISEASES  189 

liable  as  the  systolic  pressure.  If  this  is  extreme  (between 
200  or  300  mm.)  the  brain  is  undergoing  dangerous  com- 
pression and  danger  to  life  is  imminent.  In  cases  where 
progressive  increments  of  hemorrhage  are  suspected,  noth- 
ing can  be  more  valuable  than  frequently  repeated  blood- 
pressure  tests,  which,  by  demonstrating  a  progressively 
rising  pressure,  would  indicate  a  rapidly  extending  area  of 
cerebral  compression.  So  employed  the  blood-pressure  test 
is  a  safe  guide  to  the  need  and  urgency  of  decompression, 
whereas  on  the  other  hand,  a  stationary  or  falling  pressure 
without  increase  of  symptoms,  such  an  operation  need  not 
be  considered.  Reports  seem  to  show  that  hemorrhage  in 
the  anterior  fossa  of  the  cranium  have  least  effect  on  blood- 
pressure,  and  those  into  the  posterior  the  most. 

In  cerebral  hemorrhage,  Norris  has  reported,  a  systolic 
pressure  as  high  as  400  mm. 

Differential  Diagnosis. — Many  authors,  among  them 
Jump,^  point  out  the  fact  that  in  both  cerebral  hemorrhage 
and  in  apoplectic  coma,  the  marked  hypertension  occurring 
in  these  two  conditions,  would  serve  to  distinguish  them 
from  embolism,  in  which  the  blood-pressure  is  low,  and 
further  that  a  gradual  increase  in  intracranial  tension,  such 
as  would  be  caused  by  a  slow-growing  brain  tumor,  has 
little  or  no  effect  on  general  blood-pressure. 

Cheyne-Stokes  Respiration. — Pollock^  reports  a  series 
of  blood-pressure  estimations  in  fifteen  cases  of  Cheyne- 
Stokes  respiration  arising  from  various  causes,  which  con- 
firm the  earlier  observations  of  Gushing  that  in  Cheyne- 
Stokes  respiration  with  increased  endocranial  tension,  the 

1  International  Clinics,  Vol.  I,  p.  49,  21  series. 

2  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  Vol.  IX,  No.  4,  1912. 


190  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

blood-pressure  is  low  during  the  period  of  apnea  and  high 
during  that  of  hyperpnea,  as  well  as  the  demonstration  by 
Eysner  that  this  fact  is  of  clinical  value  in  the  differentia- 
tion of  Cheyne- Stokes  respiration  with  increased  endo- 
cranial  tension  from  other  types.  In  the  cases  with  in- 
creased tension,  the  blood-pressure  began  to  rise  slightly 
before  respiration  commenced  and  began  to  fall  after  the 
summit  of  respiratory  activity  was  reached,  whereas  in  the 
other  cases,  the  pressure  began  to  fall  after  the  beginning 
of  respiration  and  rose  as  respiration  diminished. 

General  Paresis. — Communications  on  the  subject  of 
blood-pressure  in  this  disease  are  few,  and  insufficient  in 
number  to  produce  reliable  statistics,  although  with  few 
exceptions,  they  point  to  a  moderate  hypotension  in  this 
disease.  The  best  clinical  report  that  I  have  been  able  to 
find  is  by  A.  Schmigergeld  from  studies  made  at  Ward's 
Island,  N.  Y.,^  who  arrives  at  the  following  conclusions: 

1.  The  blood-pressure  in  general  paresis  is  very 
variable. 

2.  In  the  majority  of  cases  it  seems  lower  than  normal. 

3.  There  exists  no  relation  between  the  mood  of  the 
paretic  tone  and  the  state  of  the  tension. 

Lead  Poisoning. — The  effect  of  chronic  lead  intoxication 
frequently  results  in  permanent  changes  in  the  arteries  and 
kidneys,  resulting  in  a  secondary  hypertension.  There  is, 
however,  a  form  of  hypertension  occurring  in  lead  poisoning, 
as  evidenced  by  the  typical  colic,  which  is  always  accom- 
panied by  a  moderate  elevation  in  blood-pressure,  which 
may  remain  elevated  for  several  days,  succeeding  the 
attack.     (A  primary  hypertension.) 

*  New  York  Medical  Journal,  August  28,  1909. 


METABOLIC  AND   MISCELLANEOUS   DISEASES  191 

With  the  knowledge  of  exposure  to  lead,  followed  by  an 
attack  of  pain  with  high  blood-pressure,  we  may  be  aided  in 
difficult  cases  by  the  blood-pressure  test  to  separate  lead 
colic  from  renal  and  hepatic  colic,  in  which  the  blood-pres- 
sure is  low. 

Momburg  Constriction. — Dr.  Fred  L.  Adair^  has  studied 
twenty-three  cases  in  an  effort  to  determine  the  effect  of 
abdominal  constriction  by  the  Momburg  tube  on  blood- 
pressure,  pulse,  etc.  Cases  showing  abnormalities  of  the 
heart,  blood-vessels  or  kidneys  were  excluded  and  all  ob- 
servations were  made  in  the  supine  posture  without  anes- 
thesia. While  of  necessity  the  duration  of  application  was 
short,  the  femoral  pulse  was  always  obliterated.  The 
detail  findings  of  this  series  are  shown  in  the  table  on  page 
194,  and  correspond  in  general  with  the  results  of  earlier 
observers,  notably  Wolff.  The  most  dangerous  period 
appears  to  be  when  the  tube  is  removed,  and  this  is  most 
dangerous  in  those  presenting  arterial  change,  cardiac  dis- 
ease, anemia  and  vasomotor  instability. 

Neurasthenia. — (See  Hypotension,  Chap.  VIII.)  Neur- 
asthenia or  the  fatigue  neurosis  resulting  from  lack  of 
nervous  energy  and  instability  of  the  sympathetic  nervous 
system  is  naturally,  when  uncomplicated,  accompanied  by 
hypotension.  We  may  include  under  this  head  the  psychic 
instability  of  blood-pressure,  so  beautifully  discussed  by 
Schrump^  where  he  shows  that  before  we  may  arrive  at  a 
decision  that  a  low  blood-pressure  is  pathologic,  we  must 
make  sure  that  it  is  not  psychogenic.  He  also  makes  the 
interesting  statement,  that  a  rise  in  pressure  of  psychogenic 

1  Surg.,  Gyn.  and  OhsL,  1912,  p.  112. 

2  Deutsch.  med.  Wochen.,  Dec.  22,  1910. 


192  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

origin  affects  chiefly  the  systolic  pressure;  as  the  mind 
does  not  seem  to  have  an  influence  upon  the  diastolic 
pressure,  which  is  unaltered.  Psychic  instability  is  almost 
constantly  present,  in  all  individuals  to  some  degree,  but 
is  much  more  marked  in  the  neuropath.  It  is  sometimes 
difficult  to  determine  by  one  examination  a  normal  from 
a  pathologic  alteration  in  blood-pressure,  and  it  may  be- 
come necessary  to  divert  the  patient's  attention  and  to  re- 
peat the  test  at  a  subsequent  time.  Furthermore,  it  must 
not  be  overlooked  that  the  period  of  absolute  rest  which 
usually  begins  the  treatment  of  grave  neurasthenia,  is  itself 
a  cause  for  a  lower  blood-pressure.  The  degree  to  which  the 
pressure  falls  in  this  condition  depends  somewhat  upon  the 
gravity  of  the  disease  and  the  temperament  of  the  patient 
but  is  usually  moderate. 

I  have  been  unable  to  find  any  reference  to  a  hypo- 
tension lower  than  80  mm.  systolic  in  neurasthenia. 

The  treatment  of  this  disease  when  successful  may  be 
indicated  by  a  gradual  return  of  the  pressure  to  normal. 
It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  complicating  nephritis  may 
so  affect  the  blood-pressure,  as  to  render  the  findings  of  no 
value. 

Prolonged  Epistaxis  Associated  with  Increased  Vascular 
Tension. — Harold  Hays^  notes  the  frequent  association  of 
prolonged  and  profuse  epistaxis  to  high  blood-pressure  and 
has  found  this  condition  usually  associated  with  two  classes 
of  circulatory  disease. 

1.  Arteriosclerosis  involving  the  arterial  system  and  the 
myocardium. 

2.  Valvular  disease,  or  congenital  deformity  of  the  heart. 

1  N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  March  4,  1911. 


METABOLIC   AND   MISCELLANEOUS   DISEASES  193 

In  this  first  group,  the  epistaxis  seems  to  be  the  direct 
result  of  the  high  arterial  tension,  and  is  both  a  warning 
sign  of  impending  apoplexy,  and  a  beneficial  act  on  the  part 
of  nature  to  relieve  a  dangerously  high  blood-pressure. 
This  fact  should  lead  to  inquiry  into  the  state  of  the  cir- 
culation, particularly  in  all  persons  of  advancing  years, 
who  show  a  tendency  to  epistaxis,  especially  if  uncontrol- 
lable by  the  usual  means.  Relief  from  both  the  loss  of 
blood  and  the  danger  attending  a  markedly  elevated  pres- 
sure may  best  be  accomplished  by  measures  directed  to- 
ward controlling  the  hypertension.  This  in  Hays  experi- 
ence is  best  accomplished  in  emergency  by  large  doses  of 
morphia. 

Renal  and  Biliary  Colic. — Abdominal  pain  accompanying 
these  two  conditions  has  no  effect  upon  blood-pressure, 
unless  obscured  by  a  complicating  nephritis.  This  fact 
should  help  to  differentiate  them  from  tabes  and  from  lead 
colic,  both  of  which  give  a  marked  hypertension. 

Shock. — (See  Surgery,  Chapter  XVI.) 

Tabes  Dorsalis. — Lewellys  F.  Barker  recently  reported 
some  cases  of  this  disease  in  which  the  blood-pressure 
varied  between  190  and  215  mm.  Hg.  Other  authors  have 
had  similar  experience,  noting  the  rise  usually  during  the 
paroxysm  of  abdominal  pain.  Jump^  calls  attention  to 
this  important  differential  point,  that  while  with  abdominal 
pain  in  gastric  crises  of  tabes  the  blood-pressure  is  nearly 
always  markedly  elevated,  it  is  usually  low  or  normal  in 
renal  or  biliary  colic. 

1  International  Clinics.  Vol.  I,  Series  21,  p.  49. 


13 


194 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


Adair's  Table  of  Pulse  and 

Blood 

-pressure  (Momburg  Constriction) 

Pulse 

Blood-pressure 

Case 

During 

After 

During 

After 

Before 

Before 

Max- 

Min- 

Max- 

Min- 

Max- 

Min- 

Max- 

Min- 

imum 

imum 

imum 

imum 

imum 

imum 

imum 

im  vun 

1 

95 

97 

97 

88 

88 

116-118 

132 

122 

118 

112 

2 

104 

103 

103 

106 

106 

144 

148 

90 

144 

124 

3 

86 

96 

96 

94 

94 

114-116 

114 

114 

116 

116 

4 

84 

120 

110 

72 

72 

122 

126 

98 

128 

118 

5 

86 

104 

98 

92 

84 

146 

154 

138 

146 

130 

6 

86 

78 

72 

92 

74 

128 

166 

138 

128 

110 

7 

88-102 

122 

116 

98 

98 

144 

148 

111 

140 

140 

8 

98-120 

136 

120 

t>6 

88 

124 

110 

100 

124 

110 

9 

96 

104 

80 

120 

80 

120 

140 

120 

120 

96 

10 

88 

92 

88 

72 

72 

126 

144 

126 

122 

120 

11 

84 

120 

92 

88 

84 

124 

136 

130 

126 

92 

12 

86-104 

160 

116 

135 

90 

125 

175 

154 

128 

100 

13 

66 

120 

72 

112 

56 

106 

136 

128 

106 

70 

14 

64 

84 

58 

96 

60 

110 

128 

122 

124 

90 

16 

70 

116 

64 

104 

56 

116-118 

184 

158 

122 

110 

16 

84-88 

120 

100 

128 

80 

118 

156 

102 

136 

114 

17 

72 

132 

110 

88 

64 

120 

166 

160 

150 

120 

18 

64 

112 

96 

88 

64 

110 

120 

114 

124 

116 

19    . 

80 

96 

68 

? 

? 

110 

116 

108 

? 

? 

20 

76 

104 

76 

100 

64 

107 

115 

104 

? 

? 

21 

98 

132 

114 

88 

72 

136 

182 

157 

128 

116 

22 

70 

92 

84 

84 

60 

110-112 

126 

115 

114 

110 

23 

82 

92 

84 

84 

72 

138-140 

166 

156 

132 

124 

Thoracic  Aneurysm. — In  thoracic  aneurysm  the  pulsus 
differ  ens  may  be  definitely  determined  by  the  blood- 
pressure  test,  taken  upon  both  arms.  When  taken  by  the 
finger  one  may  be  greatly  mislead  by  the  apparent  findings. 
As  an  example  of  this,  in  one  case  of  undoubted  aneurysm 
of  the  last  third  of  the  arch  the  left  radial  seemed  distinctly 
smaller  than  the  right,  and  the  signs  and  radiograph 
showed  an  aneurysm  located  apparently  so  as  to  interfere 
with  the  flow  of  blood  through  the  left  subclavian,  but  the 
sphygmomanometer  showed  an  average  of  5  mm.  higher 


METABOLIC  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  DISEASES  195 

on  the  left  side  and  an  autopsy  showed  the  sac  just  below 
the  subclavian. 

In  the  differential  diagnosis  between  thoracic  aneurysm 
and  dilatation  of  the  arch  of  the  aorta,  O.  K.  Williamson^ 
says  the  latter  shows  a  greater  increase  in  blood-pressure 
than  the  former,  and  if  the  difference  in  pressure  in  two 
arms  is  30  mm.  or  more,  it  speaks  strongly  for  aneurysm. 
Between  aneurysm  and  mediastinal  tumor  a  difference  be- 
tween the  two  sides  of  20  mm.  or  more  indicates  aneurysm. 
While  these  reports  as  far  as  I  know,  have  not  been  con- 
firmed, and  as  I  have  had  no  experience  in  the  matter, 
they  must  be  taken  with  some  question,  but  may  prove 
of  value  in  aiding  the  elucidation  of  difl&cult  cases. 

1  Lancet,  Nov.  30,  1907. 


CHAPTER  XVI 
BLOOD-PRESSURE  IN  SURGERY 

I  can  introduce  this  subject  in  no  better  manner  than 
by  presenting  the  following  extract  from  a  recent  article 
by  Joseph  C.  Bloodgood^  of  Baltimore,  whose  powers 
of  observation  and  accuracy  of  deduction  have  made 
him  an  authority  on  surgical  pathology. 

"In  view  of  the  fact  that  at  the  present  time  our  scientific 
methods  of  accurately  estimating  the  vital  resistance 
of  the  patient  and  the  factors  of  safety  are  to  a  certain 
extent  so  unreliable  and  the  factors  themselves  so  numerous 
and  the  problems  themselves  so  complicated,  it  is  my  opin- 
ion that  every  patient  should  be  given  the  benefit  of  the 
doubt  and  prepared  for  the  operation  with  the  greatest 
care,  that  the  operation  be  performed  under  the  least 
dangerous  anesthetic,  that  the  manipulations  of  the 
operation  be  made  with  the  least  degree  of  trauma  and 
loss  of  blood  and  that  the  operative  treatment  be  planned 
to  reduce  as  far  as  possible  any  depressant  factors  and 
to  give  the  patient  the  benefit  of  any  improvement  in 
treatment.  In  general  it  is  my  experience  that  as  a  rule, 
certain  things  are  neglected  in  the  majority  of  cases.  These 
are  the  more  careful  investigations  of  the  general  condition 
of  the  patient — the  estimation  of  the  kidney  function 
and  the  blood-pressure  record.  The  time  is  fast  coming 
when  the  individual  will  expect  and  demand  these  more 

» Penna.  Med.  Jour.,  January,  1912,  p.  256. 

196 


BLOOD-PRESSURE    IN    SURGERY  197 

modern,  more  exact  methods  of  diagnosis.  During  the 
last  year,  I  have  paid  considerable  attention  to  routine 
blood-pressure  records  and  at  the  present  time,  I  am  get- 
ting the  impression  that  the  blood-pressure  will  warn  the 
surgeon  of  the  danger  line  before  the  pulse  or  the  respira- 
tion. My  respect  for  the  blood-pressure  record  is  increas- 
ing daily  and  I  would  urge  all  surgeons  to  use  it  in  extra- 
ordinary operations  and  handicapped  patients.  But  to 
learn  to  interpret  blood-pressure  records  one  must  employ 
them  at  all  operations  as  a  routine. 

When  the  blood-pressure  falls  to  100  or  lower,  it  is  time 
to  stop  the  operation  and  give  the  saline  immediately. 
One  point  I  wish  to  make  clear  which  m-any  surgeons 
do  not  seem  to  be  familiar  with,  the  patient  seems  in  fair 
condition  at  the  end  of  the  operation,  but  no  blood-pressure 
record  is  taken.  He  is  lifted  to  the  stretcher,  carried  to 
his  room  and  when  put  to  bed  he  is  found  to  be  in  collapse 
requiring  hurried  treatment.  This  can  be  avoided  in 
most  cases,  if  after  the  operation  is  finished  and  the  bandage 
adjusted,  a  blood-pressure  record  is  taken.  If  this  record 
is  much  lower  than  that  taken  at  the  beginning  of  the 
operation,  it  is  an  indication  that  the  patient  should  not 
be  transported,  but  kept  quiet  on  the  table  and  given 
the  salt  solution  by  all  three  methods.  It  is  important 
therefore  to  investigate  the  patient  before  he  is  lifted  from 
the  table  to  be  transported,  and  to  begin  the  saline  treat- 
ment then,  if  indicated.  I  am  confident  that  this  would 
prevent  many  of  the  cases  of  collapse  or  sudden  vaso- 
motor shocks  which  are  observed  after  the  patient  reaches 
his  bed.  The  surgeon  must  be  familiar  with  the  manipu- 
lations which  produce  shock.     Nothing  helps  him  more 


198  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

to  estimate  this  than  the  blood-pressure.  It  is  to  be 
remembered  that  anything  that  either  diminishes  or 
increases  the  blood-pressure  is  a  stimulation  which  sooner 
or  later  will  lead  to  exhaustion  and  a  fall  of  the  blood- 
pressure.  It  is  the  uniform  rate  of  pulse  and  respiration 
and  the  uniform  blood-pressure  that  indicates  an  operation 
with  the  least  degree  of  shock.  During  the  entire  resection 
of  the  colon  with  anastomosis,  if  done  without  tension 
on  the  vessels  and  nerves,  one  will  observe  very  little 
change  in  the  pulse,  respiration  or  blood-pressure,  but 
the  moment  one  pushes  the  intestines  away  to  suture  the 
rent  in  the  posterior  peritoneum  caused  by  the  removal 
of  the  colon,  the  quiet  patient  moves,  the  pulse  and  respira- 
tion are  more  rapid,  the  blood-pressure  rises  at  once,  and 
if  the  patient^s  factors  of  safety  are  small,  the  blood- 
pressure  quickly  falls  and  the  patient  is  in  shock.  ^' 

The  danger  of  any  anesthetic  depends  chiefly  upon  its 
effect  on  the  circulation,  and  examinations  with  the  sphyg- 
momanometer of  patients  under  anesthesia  show  that  the 
abiUty  to  withstand  its  prolonged  administration  depends 
upon  the  power  of  the  vasomotor  and  cardiomotor  systems 
to  maintain  the  blood-pressure  at  or  near  the  normal  level. 
In  other  words,  as  long  as  a  fair  blood-pressure  is  maintained 
during  anesthesia,  its  administration  can  be  safely  con- 
tinued. This,  of  course,  may  be  modified  by  the  pathologic 
condition  leading  up  to  the  operation,  and  the  patient's 
general  physical  condition  at  the  time  that  the  anesthetic  is 
administered.  The  employment  of  the  sphygmomanom- 
eter has  placed  the  administration  of  anesthetics  upon  a 
firmer  foundation,  and  has  in  every  way  borne  out  the  result 
of  clinical  experience,   as  to  the  relative  safety  of  the 


BLOOD-PRESSURE    IN    SURGERY  199 

anesthetics  commonly  employed.  To-day  the  administra- 
tion of  anesthesia,  except  possibly  of  the  shortest  duration, 
without  routine  blood-pressure  studies  lays  the  surgeon 
open  to  censure,  if  untoward  effects  follow.  Conversely 
the  surgeon  who  employs  the  sphygmomanometer  protects 
himself  in  the  event  of  deaths  under  anesthesia. 

The  importance  of  this  study  was  originally  developed 
and  demonstrated  by  Crile  in  1903^  but  only  during  the 
past  year  or  two  has  it  become  generally  accepted.  It  is 
safe  to  say  that  in  the  near  future,  the  sphygmomanometer 
will  have  almost  as  wide  application  by  surgeons  as  it  now 
has  by  medical  men.  Blood-pressure  observations  can 
usually  be  made  without  difficulty  by  the  anesthetist, 
although  the  undivided  attention  of  another  assistant,  as 
a  student  or  nurse,  who  can  easily  be  trained  to  make  these 
observations,  should  be  used  when  possible.  Observations 
made  during  surgical  operations  should  occur  from  two-  to 
five-minute  intervals  and  when  necessary  an  expert  assistant 
can  give  blood-pressure  reports  once  every  minute. 

In  grave  cases  the  value  of  the  test  becomes  greater  as 
the  interval  of  observation  is  shortened  for  it  is  possible 
for  serious  changes  in  the  circulation  to  occur  in  a  very 
short  space  of  time.  The  observation  to  be  of  greatest 
service  should  be  charted  and  kept  in  view  of  the  surgeon. 
The  value  of  these  observations  lies  not  only  in  the  facility 
with  which  dangerous  alterations  in  blood-pressure  may  be 
detected,  but  also  in  the  fact  that  the  effect  of  respiratory 
and  stimulating  measures  may  be  noted,  so  that  efficient 
dosage  may  be  employed.  These  observations  will  be 
further  increased  in  value  if  the  pulse  rate  is  taken  at 

1  G.  W.  Crile,  Blood-pressure  in  Surgery,  Philadelphia,  1903. 


200  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

regular  intervals  and  reported  on  the  same  chart  with  the 
blood-pressure,  for  it  is  known  that  a  falling  pressure  with 
a  rising  pulse  rate  is  an  indication  for  immediate  action. 
In  the  study  of  blood-pressure  under  anesthetics  it  is  neces- 
sary to  obtain  the  patient's  normal  systolic  pressure  before 
the  anesthesia  is  begun,  and  this  should  if  possible  be  ob- 
tained the  day  before,  or  at  least  previous  to  the  patient's 
final  preparation  and  appearance  in  the  operating-room. 
Observations  made  immediately  before  the  anesthesia  will 
frequently  show  an  abnormally  high  pressure  and  an 
accelerated  pulse  rate.  This  may  be  accounted  for  by  the 
stimulating  effects  of  excitement  and  fright  on  the  cardio- 
motor  and  vasomotor  centers. 

It  must  also  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  blood-pressure 
level  will  be  affected  by  rest  in  bed,  and  by  restricted  diet 
which  usually  precedes  surgical  operations. 

From  a  surgical  standpoint,  the  study  of  the  systolic 
blood-pressure  alone  is  necessary,  because  the  object  of 
the  observation  is  to  follow  changes  in  the  vascular  tension. 

In  order  to  intelligently  employ  the  sphygmomanometer 
during  surgical  operations,  the  surgeon  must  appreciate 
the  influence  of  the  ordinary  steps  of  surgical  procedure, 
as  compared  with  the  extraordinary  and  dangerous  mani- 
festations. As  far  as  reliable  information  is  available  in 
literature  the  following  may  be  stated:  Pain  practically 
always  causes  a  temporary  rise  in  blood-pressure.  In 
abdominal  pain  in  which  the  splanchnic  nerves  are  involved, 
the  pressure  increases  greatly  on  account  of  constriction  of 
the  splanchnic  vessels.  H.  Curschmann^  beheves  that  by 
this  method  we  may  be  able  to  differentiate  between  the 

»  MUnch.  Med.  Woch.,  October  15,  1907. 


BLOOD-PRESSURE   IN    SURGERY  201 

causes  of  abdominal  pain.  He  draws  the  conclusion  from 
certain  observations  which  he  made  that  pain  from  gastric 
and  intestinal  crises  in  tabes  and  in  lead  colic  caused  the 
pressure  to  run  up  to  170  to  200  mm.,  to  drop  again  to 
normal  as  soon  as  the  pain  ceased.  In  pain  from  gastric 
ulcer,  gall-stones  and  appendicitis  there  was  only  a  very- 
moderate  increase.  He  further  made  this  very  interesting 
observation  that  pressure  rose  8-15  mm.  from  electric 
stimulation  of  the  thigh  in  normal  individuals,  but  if  the 
part  stimulated  were  analgesic,  from  hysteria  or  spinal- 
cord  disease,  there  was  no  rise.  He  thinks  this  indicated 
the  reality  of  the  sensory  disturbance  in  hysteria.  The 
rise  from  stimulation  would  serve  to  distinguish  between 
feigned  and  pathological  conditions. 

Influence  of  Operative  Procedures.  Skin  Incision. — 
All  cutting  of  the  skin  involves  the  irritation  of  peripheral 
nerves,  which  ascording  to  Janeway  reflexly  stimulates 
vasoconstriction,  which  shows  itself  by  a  slight  rise  in  the 
pressure  curve.  On  the  contrary.  Lull  and  Turner,  ^  working 
in  the  Jefferson  Clinic  at  Philadelphia,  found  that  the  skin 
incision  resulted  in  a  fall  in  blood-pressure  and  that  this 
was  more  marked  when  the  patient  was  but  slightly 
anesthetized.  They  offer  no  explanation,  but  it  might 
easily  be  explained  on  the  ground  that  the  effect  depends 
upon  the  character  of  nerve  cut,  as  it  is  known  that  pressor 
fibers  occur  in  mixed  nerves.  There  is  room  for  more 
extended  observation  on  this  point.  Whatever  the  effect 
may  be,  it  seldom  amounts  to  more  than  10  mm.  and  there- 
fore does  not  demand  great  consideration.  Crile  from  his 
experience  states  that  a  fall  occurs  when  the  nerve  trunk  is 

1  G.  F.  Lull  and  C.  H.  Turner,  Therapeutic  Gazette,  1911,  p.  94. 


202  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

irritated  and  that  serious  depression  of  blood-pressure  fol- 
lows stretching  of  the  sciatic.  This  he  believes  is  due  to  re- 
flex dilatation  of  the  splanchnic  area.  The  same  investigator 
has  shown  that  manipulation  of  serous  cavities  usually 
cause  a  sharp  fall  which  may  at  times  be  dangerous.  Lull 
and  Turner  demonstrate  that  incision  of  the  peritoneum 
causes  a  transitory  fall  in  blood-pressure.  In  this  connec- 
tion they  make  a  very  important  suggestion,  which  if  true 
will  considerably  modify  present  surgical  custom  and  teach- 
ing. They  contend  that  during  operation,  involving 
severence  of  nerve  trunks  or  their  branches,  the  dangerous 
fall  may  be  modified  and  the  procedure  rendered  more  safe 
by  withdrawal  of  the  anesthetic  at  the  moment  the  incision 
is  made.  Janeway  maintains  that  incision  in  the  perito- 
neum usually  causes  a  sharper  rise  than  skin  incision,  and 
that  subsequently  the  curve  is  downward,  depending  on 
the  extent  and  duration  of  the  operation  and  the  amount 
of  manipulation  and  exposure  of  the  viscera. 

As  might  be  expected,  simple  paracentesis  abdomini 
causes  a  fall  in  pressure,  due  largely  to  a  release  of  intra- 
abdominal pressure,  which  allows  the  splanchnic  area  to 
become  overfilled. 

Capps  and  Lewis ^  noted  that  almost  invariably  aspira- 
tion of  a  pleural  effusion  caused  a  marked  fall  in  blood- 
pressure,  sometimes  to  an  alarming  degree.  They  con- 
cluded that  such  a  marked  change  is  not  a  simple  result 
of  altered  intrathoracic  pressure,  but  is  caused  by  two 
separate  reflexes,  one  a  cardio-inhibitory  and  the  other  a 
vasodilator. 

Gynecologic  Operations. — Reliable  observations,  as  far  as 

*  J.  A.  Capps  and  D.  Lewis,  Am,  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  Dec,  1908. 


BLOOD-PRESSURE    IN    SURGERY  203 

I  am  able  to  learn  agree  with  the  original  studies  of  Crile, 
which  showed  that  manipulations  of  the  pelvic  organs 
caused  a  rise  in  pressure  and  that  this  rise  was  proportionate 
to  the  severity  of  the  traumatism.  The  reports  of  observers 
employing  chloroform  as  an  anesthetic  are  unreliable 
because  of  the  uniform  depressing  effect  of  chloroform 
itself. 

Cord  and  Brain  Operations, — Crile  states  that  dural 
incisions  have  little  or  no  effect  upon  blood-pressure  curve, 
but  that  irritation  such  as  sponging  of  the  spinal  or  cerebral 
dura  mater  causes  a  sharp  fall.  Operations  for  decom- 
pression usually  cause  some  reduction  in  pressure.  The 
amount  depending  somewhat  upon  the  extent  and  nature 
of  the  operation. 

Hemorrhage, — Carl  J.  Wiggins^  has  found  a  frequent 
determination  of  the  pulse  pressure,  in  cases  of  suspected 
internal  hemorrhage  of  great  value  in  differentiating  this 
complication  from  others  accompanied  by  a  falling  blood- 
pressure.  This  author  finds  that  almost  uniformly  a 
progressive  decrease  in  pulse  pressure  and  a  rising  pulse 
rate  after  surgical  procedures  are  indicative  of  continued 
bleeding,  and  that  the  converse  if  persistent  (after  several 
observations)  indicates  a  cessation  of  hemorrhage. 

In  all  operations  control  of  hemorrhage  is  an  important 
factor  in  maintaining  blood-pressure.  When  hemorrhage 
is  sHght  and  well  controlled  the  effect  on  pressure  is  usually 
unimportant  and  does  not  call  for  special  treatment.  On 
the  other  hand,  operations  accompanied  by  considerable 
bleeding  may  result  in  severe  and  dangerous  hypotension. 
The  tendency  to  shock  is  greatly  increased  by  hypotension 

1  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  Sept.,  1910. 


204  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

from  any  cause  during  anesthesia,  but  if  shock  is  success- 
fully combated,  pressure  soon  returns  to  a  safe  level. 

Influence  of  Anesthetics  on  Blood -pressure. — Discussing 
in  the  abstract  the  action  of  anesthetics,  Guy,  Goodall  and 
Heid  remark  that  blood-pressure  may  be  lowered  by  (1) 
depression  of  the  heart  (a)  by  vagus  inhibition,  either  by 
direct  stimulation  of  center  by  the  drug,  or  by  reflex 
stimulation  through  the  nervous  system,  (b)  By  weaken- 
ing of  the  heart  muscle.  2.  Dilatation  of  the  vessel  wall 
or  paralysis  of  vasomotor  tone.  Blood-pressure  may  be 
elevated  by  (1)  stimulation  of  the  heart  (a)  by  excitement 
(b)  by  stimulation  of  the  heart  by  the  drug  (2)  stimulation 
of  the  vasomotor  centers  (a)  by  the  action  of  the  drug  (b) 
by  asphyxia^ 

Experiment  and  clinical  study  show  that  the  different 
anesthetics  in  general  use  affect  the  circulation  and  blood- 
pressure  indifferent  ways,  and  that  the  extent  of  the  depress- 
ing effect  of  the  anesthetic  on  blood-pressure  determines 
in  a  great  measure  the  relative  danger  of  the  anesthetic. 

In  the  following  paragraphs  an  effort  has  been  made  to 
indicate  the  action  of  different  drugs  used  in  the  production 
of  anesthesia  and  to  show  what  blood-pressure  changes 
may  be  expected  to  occur  under  them. 

Ether, — The  opinion  of  all  observers  that  ether  even  in 
large  amounts  seldom  produces  a  significant  fall  in  blood- 
pressure,  has  recently  been  confirmed  by  the  careful  obser- 
vations of  Guy,  Goodall  and  Reid.*  Experimental  study 
upon  animals  shows  that  very  large  amounts  of  ether  may 
be  given  before  any  serious  effect  is  produced  on  the  cardio- 

^  Wm.  Guy,  Alex.  Goodall  and  H.  S.  Reid,  Edinburgh  Med.  Jour.,  August^ 
1911. 


BLOOD-PRESSURE    IN   SURGERY  205 

motor  or  vasomotor  systems.  The  earliest  and  most  effi- 
cient indicator  of  approaching  danger  is  a  marked  fall  in 
blood-pressure.  During  the  administration  of  ether  before 
the  full  anesthetic  effect  is  obtained  there  is  a  moderate 
rise  due  to  mental  excitement  and  muscular  activity. 
When  the  state  of  full  anesthesia  is  reached  the  pulse  and 
blood-pressure  return  to  normal  level.  As  the  patient 
comes  out  of  the  anesthetic  a  moderate  rise  is  often  observed. 
The  administration  of  oxygen  to  hasten  the  return  to  con- 
sciousness always  causes  a  sharp  rise  in  pressure. 

Chloroform, — Almost  without  exception  chloroform 
causes  a  reduction  in  blood-pressure,  which  may  occur  sud- 
denly and  be  dangerous  even  after  small  amounts.  Chloro- 
form if  given  in  too  concentrated  form  may  cause  a  sudden 
and  severe  fall  in  blood-pressure,  from  fatal  inhibition  of  the 
heart  by  direct  stimulation  of  its  inhibitory  center  (Guy, 
Goodall  and  Reid). 

Chloroform  is  dangerous  in  all  stages  of  its  administra- 
tion, the  greatest  danger  is  at  the  beginning  of  the  admin- 
istration. Struggling  by  the  patient  seems  to  increase 
the  bad  effect. 

Nitrous  Oxid. — Nitrous  oxid,  when  given  alone,  usually 
causes  an  elevation  in  blood-pressure,  due  to  the  partial 
asphyxia  induced.  This  rise  is  not  so  marked  when  re- 
breathing  is  allowed  (Guy,  Goodall  and  Reid)  and  is  almost 
entirely  eliminated  when  a  gallon  of  oxygen  is  inhaled  first. 
This  is  a  point  of  value  in  cases  of  essential  hypertension. 
Although  the  employment  of  oxygen  in  this  way  curtails 
by  a  few  seconds  the  available  period  of  anesthesia. 

Nitrous  Oxid-ether  Sequence. — This  condition  causes  a 
gradual  elevation  of  pressure,  until  the  stage  of  complete 


206 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


anesthesia  is  reached,  when  it  has  the  same  effect  as  out- 
lined under  ether  anesthesia. 

Nitrous  Oxid  Combined  with  Oxygen  employed  for  contin- 
uous anesthesia  as  recently  advocated  and  successfully 


|V. 

r-. 

*-y 

Y--. 

? 
'*u 

p*' 

N. 

N 

Nr 

N. 

V" 

- 

1 

195 

190 

185 

180 

~ 

175 

i 

\ 

170 

1 

\ 

165 

/ 

\ 

IGO 

/ 

155 

/ 

\ 

f^^( 

u 

l^L. 

%( 

* 

ISO 

/ 

^t 

145 

J 

MO 

/ 

135 

K. 

/ 

,130 

\ 

k 

/ 

125 

\ 

/ 

120 

■ 

115 

lia 

■ 

100 

- 

\ 

~ 

-95 

V 

so 

^ 

*»  ^ 

■i 

\ 

86 

.  ^ 

^ 

k 

'so 

' 

\ 

^h 

\SA 

^Xa 

75 

\ 

f 

-4 

i-^ 

70 

65 

^ 

1 

FiQ.  33. — Anesthesia  chart.  Nitrous  oxid  and  oxygen,  patient  young, 
adult  male,  white.  Duration  of  administration,  ten  minutes.  2.40,  Patient 
in  chair;  2.42,  anesthesia  begun;  2.44,  analgesia  established;  2.46,  complete 
anesthesia  begun;  2.48,  root  extracted;  2.49  nitrous  oxid  stopped  50  per  cent, 
oxygen  administered;  2.50  patient  conscious;  2.05  patient  left  chair. 
Attention  is  directed  to  primary  effect  of  N,0,  to  gradual  fall  during  anal- 
gesia and  the  marked  rise  immediately  following  the  administration  of  50 
per  cent,  oxygen. 


practised  by  Teter  and  others,  produces  a  primary  rise 
in  blood-pressure,  which  immediately  falls  to  normal, 
as  the  state  of  analgesia  is  reached.     The  proper  control 


BLOOD-PRESSURE   IN   SURGERY  207 

of  the  effect  by  the  oxygen  allows  the  pressure  to  be  main- 
tained at  normal  indefinitely.  Any  increase  in  the  amount 
of  oxygen  or  the  withdrawal  of  the  nitrous  oxid  usually 
causes  a  sudden  and  marked  elevation  in  blood-pressure, 
which  persists  for  from  five  to  fifteen  minutes  after  the 
return  to  consciousness  (Fig.  33). 

Ethyl  Chlorid, — The  administration  of  even  3  or  4  c.c. 
of  this  anesthetic  has  been  followed  by  serious  consequence, 
5  c.c.  has  been  known  to  produce  death  and  any  amount 
over  this  is  considered  dangerous.  Its  effect  is  that  of  a 
powerful  inhibitor  of  both  heart  and  blood-vessel  tone 
causing  constant  fall  in  blood-pressure.  The  pulse  is  not 
usually  much  affected  but  a  dangerous  hypotension  is 
usually  accompanied  by  a  rapid  and  small  pulse.  The 
association  of  oxygen  with  ethyl  chlorid  seems  to  prevent 
the  hypotension  thereby  rendering  the  effect  of  this  anes- 
thetic less  dangerous. 

Cocain, — Crile  reports  very  little  change  in  the  circula- 
tion from  cocain  injections  employed  in  the  usual  manner 
in  safe  dosage.  Fear  and  fright  may  cause  the  curve  to 
become  irregular  and  show  a  slight  rise.  Gushing  states^ 
that  cocain  injections  into  the  spinal  cord  generally  induce 
dangerous  hypotension. 

In  conclusion  it  may  be  stated  that  the  effect  of  any  anes- 
thetic upon  the  circulation  is  of  little  importance  unless 
blood-pressure  is  materially  affected,  and  that  any  disturb- 
ance in  blood-pressure  resulting  from  the  anesthetic  is  a 
symptom  of  great  importance.  An  anesthetic  which  affects 
the  blood-pressure  but  slightly  and  only  when  pushed  to 
saturation  is  certainly  to  be  preferred. 

1  Harvey  Gushing,  Annals  of  Surgery,  1902. 


208  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

OPHTHALMOLOGY 

The  blood-pressure  test  has  lately  found  great  favor 
among  the  ophthalmologists,  particularly  those  devoting 
their  time  to  operative  work. 

Among  the  earlier  careful  studies  into  the  value  of  this 
test,  from  an  ophthalmologic  viewpoint,  in  prognosis, 
diagnosis  and  treatment  was  one  made  by  Fox  and  Batroff  ^ 
and  their  findings  have  since  been  fully  corroborated  by 
many  careful  observers,  among  them  L.  C.  Peter,^  in  1911. 
The  same  author^  directed  attention  to  the  close  relation  of 
high  blood-pressure,  chronic  interstitial  nephritis  and 
albuminuric  retinitis,  showing  that  in  some  degree  at  least, 
there  was  a  direct  relation  between  the  amount  of  increased 
tension  and  the  severity  of  the  symptoms  produced. 

The  studies  of  Fox  and  Batroff  were  directed  largely 
toward  demonstrating  the  relation  between  retinal  hemor- 
rhages and  high  arterial  pressure.  From  a  study  of 
100  cases,  they  concluded  that  'Hhe  true  or  exciting  cause 
of  these  hemorrhages  in  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  cases 
is  a  sudden  transcient  or  a  persistent  abnormal  elevation 
of  the  arterial  pressure.''  And  further  that  *Hhe  blood- 
pressure  should  be  carefully  and  frequently  studied  in 
this  class  of  ophthalmic  cases;  first  with  a  view  to  deter- 
mining the  presence  of  one  of  the  most  frequent  causal 
conditions,  secondly  to  permit  us  to  intelligently  direct  the 
treatment.  The  oculist,  therefore,  often  being  the  first 
physician  to  be  consulted,  should  study  these  patients  with 
the  internist,  in  order  that  the  most  comprehensive  know- 
ledge possible  should  be  available  for  the  sufferer." 

*  Colorado  Medicine,  May,  1909. 

*L.  C.  Peter,  Penna.  Med.  Jour.,  March,  1911. 

*  N.  Y.  Med.  Jour,,  Aug.  20,  1910. 


BLOOD-PRESSURE   IN   SURGERY  209 

The  summary  of  the  findings  of  Fox  and  Batroff's  series 
of  100  cases  of  hemorrhage  is  as  follows: 

Eighty  per  cent,  occurred  coincidently  with  other  dis- 
eased conditions  in  which  hypertension  is  the  rule.  The 
majority  of  retinal  hemorrhages  were  found  in  persons 
suffering  from  chronic  interstitial  nephritis  40  per  cent., 
the  next  most  common  relation  was  arteriosclerosis  27  per 
cent,  and  as  is  well  known  that  these  two  pathologic 
conditions  are  rarely  met  independently  of  each  other  we 
may  say  that  67  per  cent,  of  cases  of  retinal  hemorrhage 
occurred  in  cases  of  cardiovascular-renal  disease. 

These  authors  are  confident  that  high  arterial  tension  is 
an  important  factor  in  the  production  of  acute  glaucoma, 
and  cite  a  case  with  pressure  of  265  mm.  They  strongly 
advocate  the  reduction  of  pressure  by  bleeding  in  all  high- 
pressure  cases  before  attempting  operative  procedures  and 
cite  a  case  in  proof  of  this  argument.  Peter's  later  article 
reiterates  this  statement. 

Jackson^  and  John  Dunn^  are  also  emphatic  in  stating 
that  no  case  of  essential  glaucoma,  either  acute  or  chronic, 
should  be  considered  fully  examined  until  the  blood-pres- 
sure has  been  carefully  studied  by  a  sphygmomanometer. 
In  this  belief  Peter  heartily  concurs. 

-  Dunn  also  discusses  certain  other  cases  of  ocular  disease, 
in  which  the  use  of  the  sphygmomanometer  should  never 
be  neglected,  as  its  revelations  will  not  only  be  helpful 
in  the  proper  understanding  or  existing  ocular  conditions 
and  suggestive  in  prognosis  and  treatment,  but  will  prevent 
blunders  which,  without  this  restraining  influence,  would 

1  Am.  Jour,  of  Ophth.,  Dec,  1909. 
^  Arch,  of  Ophth. 
14 


210  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

be  committed.  As  a  rule  the  higher  the  arterial  pressure, 
the  less  favorable  is  the  eye  for  a  surgical  procedure. 

In  corneal  ulcers  the  blood-pressure  test  may  give  us 
information  as  to  why  the  treatment  does  not  succeed, 
often  being  explained  by  the  presence  of  chronic  kidney 
disease.  A  high  blood-pressure  will  tell  when  not  to 
operate  in  senile  cataracts,  or  at  least  when  the  danger  of 
hemorrhage  may  be  reduced  by  preliminary  blood-pressure 
reducing  measures.  On  the  other  hand,  with  very  high 
blood-pressure  in  persons  past  middle  life,  look  out  for 
retinal  hemorrhages. 

Peter  says  "that  occasionally  one  will  find  early  retinal 
disturbances  and  only  a  moderate  increase  in  blood- 
pressure  150  to  170  mm.  in  young  adults  without  other 
symptoms."  He  reports  two  cases  of  this  type,  but 
beheves  that  these  cases  are  so  few  that  they  really  tend 
to  confirm  the  now  accepted  view  that  increased  blood- 
pressure  is  one  of  the  earliest  premonitory  signs  of  arterio- 
sclerosis, and  chronic  diseases,  and  that  this  combination 
of  conditions  is  the  cause  of  early  retinal  and  arterial 
changes  as  well  as  of  the  later  phenomena. 

Peter  again  calls  attention  to  another  group  of  cases 
in  which  hypertension  plays  an  important  role,  namely, 
spasm  or  ataxia  of  the  retinal  artery  or  branches,  which 
was  first  brought  out  by  Zentmayer  in  1906. 

The  value  of  the  sphygmomanometer  in  the  hands  of 
the  ophthalmic  surgeon  is  now  firmly  established  and  he 
would  be  distinctly  negligent,  who  would  continue  his 
professional  career  without  the  aid  and  guidance  of  the 
information  derived  from  the  blood-pressure  test. 


CHAPTER  XVII 
BLOOD-PRESSURE  IN  OBSTETRIC  PRACTICE 

The  Value  of  Sphygmomanometry. — The  obstetrician 
of  the  present  day  must  have  constant  recourse  to  the 
blood-pressure  test  if  he  would  maintain  the  lead  in  his 
profession.  The  sphygmomanometer  now  ranks  with 
urinalysis  in  the  examination  of  pregnant  women.  In 
the  blood-pressure  test  we  have  a  most  valuable  means 
of  detecting  early  toxemias,  which  often  lead  to  the  eclamp- 
tic state.  The  blood-pressure  test  is  capable  of  early 
furnishing  very  definite  indications  of  departures  from 
normal  metabolism  in  the  pregnant  women.  This  is 
usually  evident  before  the  development  of  any  physical 
signs,  or  of  any  noticeable  change  in  the  urine.  From  a 
pathological  standpoint,  it  is  evident  that  the  close  relation 
between  the  kidney  and  blood-pressure  should  be  a  valuable 
guide  in  this  condition,  since  alterations  in  metabolism 
and  the  overproduction  of  waste  products  and  the  develop- 
ment of  special  toxins  in  the  blood  will  show  themselves 
in  a  gradually  rising  blood-pressure. 

Many  obstetricians  (Hirst,  Baily)  are  now  most 
emphatic  in  insisting  that  reading  blood-pressure  observa- 
tions should  be  made  a  part  of  the  periodical  examination 
of  pregnant  women  and  that  with  the  development  of 
suspicious  signs  and  advances  toward  the  end  of  the 
gestation,  the  intervals  between  the  tests  should  be  short- 
ened, and  that  the  test  should  not  be  omitted  during 

211 


212  BLOOD-PRESSURK 

puerperium,  as  in  this  state  women  may  develop  serious 
toxemia  and  eclamptic  attacks. 

Patients  should  be  required  to  submit  to  the  blood- 
pressure  test  at  least  as  often  as  the  urine  is  examined. 
Indeed  it  would  be  well  to  apply  the  sphygmomanometer 
at  every  convenient  occasion.  Employed  in  this  way, 
with  the  records  properly  charted,  the  blood-pressure 
tests  will  furnish  a  far  more  adequate  guide  to  the  serious- 
ness of  a  pregnancy  nephritis  and  the  urgency  of  inducing 
labor,  than  the  usual  urinalysis  (see  Fig.  34). 

Blood-pressure  during  Pregnancy. — A  series  of  exam- 
inations, made  by  John  C.  Hirst  ^  showed  that  the  average 
systoHc  pressure  at  rest,  in  non-pregnant  women  showing 
no  signs  of  heart  or  kidney  lesions,  was  112  mm.  Hg. 
In  another  series  of  100  pregnant  women,  who  had  no 
evidence  of  kidney  disturbance  or  any  other  sign  of  toxemia, 
gave  an  average  pressure  of  118.  This  average  remains 
practically  unaltered  up  to  seven  and  one-half  months 
after  which  a  slight  gradual  rise  occurs  so  that  by  the 
middle  of  the  last  month  of  pregnancy  the  average  normal 
pressure  is  124  mm.  Hg.  Usually  with  subsidence  of  the 
uterus,  the  pressure  shows  a  slight  fall.  These  findings 
coincide  with  the  observations  of  H.  C.  Baily^  who  made 
1,135  systolic  readings  on  145  normally  pregnant  women. 
Rather  strangely  his  average  systolic  pressure  in  the 
early  months  of  normal  pregnancy  was  also  118  mm.  Hg. 
Naturally  the  individual  readings  vary  greatly  within 
certain  limits,  which  Baily  believes  to  be  insignificant 
unless  it  exceeds  30  mm.  above  the  average,  or  reaches 

» N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  June  11,  1910. 

» Sur.,  Gyn.  and  Obat.,  Vol.  XIII.,  No.  5,  p.  485. 


BLOOD-PRESSURE    IN   OBSTETRIC   PRACIICE  213 

above  148.  Arthur  J.  Benedict^  believes  that  a  pressure 
of  over  125  mm.  Hg.  in  pregnancy  is  not  normal,  but 
indicates  toxemia.  I  have  been  unable  to  find  any  other 
observer  drawing  this  narrow  margin,  and  therefore  feel 
that  this  is  an  unnecessary  narrow  limit  for  normal  varia- 
tion in  pregnancy.  Baily  in  studying  cases  after  the 
onset  of  labor  noted  that  the  pressure  usually  rose  during 
the  first  and  second  stages  remaining  at  140  to  150  mm. 
Hg.  between  pains. 

Hirst  had  noted  that  a  fall  of  pressure  coincides  with  rup- 
ture of  the  membranes,  sometimes  amounting  to  50  or  more 
millimeters,  usually  accompanied  by  marked  relief  from 
headache  and  epigastric  symptoms.  This  is  only  tempor- 
ary, as  the  pressure  gradually  rises  as  labor  continues. 
There  is  a  second  fall  of  60  to  90  mm.  immediately  after 
the  child  is  born,  which  is  also  temporary,  the  pressure 
returning  to  almost  the  level  attained  before  birth.  Pro- 
fuse hemorrhage  or  the  supervention  of  exhaustion  will 
interfere  with  this  rise,  the  degree  of  reduction  in  pres- 
sure indicating  the  seriousness  of  these  complications. 
Obstetric  operations,  according  to  Cook  and  Briggs,^  which 
involve  the  introduction  of  the  hand  into  the  vagina  or 
uterus,  and  instrumental  deliveries,  cause  a  sharp  reflex 
rise  which  has  been  known  to  result  in  rupture  of  a  cerebral 
vessel. 

John  Cooke  Hirst ^  states  that  the  earliest  and  most  con- 
stant sign  of  toxemia  in  the  latter  half  of  pregnancy  is 
a  high  and  constantly  rising  blood-pressure  (Fig.  34),  and 

1  Brit.  Med.  Jour.,  Dec.  3,  1910. 

2  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Reports., 190S,  Vol.  XI.,  451. 
^  New  York  Med.  Jour.,  June  11,  1910. 


214 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


this  symptom  precedes  albuminuria  and  all  the  constitu- 
tional signs  of  an  impending  eclamptic  attack. 

According  to  the  observations  of  Baily,  blood-pressure 
in  early  toxemia  may  be  low;  here  apparently  toxic  sub- 
stances are  circulating  in  the  blood  which  have  a  marked 
influence  on  the  vomiting  center,  but  little  effect  on  the 
vasomotor  apparatus. 

BLOOD  PRESSURE  CHART 


""^•'TO.:v>k:;::: 


MAME 

ADDRESS..^. 
OCCUPATJM 
OIAGNOSld^lUUVM'<XAA< 


AGE  f^Xk  . 

SEX  •3:  .-- 
PHYSICIAN . 


Fig.  34. — May  2,  case  showed  albumin,  scanty  urine,  headaches  and  dizzi- 
ness, symptoms  relieved  by  hot  pack  and  purgation  at  irregularly  repeated 
intervals.  Premature  induction  of  labor  advised  ,but  declined.  Normal 
deUvery  on  August  9.  Treatment  controlled  subjective  symptoms,  but  did 
not  much  effect  the  tendency  to  a  rising  blood-pressure. 

In  the  development  of  toxemia  in  the  latter  months, 
there  is  usually  present  a  blood-pressure  rising  principal 
or  a  harmone  action,  or  else  blood-pressure  is  raised  to 
increase  the  natural  resistance  of  the  body.  He  also  noted 
that  in  the  fulminant  type  of  fatal  toxemia,  in  the  latter 


BLOOD-PRESSURE   IN    OBSTETRIC   PRACTICE  215 

months  the  blood-pressure  may  be  very  low.  In  excep- 
tional cases  Baily  has  shown  that  convulsions  may  occur 
and  yet  the  blood-pressure  be  no  higher  than  155,  and  that 
eclamptic  toxemia  may  be  even  more  severe  when  the  pres- 
sure is  very  low.  This  elevation  should  never  exceed  150 
mm.,  and  the  pressure  should  fall  after  labor  is  finished.  If 
the  pressure  exceeds  this,  it  is  a  warning  of  the  pre-eclamptie 
condition.  If  abnormally  high  pressure  persists  in  the 
third  stage,  or  there  is  little  or  none  of  the  normal  decline, 
measures  for  relief  must  be  instituted  almost  as  urgently 
as  if  the  seizures  were  present. 

T.  M.  Green ^  conveniently  divides  toxemia  of  pregnancy 
in  three  divisions: 

First,  moderate  increase  in  blood-pressure. 

Second,  marked  increase  in  blood-pressure. 

Third,  extreme  increase  of  blood-pressure. 

To  these  may  be  added  the  fourth,  which  is  suggested 
by  the  studies  of  Hirst  and  of  Baily,  namely:  extreme 
eclamptic  condition  in  which  the  blood-pressure  may  be 
low. 

In  the  first  two,  symptoms  disappear  and  blood-pressure 
falls  after  delivery.  In  the  third  and  fourth,  blood-pres- 
sure continues  abnormal,  and  the  disease  usually  progresses 
to  a  rapidly  fatal  termination. 

The  blood-pressure  seems  to  bear  definite  relation  to  the 
type  of  case,  and  its  frequent  observation  should  be  of  great 
value  both  in  prognosis  and  in  treatment. 

According  to  Hirst,  the  highest  pressure  noted  by  him 
in  a  toxemic  case  without  eclampsia  was  192  mm.  The 
highest  in  eclampsia  was  320  mm.     How  high  he  was  im- 

1  Boston  M.  and  S,  Jour.,  April  28,  1910. 


216  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

able  to  determine  because  the  mercury  ran  out  of  the  top 
of  the  tube  before  the  pulse  was  shut  off. 

To  summarize  our  present  knowledge  of  the  relation  of 
blood-pressure  findings,  I  can  do  no  better  than  quote  in 
full  Hirst's  summary,  which  is  as  follows: 

First,  the  normal  blood-pressure  in  normal  healthy  non- 
pregnant women  will  not  vary  much  from  112  mm. 

Second,  the  normal  blood-pressure  in  healthy  pregnant 
women  will  average  close  to  1 18  mm.  A  slight  increase  over 
these  figures  is  to  be  expected  in  the  last  month  of  pregnancy. 

Third,  blood-pressure  in  toxemia  in  the  first  half  of  preg- 
nancy associated  with  pernicious  vomiting  is  usually  low. 

Fourth,  blood-pressure  in  the  latter  half  of  pregnancy,  as- 
sociated with  albuminuria  and  eclampsia,  is  invariably  high. 

Fifth,  a  high  and  rising  blood-pressure  is  an  invariable 
and  very  often  the  earliest  sign  of  toxemia  in  the  latter  half 
of  pregnancy. 

Sixth,  upon  the  rupture  of  the  membranes,  there  is  an 
immediate  fall  of  pressure  of  from  60  to  90  mm^  This  fall 
is  temporary  only,  but  is  attended  with  marked  relief  in 
the  headache  and  epigastric  pain  these  patients  so  fre- 
quently complain  of.  The  relief  from  these  symptoms  lasts, 
however,  for  some  hours  after  the  pressure  returns  to  near 
its  original  height,  which  is  shortly  after  the  first  fall.  A 
similar  fall,  by  much  slighter,  is  noticed  after  a  sweat  bath. 

Seventh,  there  is  a  second  fall  of  from  60  to  90  mm.  after 
the  child  is  born.  This  again  is  only  temporary,  and  in  from 
fifteen  to  thirty  minutes,  if  a  patient  has  not  bled  profusely, 
the  pressure  returns  to  about  its  level  before  the  birth. 

Eighth,  usually  in  eclampsia,  the  pressure  remains  high 
for  forty-eight  hours  after  the  birth  then  begins  to  subside 


BLOOD-PRESSURE   IN   OBSTETRIC    PRACTICE 


217 


and  reaches  the  normal  of  from  118  to  124  mm.  in  from 
seven  to  ten  days  after  delivery. 

Ninth,  as  far  as  it  is  possible  to  lay  down  any  rules  in 
these  cases  we  may  say  that  a  blood-pressure  of  below  125 
mm.  could  be  disregarded,  a  pressure  of  from  125  to  150 

BLOOD  PRESSURE  CHART 


tETifVw^.':tt!"Ci!  !'.!*!! 


CHA 

NAME 

ADDRESS 


AGE%.'k.. 
COUOR   "U/". 


OCCUPATIOH 

8EX    .<J 

PHYSICIAN.  .  . 

3 

n 

> 

0— 

fv 

a 

[vQ 

f\/ 

ojU 

, 

200 

li" 

u 

M 

^ 

i 

1 

T 

10 

i*- 

5' 

195 

190 

185 

180 

) 

s, 

175 

s 

/ 

I 

/ 

\ 

170 

\ 

/ 

'( 

m 

\ 

I 

160 

\ 

\ 

155 

\ 

\ 

150 

^ 

\ 

145 

\ 

140 

\ 

135 

\ 

130 

] 

125 

120 

s 

* 

115 

' 

110 

lOS 

100 

95 

M 

Fig.  35. — Term  calculated  to  March  30,  labor  induced  March  9.  Feb- 
ruary 5,  ankles  edematous,  marked  gastric  irritation,  large  amount  of 
albumin  in  urine.  This  condition  not  reheved  by  treatment.  March  7, 
urine  boiled  nearly  solid.  March  9,  labor  induced;  March  10,  delivered; 
April  3,  albumin  absent,  patient  normal. 

mm.  needs  careful  watching  and  moderate  eliminative  treat- 
ment, and  that  a  pressure  of  over  150  mm.  needs  usu- 
ally active  eliminative  treatment,  and  will  in  all  probability, 
especially  if  it  shows  a  tendency  to  climb  higher,  require  the 
induction  of  premature  labor.     (Fig.  35.) 


CHAPTER  XVIII 
BLOOD-PRESSURE  IN  LIFE  INSURANCE 

Since  the  publication  of  the  author's  review  of  the  blood- 
pressure  situation  among  life  insurance  companies  in  1909^ 
the  value  of  this  test  as  an  aid  in  determining  the  accepta- 
bility of  life  insurance  risk  has  rapidly  increased,  so  that  at 
the  present  time  very  few,  if  any,  large  insurance  companies 
fail  to  appreciate  the  value  of  this  procedure  in  life  insurance 
examinations. 

By  this  test  we  may  very  early  detect  signs  of  beginning 
pathologic  change  in  the  cardiovascular  system  and  in  the 
kidneys  often  before  there  is  any  demonstrable  evidence  of 
departure  from  normal  either  in  the  physical  signs,  personal 
history  or  urine.  This  is  chiefly  because  the  apparent 
character  of  the  pulse,  and  the  examination  of  the  super- 
ficial vessels,  does  not  always  portray  the  actual  condition 
of  the  general  arterial  tree  or  the  degree  of  arterial  tension. 
We  fail  to  learn  that  the  true  condition  of  the  arteries  may 
not  have  been  apparent,  that  the  heart  has  begun  to  hyper- 
trophy, and  that  chronic  nephritis  or  cerebral  arterial  rup- 
ture may  develop  at  any  time.  Clinicians  have  agreed  that 
the  estimation  of  arterial  tension  or  blood-pressure  by  the 
usual  means  is  most  unsatisfactory,  and  in  any  cas§  unre- 
liable and  often  misleading.  Even  the  most  experienced 
have  been  unconsciously  led  into  grave  error  by  depending 

*  The  Status  of  the  Blood-pressure  Observations  in  Life  Insurance  Exam- 
inations, New  York  Med.  Jour.,  July  23,  1910. 

218 


BLOOD-PRESSURE    IN   LIFE    INSURANCE  219 

upon    tactile    sensations    when    the    sphygmomanometer 
should  have  been  employed. 

To  quote  from  Wm.  RusselP  we  find  the  following  very 
significant  statement:  '^I  must,  however,  again  add  a 
warning  note  to  the  effect  that  feeling  the  radial  pulse  is 
not  always  a  reliable  guide  as  to  what  the  blood-pressure 
will  read.  I  have  two  such  cases  under  observation,  the 
radial  being  neither  hard  nor  incompressible,  and  yet  in 
both  there  is  a  steady  reading  of  over  200  mm.  Hg.^' 

Many  times  we  may  feel  a  soft  and  compressible  radial 
where  there  exists  marked  sclerosis  of  the  aorta  and  of  the 
splanchnic  area.  Here  only  the  blood-pressure  test  reveals 
the  true  situation.  In  other  instances  the  reading  of  the 
sphygmomanometer  may  explain  the  significance  of  an 
apparently  simple  headache,  a  mild  attack  of  indigestion, 
or  transitory  attacks  of  vertigo  in  an  apparently  healthy 
individual,  by  demonstrating  that  these  cases  have  suffered 
from  a  long-continued  toxemia,  which  has  resulted  in  an 
unsuspected  pathologic  change  in  the  cerebral  or  general 
vessels. 

From  the  subjective  standpoint,  it  is  now  well  recognize 
that  such  pathologic  changes  may  be  present  in  the  cardio- 
vascular and  renal  systems,  long  before  any  suggestive 
symptoms  are  complained  of  by  the  individual,  or  if  any 
complaint  is  made,  the  symptoms  are  usually  attributed  to 
some  trivial  cause. 

Normal  or  Ordinary  Variations. — It  is  necessary  to 
recognize  in  this  connection  the  activity  of  such  usual  but 
unimportant  factors  as  alimentary  hypertension,  so  well 
described  by  Russell,  occurring  in  normal  vessels,  and  due 

1  Arteriosclerosis,  Hypertonus  and  Blood-pressure,  1908. 


220  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

to  errors  in  diet  of  either  quantitative  or  qualitative  origin. 
These  respond  immediately  to  the  correction  of  such  errors 
together  with  stimulation  of  the  eliminative  functions. 
Of  further  interest,  particularly  to  the  life  insurance  ex- 
aminer, are  the  so-called  physiologic  variations  depending 
on  age,  sex,  mental  and  physical  excitement,  fatigue,  etc. 

These  must  all  be  taken  into  consideration  in  estimating 
the  character  and  class  of  risk.     (See  Chapter  IV.) 

Such  variations  need  not  confuse  the  examiner,  as  they 
all  occur  within  a  range  sufficiently  restricted  to  prevent 
them  from  obscuring  the  issue.  The  only  one  which  needs 
special  consideration  is  the  age  factor.  To  determine  this, 
many  tables  have  been  suggested  and  devised  in  an  effort 
to  indicate  the  normal  average  systolic  pressure  for  any 
given  age.  While  these  are  correct  and  can  be  applied, 
they  are  difficult  to  employ  and  hence  are  unsatisfactory, 
as  their  use  entails  reference  to  a  table  or  the  carrying  of 
many  figures  constantly  in  mind. 

Formula  to  Estimate  Normal  Pressure. — To  simphfy 
this,  the  author  suggested  a  formula,  based  upon  a  large 
number  of  observations  of  his  own  and  of  others,  which 
can  be  universally  applied.  The  average  obtained  by  the 
formula  agrees  closely  with  the  experience  of  most  observers, 
and  since  its  first  publication  in  IQlOMt  has  been  extensively 
quoted  and  is  now  employed  by  at  least  one  insurance 
company.  (The  Provident  Life  and  Trust  Company, 
Philadelphia.)  As  originally  suggested,  it  was  as  follows: 
''Consider  the  average  normal  systolic  blood-pressure  in 
the  male  at  age  twenty  to  be  120  mm.  of  Hg. ;  for  each  year 

*  The  Sphygmomanometer  and  its  Practical  Application,   Pilling  Co., 
Philadelphia,  1910. 


BLOOD-PRESSURE   IN  LIFE   INSURANCE  221 

of  life  thereafter  1/2  mm.  to  120."  Later  it  seemed  advis- 
able to  eliminate  the  fraction,  and  this  was  done  by  changing 
the  phraseology  to  read  as  follows:  '^ Consider  the  normal 
average  systolic  blood-pressure  of  a  male,  age  twenty  to 
be  120  mm.,  then  add  1  mm.  to  every  additional  two  years 
of  life."  In  both  the  formulas  the  result  is  the  same,  thus 
at  the  age  thirty  the  normal  average  systolic  blood-pressure 
would  be  125,  sixty,  140  mm.,  etc.  It  is  sufficiently  es- 
tablished to  pass  without  question  that  the  normal  average 
blood-pressure  for  females  at  the  same  ages  is  approximately 
10  mm.  less  than  that  for  the  male. 

Permissible  Variations. — It  is  not  sufficient  to  estabUsh 
a  normal  average  with  which  to  rate  the  risk  but  it  is 
necessary  also  to  determine  what  variations  above  and 
below  this  shall  be  permitted  to  pass  as  normal.  Unfortu- 
nately with  the  evidence  at  hand,  this  question  cannot  be 
definitely  answered,  for  existing  statistics  do  not  agree. 
As  far  as  can  be  gathered  from  many  published  reports  of 
blood-pressure  tests,  a  variation  of  36  mm.  in  normal  in- 
dividuals is  deemed  not  to  exceed  normal.  If  we  accept 
this,  then  a  variation  of  17  mm.  above  or  below  the 
normal  average  may  be  allowed.  Thus  at  age  twenty 
any  reading  of  over  137  or  below  103  would  call  for  ex- 
planation, while  at  age  thirty  the  permissible  variation 
lies  between  157  mm.  and  123  mm.  In  all  determinations 
of  blood-pressure,  the  factor  of  the  diameter  of  the  cuff 
employed  and  the  type  of  instrument  used  in  making  the 
test  must  be  considered,  assuming,  of  course,  that  the 
accuracy  of  the  instrument  itself  is  beyond  dispute. 

At  the  present  time  the  accepted  standard  for  the  width 
of  cuff  is  between  4  1/4  and  5  in.  (11  cm.  to  13  cm.).     A  cuff 


222  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

of  narrower  width  gives  higher  readings  in  proportion  to 
the  narrowness  of  the  cuff. 

Applications. — As  a  routine  measure,  the  left  arm  should 
be  employed  and  be  bared  to  permit  application  of  the  cuff. 
Both  patient  and  operator  should  be  in  comfortable  posi- 
tions, preferably  the  sitting  posture.  Nervous  individuals 
should  be  assured  of  the  harmlessness  of  the  test,  and  have 
their  attention  diverted  from  the  proceeding.  Time  also 
should  be  allowed  to  permit  the  circulation  to  become 
quieted,  as  after  rapid  walking,  stair  climbing,  etc. 

In  the  presence  of  a  developing  arteriosclerosis,  the  blood- 
pressure  need  not  be  greatly  increased.  An  elevation  of 
30  to  40  mm.  above  that  estimated  as  normal  for  the 
individual  is  significant  and  demands  explanation.  On 
the  other  hand  a  rise  of  even  this  amount  should  never  be 
hastily  assigned  to  arteriosclerosis,  or  the  risk  rejected 
without  further  study.  When  there  is  any  doubt  as  to  the 
accuracy  of  his  finding,  the  operator  should  apply  the  test 
to  the  patient  upon  a  subsequent  occasion,  before  making 
his  report. 

Nephritis. — Bearing  in  mind  the  difficulty  of  early 
diagnosis  in  cases  of  chronic  nephritis  by  a  single  urin- 
alysis, particularly  in  individuals  apparently  in  normal 
health,  the  importance  of  a  blood-pressure  test  will  be 
apparent,  because  it  is  recognized  that  we  cannot  have 
permanent  kidney  change  without  a  constant  elevation 
in  blood-pressure,  and  even  in  the  presence  of  albumin  or 
casts,  we  may  question  their  true  significance.  Here  a 
persistently  high  blood-pressure,  say  150  mm.  or  over,  in 
an  individual  below  middle  age  will  settle  the  question  at 
least  in  regard  to  the  risk.     The  presence  alone  of  scanty 


BLOOD-PRESSURE   IN  LIFE   INSURANCE  223 

albumin  and  casts  in  the  urine  is  not  conclusive  evidence  of 
a  diseased  kidney,  as  these  elements  may  come  from  any 
number  of  transitory  and  comparatively  unimportant 
complications.  The  blood-pressure  test  will  serve  as  a 
check,  so  that  the  applicant  with  a  normal  blood-pressure 
whose  urine  has  occasionally  shown  albumin  and  casts  will 
not  immediately  be  rejected,  and  such  individuals  will  be 
given  the  benefit  of  the  doubt  and  the  company  thereby 
relieved  from  committing  grave  injustice. 
.  Besides  the  physiologic  variations  already  mentioned, 
the  examiner  employing  the  blood-pressure  test  must 
endeavor  to  control  as  much  as  possible  the  conditions 
surrounding  the  observation,  otherwise  the  data  as  for- 
warded to  the  home  ofiice  may  be  misleading.  Every  effort 
should  be  made  to  find  what  is  the  actual  blood-pressure 
of  the  individual.  More  than  one  observation  should  be 
made  when  necessary  in  order  to  avoid  reporting  an  abnor- 
mally high  pressure,  influenced  temporarily  by  emotion, 
violent  exercise,  digestion  posture  or  alcoholic  stimulation. 
Overweights. — The  overweights  demand  careful  con- 
sideration by  the  insurance  examiner.  This  is  a  group 
which  shows  an  unfavorable  mortality  in  life  insurance 
statistics,  particularly  in  the  higher  ages.  It  should  be 
remembered  that  the  amount  of  adipose  tissue  covering 
the  vessels  does  not  materially  affect  the  reading,  as  cases 
of  very  large  arms  present  readings  of  normal  or  even 
below,  so  that  findings  of  high  pressure  should  be  attributed 
to  some  other  cause.  In  a  person  of  modern  overweight 
in  whom  nothing  in  the  physical  examination  or  history 
indicates  rejection,  the  final  decision  is  often  made  upon  the 
relation  of  the  blood-pressure  test.     Accepting  this  when  the 


224  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

pressure  is  found  normal,  and  declining  when  the  pressure 
reduces  or  passes  high  normal  hmit. 

Chronic  Myocarditis. — This  is  probably  the  most  difficult 
condition  to  diagnose  which  is  met  in  the  course  of  insurance 
work.  Its  possible  presence  must  always  be  borne  in  mind 
and  every  effort  made  to  eliminate  it  in  the  examination, 
particularly  in  those  past  middle  life,  and  in  those  present- 
ing past  history  of  hard  physical  labor,  excessive  brain 
work,  alcoholism  and  syphilis.  This  will  of  course  not  be 
difficult  to  recognize,  when  the  disease  has  progressed 
sufficiently  to  affect  the  general  health  of  the  individual. 
It  is  in  the  early  stages,  where  the  usual  method  examina- 
tion fails  to  reveal  it,  that  the  sphygmomanometer  is  of 
greatest  value.  In  the  early  cases  the  systoUc  pressure 
need  not  be  materially  affected,  so  that  recourse  must  be 
had  to  the  functional  tests  of  Graupner  and  Shapiro,  and 
to  a  study  of  the  diastolic  and  pulse  pressures,  by  which 
changes  in  normal  reserve  of  the  heart,  and  the  strength  and 
volume  of  its  output  can  be  estimated.  (See  page  164.) 
Regarding  the  question  of  diastolic  and  pulse  pressures, 
there  is  but  little  definitely  known,  although  several 
conditions  are  now  recognized  as  affecting  these  readings, 
which  can  be  applied  in  health  examinations  and  used  to 
advantage  in  the  work  of  the  insurance  examiner.  Thus 
arteriosclerosis,  on  account  of  diminished  elasticity  of  the 
blood-vessels,  will  show  an  increased  pulse  pressure  (over 
40  mm.)  and  the  more  extensive  this  change  in  the  vessels, 
the  greater  will  the  pulse  pressure  be.  This  condition  may 
be  demonstrated  in  a  suspect  even  before  the  systolic 
pressure  has  permanently  passed  the  normal  high  Umit  of 
health. 


BLOOD-PRESSURE    IN   LIFE    INSURANCE  225 

Incipient  Tuberculosis. — The  presence  of  a  slightly- 
lowered  blood-pressure  accompanied  by  a  slight  elevation 
in  pulse  rate,  with  or  without  fever,  combined  with  a 
history  of  slight  loss  of  weight,  is  very  suggestive  evidence 
of  an  existing  pulmonary  lesion.  In  tuberculosis  the 
blood-pressure  is  usually  low  and  the  pulse  pressure 
diminished. 

In  this  connection  Haven  Emerson^  states  that  hypo- 
tension is  found  in  almost  all  cases  of  moderately  advanced 
tuberculosis  and  that  it  has  been  found  by  many  observers 
in  early  doubtful  or  suspected  cases  with  or  without 
physical  signs  of  the  disease  of  the  lungs,  and  that  it  is  con- 
sidered by  competent  clinicians  as  a  most  useful  sign.  Cook 
also  states  that  low  blood-pressure,  if  persistently  found  in 
individuals  or  in  families  should  put  us  on  our  guard  for 
tuberculosis.  In  applicants  of  light  weight  and  a  blood- 
pressure  of  100  or  under  and  of  poor  family  history,  the 
risk  is  bad.     (See  also  page  179.) 

Blood-pressure  in  Relation  to  Mortality. — Dr.  J.  W. 
Fisher  of  the  Northwestern  Mutal  Life  Insurance  Company, 
has  produced  some  very  valuable  work^  by  drawing  con- 
clusions from  a  study  and  analysis  of  the  mortality  statistics 
of  that  Company  beginning  1907  and  continuing  until  the 
middle  of  1911.  The  report  in  full,  more  than  confirms 
present  opinions  regarding  the  value  of  the  blood-pressure 
test  in  the  study  of  the  cardiovascular  and  renal  systems. 

From  a  study  of  2,668  insured  taken  from  the  actuary's 
tables  giving  blood-pressure  readings  between  140  and  149 
mm.  Hg.,  had  81.85  expected  deaths,  31  actual  deaths,  a 

1  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  1910. 

2  Medical  Record,  October  21,  1911. 

J5 


226  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

percentage  of  37.87  which  was  slightly  below  the  normal 
death  rate  of  the  company  on  exposure  of  two  years.  He 
shows  another  table  of  mortality  records  of  527  insured 
persons  with  a  blood-pressure  reading  of  150  mm.  Hg.  and 
over  with  22.19  expected  deaths  and  actual  deaths  12, 
which  is  about  35  per  cent,  in  excess  of  the  general  average 
mortality  of  the  company  covering  the  same  period  and 
10  per  cent,  higher  than  the  general  average  mortality  dur- 
ing the  first  five  years  of  exposure  covering  the  twenty  years 
period  1885  to  1905. 

He  further  shows  a  mortality  record  of  782  persons,  de- 
clined for  insurance,  in  whom  the  blood-pressure  averaged 
171.03  mm.  Hg.,  21.61  expected  deaths  with  32  actual 
deaths,  a  percentage  of  155.27  or  almost  four  times  greater 
than  the  general  average  of  the  company.  In  another 
table  are  shown  366  cases  rejected  in  which  there  were 
reported  no  other  impairments  than  high  blood-pressure  at 
the  time  the  application  was  received  at  the  home  office. 
The  expected  deaths  were  10.14,  the  actual  deaths  14,  or 
138.17  per  cent,  of  the  table.  Efforts  made  to  follow  care- 
fully these  366  cases  in  order  to  secure  data  as  to  the  sub- 
sequent physical  condition  of  these  applicants,  more  than 
justified  the  opinion  that  the  sphygmomanometer  was  one 
of  the  earliest,  if  not  the  very  earliest,  means  of  detecting 
departures  from  normal  in  this  group  of  cases,  as  many  im- 
pairments were  later  discovered  or  developed  in  a  large 
number  of  cases  rejected  for  high  pressure  only. 


CHAPTER  XIX 
METHODS  OF  CONTROLLING  BLOOD -PRESSURE 

Causes  of  Failure. — A  large  number  of  the  unsuccessful 
results  in  the  treatment  of  cardiovascular  renal  diseases  can 
be  traced  to  one  or  more  of  the  following  causes : 

1.  The  diagnosis  is  not  made  sufficiently  early. 

2.  The  case  may  have  been  poorly  or  incompletely 
studied. 

3.  The  predisposing  causes  have  not  been  found. 

4.  As  a  result,  the  condition  is  but  imperfectly  understood. 

5.  The  therapy  is  irrational  because  it  is  based  upon  an 
incomplete  knowledge  of  the  case  in  question,  plus  a  defi- 
cient knowledge  of  therapeutic  methods  by  drugs  or 
other  measures. 

6.  Too  great  dependence  has  been  placed  upon  drugs 
alone,  especially  the  vasodilators,  to  the  neglect  of  the 
newer  so-called  physiologic  methods. 

It  may  be  said  in  general  that  while  drugs  are  at  times 
invaluable  in  the  treatment  of  pathologic  circulatory  con- 
dition, especially  in  emergency,  their  value  is  usually  much 
overestimated.  The  secret  of  successful  treatment  usually 
lies  in  a  careful  study,  an  early  and  complete  diagnosis, 
rigid  supervision  and  regulation  of  the  individuals  habits, 
rather  than  attempts  to  lower  blood-pressure  and  relieve 
symptoms  by  the  employment  of  drugs.  A  properly  con- 
ducted study  will  sometimes  yield  gratifying  results  even  in 

227 


228  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

advanced  cases,  and  at  times  in  those  cases  commonly 
regarded  as  hopeless. 

The  most  satisfactory  results  naturally  follow  complete 
examination  immediately  following  the  appearance  of  the 
first  suggestive  sign  or  symptom  of  impairment  of  the  circu- 
latory apparatus.  This  should  be  followed  by  a  careful 
estimate  of  the  functional  power  left  in  the  impaired  organs 
and  the  immediate  adoption  of  a  life  and  habits  suited  to 
the  hmitations  determined.  Thus  we  attempt  to  produce 
an  adjustment  of  the  individuaFs  Ufe  which  is  an  equiva- 
lent to  relative  good  health.  By  correct  diagnosis  the  full 
meaning  of  this  phrase  is  meant  and  not  the  mere  state- 
ment that  the  patient  has  ^^cardiovascular  renal  disease." 

To  arrive  at  a  correct  diagnosis,  one  must  take  a  full  his- 
tory including  a  complete  analysis  of  social  history  and 
personal  habits,  carefully  considering  both  business  and 
social  activities,  making  a  complete  physical  examination, 
including  blood  and  urine  examinations,  and  the  blood- 
pressure,  not  omitting  the  functional  tests.  In  fact  the 
success  of  treatment  depends  chiefly  upon  the  completeness 
in  which  the  problem  of  each  case  is  studied.  Next  upon 
the  intelligence  with  which  the  remedies  are  employed  and 
only  secondarily  to  the  particular  remedial  measures 
applied. 

The  material  presented  in  this  chapter  has  been  care- 
fully complied  from  literature  which  appeared  during  the 
past  three  years,  and  represents  broadly  the  various  meas- 
ures recognized  to  be  of  value  in  combating  the  dangers 
of  this  condition.  The  reader  must,  however,  not  lose  sight 
of  the  fact  that  hypertension  or  elevation  of  blood-pressure 


METHODS    OF    CONTROLLING  BLOOD-PRESSURE  229 

is  very  rarely  a  disease  by  itself,  which  is  to  be  combated 
purely  for  the  effect  which  the  measures  employed  may 
have  upon  it.  On  the  contrary,  hypertension  is  as  a  rule 
merely  a  symptom,  occurring  in  the  course  of  certain  patho- 
logic conditions  developing  within  the  human  economy, 
and  bearing  close  and  often  important  relation  to  disease 
in  certain  systems  or  organs.  Too  much  stress  has  been 
laid  upon  this  one  symptom,  and  the  tendency  of  late  has 
been  to  speak  of  hypertension  as  though  it  were  the  whole 
disease,  and  the  main  object  of  therapeutic  attack.  Such 
a  condition  is  unfortunate  and  greatly  to  be  deplored,  as 
such  an  attitude  obscures  the  vision  of  the  investigator 
often  leading  him  into  serious  error.  Only  occasionally 
is  hypertension  the  most  important  symptom  calling  for 
relief.  On  the  other  hand,  it  may  be  the  only  cheering 
symptom  in  an  otherwise  unpromising  anamnesis,  where 
it  is  often  a  wise  provision  on  the  part  of  nature  to  augment 
or  maintain  the  activity  of  certain  organs  notably  the 
kidneys  and  to  preserve  their  function  which  would  other- 
wise suffer  from  an  insufficient  circulation. 

Direct  therapeutic  measures  aimed  at  distinct  patho- 
logic conditions,  will  not  be  considered  as  they  are  beyond 
the  object  and  scope  of  this  book.  This  chapter  will  con- 
sist more  of  a  resum6  of  existing  literature  and  will  be  more 
in  the  nature  of  a  reference  chapter  to  be  consulted  when 
knowledge  of  the  relative  value  of  certain  measures  is 
desired,  and  when  the  effect  of  any  particular  drug  is  in 
doubt. 

The  classification  of  drugs  and  other  therapeutic  measures 
which  follows  is  somewhat  arbitrary,  and  is  more  a  matter 
of  convenience  than  of  science. 


230  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

Measures  Employed  to  Reduce  Blood-pressure. — Under 
this  heading  will  be  discussed  first  those  drugs  directly 
influencing  blood-pressure  through  their  specific  action 
on  the  arterial  wall,  or  on  the  vasomotors — the  vaso- 
dilators; second,  a  miscellaneous  group  of  drugs  which 
are  valuable  chiefly  for  their  secondary  effect  on  reducing 
blood-pressure;  and  third,  a  group  of  physiologic  or  drug- 
less  measures  which  have  recently  been  employed  with 
success  in  combating  hypertension  and  the  symptoms 
resulting  therefrom. 

The  Vasodilators. — This  group  of  drugs  belongs  to  that 
large  and  indefinite  class  known  as  depressomotor.  It 
has  a  distinctly  sedative  action  upon  the  spinal  cord 
and  other  centers,  and  acts  chiefly  by  reducing  nervous 
irritabiUty. 

The  several  drugs  belonging  to  this  group,  while  having 
much  in  common,  vary  in  their  selective  activity,  thus 
while  they  all  have  a  tendency  to  reduce  arterial  pressure, 
this  effect  in  many  instances  occurs  only  after  the  admin- 
istration of  a  toxic  dose. 

The  most  important  vasodilators  are: 

Amyl  nitrite  Mannitol  hexanitrate 

Nitroglycerin  Vasotonin 

Potassium  nitrite  Diuretin 

Sodium  nitrite  Agurin 
Erythrol  tetranitrate 

They  act  chiefly  by  causing  dilatation  of  the  arterioles 
and  capillaries  with  consequent  reduction  in  arterial 
blood-pressure.  Besides  varying  in  the  amount  of  the  drug 
required  to  obtain  a  physiologic  action,  these  drugs  differ 
greatly,  also  in  their  rapidity  of  action,  the  amount  of 
reduction  and  the  duration  of  effect  obtained.     It  is  im- 


METHODS    OF    CONTROLLING  BLOOD-PRESSURE  231 

portant,  therefore,  to  consider  individually  the  more  com- 
monly employed  members  of  this  group. 

Amyl  Nitrite  as  a  representative  member  of  this  group 
will  be  discussed  critically.  On  account  of  its  volatility, 
this  drug  is  usually  dispensed  in  glass  pearls.  These  are 
to  be  crushed  and  the  fumes  immediately  inhaled.  The 
first  effect  of  inhalation  is  hurried  and  panting  breathing, 
followed  by  progressive  muscular  weakness  and  cutaneous 
flushing.  Toxic  doses  gradually  reduce  reflex  activity 
until  death  occurs  from  respiratory  failure.^ 

Effect  on  Circulation. — The  pulse  is  increased  in  fre- 
quency and  the  arterial  blood-pressure  is  rapidly  dimin- 
ished. This  action  is  due  to  a  dilatation  of  the  small  vessels 
from  the  direct  action  of  the  drug  circulating  in  the  blood 
upon  the  walls  of  the  arterioles  and  capillaries  (Experi- 
ment of  Brunton).  At  the  same  time  the  drug  has  a 
minor  influence  on  the  vasomotor  centers. 

Administration. — This  is  usually  by  inhalation,  but 
it  may  be  by  the  mouth  or  hypodermatically.  Dose  by 
inhalation  1/2  mm.;  by  the  mouth  two  to  three  drops  on 
a  lump  of  sugar  to  be  taken  instantly;  hypodermatically 
1  to  3  mm.  The  drug  is  comparatively  free  from  danger; 
as  much  as  two  drams  given  within  two  hours  have  been 
without  serious  effect  (Wood). 

All  the  members  of  the  vasodilator  group  have  essentially 
the  same  action  on  the  circulation,  varying  slightly  because 
of  particular  minor  characteristics  of  the  individual  drugs. 
Space  will  not  allow  a  more  extended  discussion  here. 

The  following  table  has  been  constructed  from  the  most 
recent    literature    covering    clinical    investigations    upon 

1  H.  C.  Wood,  "Therapeutics,"  J.  B.  Lippincott  Co.,  Philadelphia. 


232 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


the  effect  of  these  drugs.  A  study  of  the  table  will  indicate 
clearly  the  relative  value  of  the  several  drugs  included 
in  this  group.  The  selection  of  the  particular  drug  to  be 
employed  will  depend  upon  the  character  of  the  case,  the 
urgency  of  immediate  action,  and  the  effect  desired.  For 
a  more  complete  consideration  of  these  drugs  in  the  treat- 
ment of  disease  with  high  arterial  pressures,  the  reader 
is  referred  to  other  chapters  in  this  work.  This  table 
has  been  constructed  from  the  clinical  statistical  reports 
of  Wallace  and  Ringer,^  Matthiew,^  J.  L.  Miller,^  and 
Lauder  Brunton.* 


Drug 

Effectual 
dose 

Begin 
effect 

Max. 

effect 

in 

Mm. 
reauct. 

Duration 

Dose, 

interval 

Amyl  nitrite 

1-3  mm... 
inhalation. 
1-2  mm. . . 

1/2  gr. . . . 
0.6-1.5... 
1  gr 

1  min. 

2  min. 

10  min. 
15  min. 

2  min. 

2  min. 

6  min. 
4  min. 

20-40 

20-40 

5-30 
15-50 

7    min 

30-40  min... 

1-1/2  hrs... 

4-6  hrs 

6  hrs 

4-6  hrs 

P.  R.  N. 

1-2  hn. 

Sodium      and      potassium 
nitrate     ....        . 

T  i  d 

Erythrol  tetranitrate 

Mannitol  hexanitrate 

4-6  hra. 
4-6  hra. 

Vasotonin 

20-40 
10-20 

Diuretin 

5  gr 

4-6  hrs   .... 

4-6  hra. 

Before  employing  any  drug  in  this  group,  it  should  be 
carefully  ascertained  that  the  drug,  particularly  sodium 
nitrite,  is  strictly  fresh,  as  failure  to  obtain  the  desired 
effect  may  be  entirely  due  to  the  use  of  an  inactive  prepara- 
tion. Tablet  preparations  are  known  to  vary  greatly  in 
strength  and  should  be  of  standard  make.  This  defect  can, 
according  to  some  observers,  be  avoided  by  the  employ- 

>  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  No.  20,  p.  1629. 
«  Quart.  Jour.  Med.,  No.  2,  p.  261. 
'Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  May  21,  1910. 
*Loc.  cU. 


METHODS    OF    CONTROLLING  BLOOD-PRESSURE  233 

ment  of  fresh  chocolate  tablet  preparations.  Sodium 
nitrite  in  solution  rapidly  loses  its  activity  and  should 
not  be  kept  for  more  than  one  week.  All  these  drugs 
may  be  employed  hypodermatically  when  desired,  but  for 
continued  use  should,  if  possible,  be  given  by  the  mouth. 

According  to  Wallace  and  Ringer,  it  may  be  stated 
that,  as  a  general  rule,  the  higher  the  original  pressure, 
the  greater  is  the  fall,  and  that  an  increase  of  the  dose 
within  safe  limits  seems  to  increase  the  fall.  They  were 
able  in  their  experiments  to  obtain  a  reduction  in  pressure 
in  every  case,  and  the  effect  of  an  equal  dose  upon  the  pres- 
sure in  arteriosclerosis  was  the  same  as  the  effect  of  an 
equal  dose  upon  a  normal  individual.  My  own  experience 
does  not  substantiate  this. 

Daniel  Hoyt^  arrives  at  the  same  conclusion,  but  advo- 
cates the  use  of  larger  doses  than  those  generally  employed, 
attributing  failure  to  obtain  satisfactory  results  to  insuffi- 
cient dosage  or  the  employment  of  inactive  preparations. 
This  difficulty  is  largely  removed  when  the  clinician 
employs  the  sphygmomanometer  to  check  his  results. 

Rudolph^  notes  that  the  effect  of  the  vasodilators  may 
vary  from  day  to  day,  and  in  this  connection  Miller* 
brought  out  a  very  interesting  as  well  as  a  most  important 
point  in  the  clinical  action  of  these  drugs,  namely,  that 
wide  variation  in  their  effect  may  occur  not  only  from  day 
to  day,  but  that  different  drugs  of  the  same  group  may 
affect  the  same  individual  differently.  He  reports  the 
following  specific  instances: 

^  International  Clinics,  Vol.  1, 1912. 
^  Brit.  Med.  Jour. 
'  Loc.  cit. 


234  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

Case  1. — Sodium  nitrite  had  no  effect  whatever,  nitro- 
glycerin caused  a  reduction  of  50  mm.,  erythrol  tetrani- 
trate  resulted  in  a  rapid  fall  of  110  mm.,  the  patient  going 
into  collapse. 

Case  2. — Nitroglycerin  and  erythrol  tetranitrate  had 
very  little  effect  upon  the  pressure  while  a  reduction  of 
65  mm.  followed  the  usual  dose  of  sodium  nitrite . 

Case  3. — Nitroglycerin  caused  a  fall  of  30  mm.,  sodium 
nitrite  a  fall  of  20  mm.,  and  erythrol  tetranitrate  a  fall  of 
15  mm. 

C.  H.  Lawrence^  in  one  case  saw  a  rise  of  pressure  after 
the  employment  of  mannitol  hexanitrate  which  precipi- 
tated an  attack  of  angina. 

Vasotonin, — Muller  and  Fellner^  report  both  animal  ex- 
periments and  clinical  observations  concerning  the  effect 
of  vasotonin  upon  blood-pressure.  Vasotonin  is  a  com- 
bination of  yohimbin  and  urethene.  On  animals  it  low- 
ered the  blood-pressure  by  dilating  the  peripheral  vessels. 
There  was  no  depression  on  the  heart  muscle,  of  the  vaso- 
motor center  or  upon  the  respiration.  Fellner  reports 
action  on  thirty  cases  of  increased  arterial  tension. 

They  gave  vasotonin  subcutaneously  in  doses  of  1  c.c.  in 
some  cases  daily,  in  others  every  other  day.  The  course 
of  treatment  comprised  from  twenty  to  thirty  injections. 
They  found  that  the  remedy  consistently  produced  a  fall  of 
blood-pressure  with  a  marked  improvement  in  the  subjec- 
tive symptoms.  Thus,  for  instance,  there  was  immediate 
relief  in  milder  cases  of  angina  pectoris  and  in  cardiac  and 
bronchial    asthma.    The   bad    cases    of   angina   pectoris 

»  Boston  Med.  and  Sur.  Jour.,  November  2,  1911. 
»  rherap.  Monaiachrift,  1910,  XXIV,  285. 


METHODS   OF   CONTROLLING   BLOOD-PRESSURE  235 

required  longer  treatment,  but  all  improved  and  no  unpleas- 
ant symptoms  occurred.  The  use  of  this  preparation  has 
been  confined  chiefly  to  Germany  and  so  far  American 
observers  have  failed  to  obtain  the  uniformly  favorable 
results  reported  abroad.  If  we  are  to  believe  foreign 
reports  of  the  effect  of  this  drug  on  man  and  the  lower 
animals,  we  would  expect  to  find  a  fall  of  from  20  to  40 
mm.  lasting  from  four  to  six  hours,  and  that  three  or  four 
injections  given  upon  successive  days  will  maintain  the 
blood-pressure  at  a  lower  level  than  the  original  for  six  or 
seven  days. 

H.  D.  Arnold^  reports  the  study  of  a  small  series  of  cases 
in  which  the  effects  were  exactly  the  opposite.  The 
injection  of  the  drug  was  always  followed  by  a  rise  in  pres- 
sure and  was  occasionally  accompanied  by  more  or  less 
serious  disturbances.  In  one  case  it  brought  on  an  attack 
of  angina  pectoris.  The  duration  of  this  rise  averaged  four 
to  six  hours.  In  the  light  of  this  dissenting  evidence,  small 
as  it  is,  the  drug  cannot  be  recommended  and  if  used  at  all 
should  be  followed  with  great  care. 

Diuretin. — W.  H.  Bamberger^  following  the  lead  of 
Romberg,  Buch  and  others,  strongly  advocates  the  use  of 
theobromin  preparations,  particularly  theobromin  sodium 
sahcylate  or  diuretin.  He  finds  this  drug  particularly 
valuable  in  hypertension  resulting  from  arteriosclerosis  of 
the  abdominal  vessels  and  reports  his  find  in  a  series  of 
experiments  upon  animals.  This  table  so  clearly  shows 
the  action  of  this  drug,  that  it  is  given  herewith: 

1  Boston  Med.  and  Sur.  Jour.,  Vol.  LXV,  No.  18. 

2  Interstate  Med.  Jour.,  Vol.  XVIII,  June,  1911. 


236 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


1 

Drams  sodium  theobromin 

salicylate  per  kw.  of 

animal 

Effect  on  blood-pressure 
expressed  in  mm.  Hg. 

Rise 

FaU 

0.0066 

10  mm. 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 

0  0125 

0 

0  022        

22  mm. 

0.040 

30  mm. 

0.062. 

36  mm. 

0.066 

42  mm. 

0  125 

65  mm. 

The  effect  on  the  heart  was  not  constant ;  as  small  amounts 
usually  caused  a  moderate  slowing  of  the  rate,  while  large 
amounts  accelerated  the  pulse  rate  and  caused  a  marked 
depression  in  blood-pressure.  Bamberger  does  not  con- 
sider his  results  conclusive,  but  as  the  drug  is  apparently 
free  from  harm,  it  should  be  tried,  particularly  in  the  case 
of  so-called  splanchnic-sclerosis.  Dosage  20  to  40  gr.  a 
day. 

Agurin. — Another  theobromin  preparation  may  be  em- 
ployed in  the  same  conditions  in  which  diuretin  is  indicated. 
Dosage  20  to  40  gr.  a  day. 

Miscellaneous  Drugs.  Veratrum  Viride. — This  drug  is 
classified  with  the  heart  depressants.  Its  chief  physiologic 
action  is  upon  the  circulation,  and  in  practice  it  is  used 
chiefly  to  decrease  the  force  of  the  heart.  It  is  "a  prompt, 
thoroughly  efficient,  and  at  the  same  time  very  safe  remedy^' 
(Wood). 

In  chronic  cardiac  diseases  it  is  indicated  in  precisely 
those  cases  in   which   digitalis  is  contraindicated.     The 


METHODS   OF   CONTROLLING   BLOOD-PRESSURE  237 

contraindications  to  the  use  of  this  drug  are  cardiac  weak- 
ness and  general  adynamia.  When  used  in  excess  it  may 
cause  alarming  symptoms  which  simulate  shock,  but  even 
in  very  large  doses  it  is  seldom  fatal  (Wood).  In  this 
respect  it  is  far  less  dangerous  than  aconite.  Its  physio- 
logic effect  is  shown  in  a  slow  pulse  rate,  a  diminished  force 
of  the  heart's  action,  and  vasodilatation. 

Administration, — Fluidextract,  one  to  three  drops,  tinc- 
ture three  to  six  drops.  It  should  be  given  at  intervals  of 
two  or  three  hours,  when  continued  effect  is  desired,  and  its 
activity  may  be  hastened  by  gradually  increasing  the  dose 
until  the  physiologic  limit  is  reached.  In  some  cases  annoy- 
ing vomiting  may  occur. 

Aconite, — The  action  of  aconite  on  the  circulation  is  very 
decided.  It  is  not  a  vasodilator  but  accomplishes  a  fall  in 
blood-pressure  through  its  action  on  vagus,  causing  at  the 
same  time  a  slowing  of  the  pulse,  which  after  full  doses 
becomes  small  and  rapid. 

The  drug  may  be  safely  used  in  cases  of  high  pressure  with 
an  hypertrophied  heart  where  the  valves  are  in  good  condi- 
tion and  in  eclampsia.  When  however  there  is  dilatation, 
or  myocardial  degeneration,  it  becomes  an  extremely  danger- 
ous remedy,  and  should  perhaps  never  be  used  unless  with 
great  caution  and  only  after  a  careful  study  of  the  condition 
of  the  heart.  Aconite  is  a  much  more  dangerous  drug  when 
employed  in  circulatory  conditions  than  is  veratrum  viride. 

Administration, — Tincture,  five  to  ten  drops  every  three 
hours,  fluidextract  two  to  four  drops  every  three  hours. 

lodin. — lodin  and  the  iodids  are  supposed  to  bene- 
ficially influence  degenerative  changes  in  the  vessel  walls 
and  have  long  been  advocated  for  the  treatment  of  high 


238 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 


blood-pressure,  apart  from  those  cases  resulting  from 
syphilitic  infection,  where  of  course  it  is  indicated.  The 
profession  is  however  by  no  means  united,  as  to  the  efficiency 
of  these  preparations  which  at  present  do  not  find  general 
favor  in  the  treatment  of  arterial  tension.     Many  believe 

BLOOD  PRESSURE  CHART 


CHART  ff(0. 

NAME 

ADDRESS 

OCCUPATION 

DIAGNOSIS^ 


^J!S/:'i:DK.^C 


AOE  4.. 
COLOR  1^. 
SEX  .W-.. 
PHYSICIAN  ■ 


200 

M 

% 

p? 

1? 

^ 

F 

^ 

Y\ 

W 

— 

— 

— 

— 

195 

j 

Vy 

190 

/ 

\ 

185 

j 

[ 

180 

1 

I 

175 

\ 

170 

\ 

165 

\ 

100 

\ 

155 

] 

150 

, 

145 

V 

140 

N, 

13S 

\ 

'  ■ 

ISO 

\ 

J 

125 

\ 

/ 

120 

) 

/ 

115 

' 

'Hlb 

105 

100 

96 

90 

Fia.  36. — Chart  shows  dangerous  effect  of  continued  overuse  of  sodium 
iodid.  lodid  was  begun  in  doses  of  5  gr.  three  times  a  day,  and  was  con- 
tinued until  April  1.  Pulse  became  irregular  and  patient  Wiis  very  dizzy. 
Strychnin,  1/30  gr.,  was  begun  on  April  14,  patient  then  left  city  for  summer. 
Did  not  return  until  September  16,  during  which  time  contrary  to  orders,  he 
persistently  took  between  25  and  30  gr.  sodium  iodid,  and  returned  in  very 
bad  condition.  The  rising  pressure  of  September  21  is  from  the  combined 
use  of  strychnin  and  digitalis. 

that  any  effect  following  the  employment  of  this  drug  is  due 
to  the  employment  of  other  measures,  such  as  improved 
hygiene,  the  elimination,  rest,  etc.     One  drawback  to  the 


METHODS   OF   CONTROLLING  BLOOD-PRESSURE  239 

continued  use  of  this  drug  and  its  salts,  is  the  irritation 
which  its  use  causes  in  the  digestive  tract. 

lodin  is  usually  administered  in  the  form  of  potassium 
or  sodium  iodid,  and  as  there  is  no  difference  in  their  effect 
upon  the  circulation  and,  as  a  rule,  sodium  iodid  is  better 
tolerated,  the  sodium  preparation  should  be  employed.  No 
advantage  has  been  found  in  the  use  of  larger  doses  than 
2  to  5  gr.  daily,  given  in  milk  or  diluted  with  water. 
Some  observers,  however,  recommend  the  use  of  an  ascend- 
ing dosage  beginning  at  6  gr.  and  gradually  increasing  to  21 
gr.  a  day.  When  used  in  this  way  an  intermission  of  one 
week  should  occur  in  every  four  weeks  of  its  administration. 
Excellent  results  have  been  reported  in  some  cases  of  hy- 
pertension, but  there  was  no  proof  that  they  were  not  of 
syphilitic  origin.  The  accompanying  chart  shows  a  re- 
markable and  at  the  same  time  dangerous  effect  from  the 
overuse  of  iodid.     (Fig.  36.) 

The  disagreeable  effect  of  iodid  can  often  be  reduced  by 
the  addition  of  5  gr.  of  sodium  bicarbonate  to  each  dose. 

Arsenic, — This  drug  in  doses  of  1/5  gr.  arsenic  trioxid, 
has  been  reported  favorably  by  some  observers,  among 
them  Balfour.  To  obtain  an  effect  the  drug  should  be 
administered  over  a  long  period  of  time. 

Trunecek^s  Serum. — Trunecek  devised  a  serum  to  be 
used  subcutaneously  in  arteriosclerosis.  Its  composition 
is  said  to  be  as  follows: 


Sodium  chloride 10        grm. 

Sodium  sulphate 1        grm. 

Calcium  phosphate 0 .  75  grm. 

Magnesium  phosphate 0 .  75  grm. 

Sodium  carbonate 0 .  40  grm. 

Sodium  phosphate 0.30  grm. 


240  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

One  gram  of  this  is  dissolved  in  15  c.c.  of  sterile  distilled 
water.  Treatment  is  begun  by  hypodermic  injections  in 
the  region  of  the  buttocks  of  2  c.c.  of  the  solution  every 
other  day,  being  increased  in  amoimt  by  1  c.c.  each  in- 
jection until  the  dose  of  8  c.c.  is  reached.  The  mixture  has 
also  been  given  per  rectum  and  by  the  mouth.  ^  The  origi- 
nator recommends  this  for  use  only  in  arteriosclerosis,  but 
other  authorities  have  used  it  in  hypertension  resulting 
from  causes  other  than  arteriosclerosis.  Potter  has  made 
extensive  studies  with  this  substance  without  results,  its 
trial  can  do  no  harm.    Maximum  daily  dose,  10  c.Co 

Thyroid  Extract. — As  pointed  out  repeatedly  for  many 
years  by  0.  T.  Osborne  of  Yale,  a  deficiency  in  thyroid 
excretion  causes  a  rise  in  blood-pressure,  and  any  increase 
in  adrenal  secretion  has  the  same  effect,  hence  the  deduc- 
tion that  thyroid  is  of  value  in  reducing  blood-pressure. 
The  thyroid  gland  seems  to  be  a  part  of  the  mechanism  of 
internal  secretion  which  regulates  blood-pressure,  and 
probably  is  concerned  in  maintaining  the  normal  low  level. 
Thus  small  doses  of  the  dried  gland,  1  to  3  gr.  of  the 
official  preparation  a  day,  tends  not  only  to  lower 
blood-pressure,  but  in  some  cases  by  stimulating  the  action 
of  the  individual  thyroid  gland,  serves  to  maintain  for  a 
time  a  better  secretion.  Possibly  when  benefit  results 
from  the  use  of  iodin  or  the  iodids,  this  is  because  of 
their  stimulating  effect  on  thyroid  secretion.  In  cases  of 
hypertonus  and  those  showing  a  moderate  degree  of  arterio- 
Bclerosis,  with  little  or  no  cardiac  or  renal  involvement, 
this  drug  may  prove  of  great  service  in  reducing  and  main- 
taining a  more  normal  level  of  blood-pressure.     It  has  also 

*  American  Practitioner,  April,  1912. 


METHODS  OF   CONTROLLING  BLOOD-PRESSURE  241 

been  used  with  benefit  in  high  pressure  in  eclampsia.  It 
should  never  be  used  in  large  doses  or  over  a  long  period 
of  time,  and  then  not  unless  the  patient  is  under  close 
observation  with  frequent  blood-pressure  tests. 

Salicylates. — All  salicylates  in  large  doses  reduce  blood- 
pressure,  but  are  rarely  employed  for  this  effect.  Accord- 
ing to  Bamberger^  experiments  with  intravenous  and  hypo- 
dermatic injections  of  sodium  salicylate  in  dogs  it  materially 
lowered  blood-pressure  and  he  suggests  its  use  in  this 
manner  for  this  purpose  in  man. 

Calomel. — Lauder  Brunton^  advises  the  employment  of 
calomel  in  half-grain  doses  three  or  four  times  a  day  to 
relieve  hypertension. 

Rumpf  recommends  the  restriction  of  the  calcium  con- 
tent in  diet,  as  a  means  of  controlling  high  blood-pressure, 
but  so  far  as  I  know  his  work  lacks  corroboration. 

Anesthetics. — (See  Chap.  XVI,  page  204.)  Ethyl  chlorid 
may  bring  about  a  dangerous  fall  in  blood-pressure  when 
used  for  anesthesia,  even  when  used  in  small  amounts,  its 
employment  is  contraindicated  in  myocardial  degeneration, 
and  had  even  better  not  be  used  when  there  is  a  possibility 
of  this  condition  being  present,  and  with  great  caution  in 
all  cases  showing  hypotension.  Under  no  circumstances 
should  ethyl  chlorid  be  used  for  its  effect  on  blood-pressure. 

Chloroform, — This  drug  always  produces  a  fall  in  blood- 
pressure,  which  progressively  increases  with  the  duration 
of  its  administration,  when  used  in  concentrated  form,  as 
httle  as  3  c.c.  has  been  known  to  cause  a  dangerous  fall. 
Its  employment  is  dangerous  in  all  degenerative  conditions 

1  Interstate  Med.  Jour.,  p.  667,  1911. 

2  Lancet,  Oct.,  17,  1908. 

16 


242  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

and  hypotonus,  and  while  advocated  by  some  clinicians 
as  an  emergency  remedy  to  reduce  high  pressure,  it  had 
better  be  let  alone,  especially  if  anything  else  is  at  hand 
which  will  accomplish  the  same  result. 

Chloral  may  greatly  relieve  the  symptoms  of  high  blood- 
pressure,  even  without  materially  altering  the  level. 
Indeed  it  does  not  as  a  rule  have  much  effect  on  high 
blood-pressure. 

Hypophysis  Extracts, — According  to  Lewis,  Miller  and 
Matthiew^  the  intravenous  injections  of  the  pars  inter- 
media cause  a  decided  rise  in  blood-pressure,  injections 
of  the  pars  nervosa  cause  a  slight  primary  rise  followed  by 
a  marked  fall,  accompanied  by  marked  slowing  of  the 
pulse.  Extracts  of  the  anterior  lobe  give  a  primary  fall 
followed  in  most  cases  by  a  secondary  rise  in  pressure  to 
a  point  above  the  original  level,  while  the  use  of  several 
parts  of  this  gland  give  promise  of  being  of  value  in  the 
treatment  of  both  high  and  low  blood-pressure.  There 
is  as  yet  insufficient  evidence  either  of  an  experimental 
or  clinical  nature  to  warrant  its  recommendation  for 
general  adoption. 

Morphin  in  doses  of  1/8  to  1/4  gr.  hypodermatically  may 
be  reUed  on  to  lower  blood-pressure  and  is  a  most  valuable 
remedy  in  emergency,  but  not  for  continued  use.  Em- 
ployed judiciously  it  may  prolong  life. 

Potassium  Bicarbonate ^  10  gr.  in  a  glass  of  water  every 
morning,  is  recommended  by  Lauder  Brunton^  to  keep 
blood-pressure  down;  he  also  suggests  '^  10  gr.  KNO2, 10  gr. 
Na2C03,  and  1/2  to  2  gr.  NaN02  in  a  powder  dissolved 

»  Arch,  of  Inter.  Med.,  June,  1911. 
« Lancet,  Oct.  17,  1908. 


METHODS   OP   CONTROLLING  BLOOD-PRESSURE  243 

in  some  hot  aperient  water,  as  tending  not  only  to  be  laxa- 
tive, but  to  keep  the  blood-pressure  down,  and  this  may  be 
continued  daily  for  years.'' 

Physical  Measures. — Under  the  head  of  physical  meas- 
ures valuable  in  controlHng  and  in  reducing  high  pressure, 
we  find: 

Rest. 

Exercise. 

Massage. 

Diet. 

Hydrotherapy. 

Electrotherapy. 

Venesection. 
Rest  and  Posture. — Pre-eminently  rest  is  the  first  essential 
in  the  treatment  of  all  cardiovascular  and  renal  conditions. 
It  is  always  safe  and  generally  beneficial  to  begin  every 
course  of  treatment  by  rest.  The  term  rest  as  here  used 
may  be  purely  relative  or  may  mean  absolute  recumbency. 
The  degree  of  rest  enforced  will  depend  entirely  on  the 
physician's  judgment  as  based  upon  experience  and  the 
extent  of  his  knowledge  of  the  case  and  its  requirements; 
no  set  rule  can  be  adhered  to  blindly. 

In  the  cases  suddenly  developing  signs  of  incompe- 
tency, with  dyspnea,  a  large  heart,  venous  congestion,  etc., 
the  decision  is  obvious;  it  demands  absolute  rest  and  men- 
tal relaxation — nothing  else  will  do.  First  and  foremost, 
all  unnecessary  strain  must  be  removed  from  the  over- 
burdened and  dilated  heart.  This  alone  may  suflSce 
to  break  the  vicious  circle,  allow  the  heart  muscle  to 
regain  its  lost  tone  and  so  pave  the  way  for  a  period  of 
at  least  relative  health. 


244  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

Rest  in  bed  alone  will  often  be  suiO&cient  to  reduce  a 
dangerously  high  blood-pressure.  I  have  repeatedly  seen 
a  pressure  of  over  200  mm.  fall  to  and  maintain  a  new 
level  of  from  15  to  25  mm.  lower.  Occasionally  even  a 
greater  reduction  than  this  will  be  effected  by  this  measure. 

Effects  of  Sleep  and  Rest  on  Blood-pressure, — Brooks 
and  Carroll^  studied  this  question  in  sixty-eight  patients 
showing  average  systolic  pressure,  in  thirty  with  low 
pressures  and  in  twenty-nine  with  abnormally  high  pres- 
sures. The  results  are,  in  a  general  way,  illustrated 
in  the  cases  with  average  pressure,  in  which  readings 
taken  between  one  and  two  hours  after  the  beginning  of 
sleep  showed  an  average  drop  of  24  mm.  Hg.  Three 
hours  after  the  awakening  in  the  morning  there  was  still 
an  average  depression  of  12  mm.  and  from  this  time  the 
pressure  gradually  rose  during  the  day  until  usual  highest 
level  was  reached  in  the  afternoon.  The  greatest  noc- 
turnal fall  in  pressure  took  place  in  those  individuals 
having  the  highest  initial  systolic  reading.  Disturbance 
of  patients  during  the  first  sleep  was  found  to  delay,  but 
not  necessarily  prevent  the  maximal  fall  in  pressure; 
frequent  interruption  did,  however,  prevent  it.  Special 
tests  were  made  to  determine  whether  the  sleep  drop 
could  be  artificially  increased  in  order  to  secm-e  a  lower 
general  pressure  curve  in  cases  of  hypertension;  potassium 
bromide  in  doses  as  high  as  120  gr.,  and  chloral  hydrate, 
up  to  50  gr.  each  night,  did  not,  however,  increase  the 
degree  or  persistence  of  the  fall.  Physical  rest  in  general 
did  not  appear  to  alter  materially  either  supernormal  or 
normal  blood-pressure,  but  the  authors  were  led  to  believe 

»  Archives  of  Int.  Med.,  Aug.,  1912. 


METHODS   OF   CONTROLLING   BLOOD-PRESSURE  245 

that  in  mental  or  psychic  rest  profound  changes  in  pressure 
occur,  and  that  this  factor  largely  determines  the  undoubted 
benefit  derived  from  rest  in  cases  of  high  pressure. 

Exercise, — In  certain  cases,  particularly  that  of  the 
active  business  and  professional  men,  it  is  not  more  rest, 
but  more  exercise  that  is  needed.  These  are  the  cases  in 
which,  if  seen  sufficiently  early,  much  may  be  accomplished 
toward  permanently  arresting  the  trouble,  provided  of 
course,  that  the  patient  is  ready  and  willing  to  continue 
a  new  rule  of  life.  These  cases  probably  belong  to  those 
classed  as  true  hypertonus,  with  tonic  contraction  of  the 
circular  fibers  of  the  arteries  (see  page  21),  with  but 
little  or  no  permanent  pathologic  change  and  where  the 
kidneys  show  only  signs  of  irritation.  Here  complete 
relief  often  follows  a  carefully  regulated  diet,  combined 
with  an  increased  amount  of  daily  exercise.  This  should 
not  be  begun  suddenly,  nor  be  too  strenuous.  Walking 
first,  to  be  followed  later  by  light  gymnastics  or  golf. 
Such  measures  should  always  be  carefully  followed  by  the 
sphygmomanometer. 

In  institutions  and  hospitals  devoted  to  the  treatment 
of  chronic  cardiovascular  and  renal  diseases,  the  exercise 
methods  of  Schott  and  Ortel  are  carried  out  under  compe- 
tent supervision,  and,  under  proper  guidance,  accomplish 
much  good  in  educating  the  heart  muscle  to  withstand 
more  strain  and  to  improve  cardiomuscular  tonus.  It  is 
not  advised  that  the  individual  physician  seeing  at  best 
but  few  cases,  should  attempt  these  special  exercise  treat- 
ments. A  great  deal  can  be  accomplished  by  systematized 
walking  as  shown  in  the  chart  of  a  case  appended  herewith. 
(See  Fig.  30.) 


246  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

Massage, — General  massage  is  usually  well  borae  and  is 
valuable  in  the  treatment  of  cases  showing  failing  com- 
pensation or  defective  heart  tone.  This  treatment  acts 
by  emptying  the  venous  side  of  the  circulation  and  so 
relieves  the  left  side  of  the  heart,  it  also  dilates  the  super- 
ficial capillaries,  thereby  further  aiding  in  the  distribution 
of  the  blood.  Massage  of  the  chest  may  influence  favorably 
the  tone  of  the  heart  itself,  but  deep  pressure  upon  the 
abdomen  should  be  avoided  in  order  to  escape  a  rise  in 
blood-pressure  and  all  movements  should  be  graduated 
to  the  strength  of  the  individual. 

Both  Eichberg*  and  A.  Strausser^  advocate  the  employ- 
ment of  massage  in  the  treatment  of  cardiovascular  dis- 
eases, and  Eichberg  has  shown  that  massage  movements 
even  if  prolonged  do  not  effect  a  rise  in  blood-pressure. 

Dietetics, — Much  has  been  said  and  many  dietetic  out- 
lines have  been  advocated  in  the  treatment  of  circulatory 
disturbances.  Their  chief  object  is  to  diminish  nitrogen- 
ous intake,  to  reduce  putrefactive  changes  in  the  intestines 
which  produce  auto-intoxication;  and,  secondarily,  to  re- 
lieve the  strain  on  a  dilated  and  defective  heart  muscle, 
by  reducing  dangerously  high  pressure  through  limiting 
the  fluid  intake  which  eventually  modifies  the  total  amount 
of  fluid  in  the  body. 

Foods, — A  safe  general  rule  to  follow  is,  that  while  nitrog- 
enous food  is  not  to  be  prohibited,  the  amount  should  be 
greatly  reduced,  and  a  vegetable,  farinaceous  and  milk  diet 
substituted. 

An  absolute  milk  diet  cannot  be  continued  over  a  long 

» Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  Sept.  19,  1908. 

«  Wien.  med.  Wochen.,  April  8-15,  1909. 


METHODS    OF   CONTROLLING   BLOOD-PRESSURE  247 

period  because  it  is  impossible  to  give  sufficient  nourish- 
ment without  overstepping  seriously  a  safe  maximum  of 
fluid  ingestion.  Excessive  fluid  sometimes  being  a  factor 
in  the  production  of  the  high  pressure. 

A  short  period  of  absolute  milk  diet  (2  quarts)  is  useful 
for  the  relief  of  certain  symptoms,  and  may  guardedly  be 
employed  with  benefit.  When  employed  it  should  be 
given  at  two-  or  three-hour  periods  and  never  in  large 
quantities  at  one  time.  The  addition  of  some  flavoring 
or  the  preparation  of  junket  will  render  the  employment 
of  milk  less  irksome  to  the  patient. 

In  the  treatment  of  cardiovascular  cases,  the  best  results 
generally  follow  a  number  of  small  meals  taken  at  fre- 
quent intervals  (three  to  three  and  one-half  hours).  This 
prevents  possible  harm  of  throwing  a  heavy  strain  on 
the  heart  and  blood-vessels  through  the  digestive  appara- 
tus, which  might  easily  disturb  a  poorly  balanced  circula- 
tory equilibrium. 

Alcohol,  tea  and  coffee  are  usually  prohibited  entirely, 
at  least  for  a  time.  An  exception  to  this  may  be  a  heavy 
drinker,  who  cannot  get  along  at  all  if  his  habitual  potations 
are  suddenly  and  entirely  interdicted.  As  a  substitute 
for  coffee,  postum  may  be  employed;  and  recently  a  pat- 
ented process  has  been  used  in  Germany  by  which  the  coffee 
bean  is  freed  of  90  per  cent,  of  its  caffeine.  In  this  the 
taste  of  the  coffee  is  not  materially  changed,  but  the  effect 
upon  the  heart  and  blood-vessels  is  decidedly  lessened. 
Eisner^  and  others  report  the  use  of  this  preparation  during 
a  period  of  several  years  with  a  great  deal  of  satisfaction. 

Tobacco, — Tobacco  in  the  form  of  pipe,  cigarettes  and 

*  Boston  Med.  and  Surgical  Jour.^  No.  7,  1910. 


248  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

cigars  has  the  power  of  raising  blood-pressure  with  the  ap- 
parent paradox  that  the  habitual  smoker  has  usually  a  low 
pressure.  Arterial  disease  tends  to  augment  the  effect 
of  smoking  on  arterial  pressure.  It  is  often  a  point  of 
delicate  decision  to  determine  the  amount  of  harm  resulting 
from  the  use  of  tobacco,  and  the  proper  amount  of  restric- 
tion in  the  use  of  the  drug  necessary  in  each  particular 
case.  V/hen  in  doubt  the  best  rule  to  follow  is  to  carefully 
restrict  and  control  the  patient's  habits  in  this  regard.  In 
cases  with  a  history  of  anginoid  attacks  tobacco  in  all 
forms  should  be  prohibited  entirely.^ 

The  habit  of  chewing  tobacco  is  much  more  harmful 
than  smoking  because  of  the  greater  amount  of  the  active 
principle,  nicotin,  which  enters  the  system.  Its  use  should, 
therefore,  not  be  tolerated. 

In  restricting  diet,  no  definite  rule  can  be  laid  down 
which  can  be  followed  safely  in  every  case.  Each  case  has 
its  own  peculiarities  and  the  physician  should  endeavor 
to  determine  intelligently  the  restrictions  to  be  made 
and  what  things  may  be  allowed  with  safety  in  a  given 
case.  One  should  be  careful  in  any  dietetic  scheme  to 
avoid  a  caloric  reduction  below  the  needs  of  the  individual, 
otherwise  much  harm  may  be  done,  for  it  is  impossible  to 
build  up  a  strong  heart  upon  insufficient  nourishment. 

L.  F.  Bishop^  makes  the  following  suggestions  which  may 
serve  as  a  valuable  guide  in  the  preparation  of  a  dietetic 
list  in  hypertension  and  chronic  heart  disease. 

First,  he  suggests  that  every  student  of  the  subject 
should  address  a  letter  to  the  Superintendent  of  Docu- 

*  A.  StrauBser,  Wien.  klin.  Wochen.,  April  15,  1909. 

*  N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  March  4,  1911. 


METHODS   OF   CONTROLLING  BLOOD-PRESSURE  249 

merits,  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C, 
enclosing  ten  cents  and  asking  for  Bulletin  No.  28  on  the 
'^Chemical  Composition  of  American  Food  Materials/' 

Secondly,  the  principal  to  be  remembered  is  that  an 
adult  requires  from  14  to  20  calories  per  pound,  body  weight, 
according  to  the  amount  of  work  he  does.  The  weight  is 
to  be  estimated  by  the  normal  weight  for  the  height  of  the 
individual.  For  example,  a  person  5  ft.  7  in.  tall  ought  to 
weigh  150  lb. ;  at  light  work  he  will  require  an  average  num- 
ber of  heat  units  per  pound  17,  150X17  =  2,550  calories. 
If  a  healthy  man  has  more  than  this,  he  will  accumulate  fat ; 
if  he  has  less  he  will  become  run  down,  and  a  weak  heart 
cannot  be  built  up  on  insufficient  nutrition. 

Bishop  submits  the  following  dietary  covering  a  period 
of  five  days,  which  allows  a  fair  caloric  intake: 


DIET 

Luncheon:  Calories                   Protein 

1  cup  of  bouillon 40                     10 

2  slices  of  mushroom  on  toast 50                      2 

1  tablespoon  of  potatoes 100                      2 

1  plate  of  endive  and  lettuce  salad 125  (oil) 

1  saucer  of  rhubarb. 

1  piece  of  gingerbread 230                      4 

Dinner: 

1  plate  of  vegetable  soup 50                      3 

3  tablespoons  of  stewed  tomatoes. 

1  large  tablespoon  of  potatoes 110                      2 

2  large  tablespoons  of  beans 60                      4 

2  tablespoons  of  Indian  pudding 175                      8 

Lactose  with  each  meal 300 

Average  breakfast 315                      8 

Total  for  day 1,565                    43 


250  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

January  21. 

Breakfast: 

1  orange 40 

1  small  bowl  of  wheat  berries 160                      4 

2  slices  of  toast 115                      4 

1  cup  of  weak  coffee. 
Luncheon: 

4  large  fried  scallops 60                      8 

2  tablespoons  of  creamed  potatoes 220                      4 

1  plate  of  cabbage  and  lettuce  salad 125  (oil) 

2  tablespoons  of  preserved  peaches 40 

1  cup  of  weak  tea. 

Dinner: 

1  plate  of  vegetable  soup 50                      3 

3  small  slices  of  bread 230                      8 

2  tablespoons  of  potatoes 220                      4 

2  tablespoons  of  spinach. 

i  plate  of  scallop  and  lettuce  salad 140                      4 

1  small  piece  of  pumpkin  pie 250                      4 

1  small  piece  of  cheese 120                      8 

Lactose  with  each  meal 300 

Total  for  day 2,070                    51 

January  22. 

Breakfast,  practically  as  before 315                      8 

Dinner: 

1  plate  of  vermicelli  soup 120                      4 

4  small  potatoes 200                      4 

2  tablespoons  of  gravy. 

3  stewed  onions 100                      4 

Ice  cream 320                      8 

Cake 230                      4 

3  small  sUces  of  bread 230                      8 

Tea: 

1  cup  of  bouillon 40                   10 

1  tablespoon  of  fried  potatoes 110                      2 

3  shces  of  bread 238                      8 

1  plate  of  lettuce  and  celery  salad 125  (oil) 

1  cup  of  weak  tea. 

Ice  cream 320                     8 

Sponge  cake 230                      4 

Lactose  with  each  meal 300 

Total  for  day 2,870                   72 


METHODS    OF   CONTROLLING   BLOOD-PRESSURE  251 

January  23. 

Breakfast,  as  before 315  8 

Luncheon: 

3  tablespoons  of  macaroni 100  3 

2  tablespoons  of  spinach. 

3  small  slices  of  bread 230  8 

1  plate  of  lettuce  and  endive  salad 125  (oil) 

1  piece  of  pumpkin  pie 250  4 

2  pieces  of  cheese 120  8 

1  cup  of  weak  tea. 

Dinner: 

Large  plate  of  farina  soup 50  2 

3  tablespoons  of  macaroni 100  3 

2  tablespoons  of  potatoes 220  4 

3  pieces  of  preserved  peaches 40 

3  shces  of  bread 230  8 

Lactose  with  each  meal 300 

Total  for  day 2,080  48 

January  24. 
Breakfast,  as  before 315  8 

Luncheon: 

1  plate  of  lettuce  and  endive  salad 125  (oil) 

2  tablespoons  of  potatoes 220  4 

2  tablespoons  of  fried  hominy 120  4 

3  pieces  of  preserved  peaches 40 

1  cup  of  weak  tea. 

Dinner: 

Large  plate  of  vegetable  soup 60  3 

2  tablespoons  of  boiled  potatoes 180  4 

2  tablespoons  of  stewed  peas 100  7 

2  tablespoons  of  rice  pudding 175  4 

Lactose  with  each  meal 300 

Total  for  day 1,625  34 

N.  B. — One  glass  Sauterne  with  each  luncheon. 
Average  for  five  days:  Protein,  49;  calories,  2.040. 

Roughly  speaking  the  average  helping  of  meat  contains 
25  grm.  of  proteid,  an  egg  contains  8  grm.,  as  does  also  a 
glass  of  milk.  An  ordinary  helping  of  rice,  potatoes,  bread 
or  hominy  contains  about  4  grm.,  thick  cream,  butter  or 


252  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

oil  contain  practically  no  proteid,  but  are  very  rich  in 
heat  units.  Green  vegetables  do  not  count  one  way  or  the 
other.  In  cardiovascular  disease,  milk  sugar  is  a  valuable 
addition  to  diet,  for  many  reasons.  A  sufficiency  of  calo- 
ries can  be  roughly  judged  by  watching  the  weight  of  the 
individual ;  if  the  weight  is  maintained  the  caloric  supply  is 
certainly  sufficient. 

Water. — Water  properly  employed  may  be  of  great  value 
in  the  treatment  of  cardiovascular  and  renal  diseases,  but 
like  any  other  good  thing,  it  can  be  overworked.  Cases 
are  on  record  where  apparently  the  only  causative  factor 
in  the  production  of  chronic  interstitial  nephritis  was 
continued  excessive  water  drinking.  Usually  it  is  advisable 
to  limit  the  amount  of  water,  especially  in  very  high-ten- 
sion cases  or  where  there  is  a  tendency  to  edema.  This 
will  spare  both  the  heart  and  blood-vessels,  but  the  amount 
should  not  be  reduced  below  1,500  c.c.  per  day,  and  even 
when  there  is  edema  this  should  not  be  continued  for  more 
than  three  consecutive  days  below  this  figure  (A.  Strausser). 

Balfour^  sums  up  his  experience  in  the  dietetic  treatment 
of  chronic  myocarditis  as  follows: 

''There  should  never  be  less  than  a  five-hour  interval 
between  meals. 

''No  solid  food  should  be  taken  between  meals. 

"The  principal  meal  should  be  taken  in  the  middle  of 
the  day. 

'^All  food  should  be  taken  as  dry  as  possible/* 

In  the  matter  of  the  interval  between  meals,  however, 
authorities  differ;  an  equally  competent  observer  advised 
the  employment  of  five  small  meals  a  day  (see  above). 

>  The  Senile  Heart. 


METHODS    OF   CONTROLLING   BLOOD-PRESSURE  253 

Hydrotherapy. — ^L.  T.  Thorne^  proves  by  the  citation 
of  many  cases  that  the  majority  of  painful  and  dangerous 
symptoms  which  are  usually  attributed  to  hypertension 
are  in  reality  the  result  of  cardiac  insufficiency  and  dila- 
tation, dependent  upon  pathologic  conditions  of  which 
hypertension  is  one  valuable  sign.  He  rarely  employs 
drugs,  but  values  most  such  physical  measures  as  will 
reduce  arterial  tension,  and  at  the  same  time  improve  the 
tonicity  and  contractility  of  the  heart.  For  this  he 
depends  chiefly  upon  a  course  of  natural  baths  or  their 
artificial  substitutes  so  prepared  as  to  resemble  in  chemical 
composition  the  natural  baths  of  Nauheim. 

Hydrotherapy  in  the  treatment  of  cases  of  high  blood- 
pressure,  particularly  those  accompanied  by  arteriosclero- 
sis, accomplishes  its  result  chiefly  through  regulation  of  the 
circulation.  Properly  used,  such  methods  may,  under 
certain  conditions  check  the  progress  of  disease  by  breaking 
the  vicious  circle  in  which  the  patient  is  involved.  The 
primary  effect  of  plain  water,  either  hot  or  cold  applied  to 
the  surface  of  the  body,  has  been  found  by  most  observers 
to  cause  an  initial  rise  in  blood-pressure.  This  elevation 
usually  amounts  only  to  a  few  millimeters,  and  is  followed 
speedily  by  a  reaction,  accompanied  by  lower  pressure, 
from  a  relaxation  of  hypertonus  and  diminished  peripheral 
resistance,  caused  by  an  increased  flow  of  blood  through 
the  capillaries. 

Cold  Baths, — The  careless  application  of  cold  to  high-pres- 
sure cases  may  be  dangerous.  Its  effect  should  first  be 
ascertained  by  rubbing  cold  water  over  portions  of  the  body. 
Cold  applications  can  only  be  used  with  safety  in  cases  of 

^Practitioner,  July,  1911. 


254  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

early  arteriosclerosis  and  cold  douches  should  be  used  with 
extreme  caution,  as  they  do  not  as  a  rule  give  as  good  re- 
sults as  rubbing  or  ordinary  bathing.  In  this  connection 
cold  sea-water  baths  should  not  be  indulged  in  by  arterio- 
sclerotics nor  by  those  having  myocardial  degeneration. 

The  Scottish  douche  (alternate  application  of  hot  and 
cold  water)  frequently  gives  good  results  in  hypertension,  if 
the  contrast  between  the  temperatures  employed  is  prop- 
erly graduated. 

Hot  Baths. — The  temperature  of  hot  baths  in  cases  of 
arteriosclerosis  should  not  exceed  37  or  38°  C.  Extreme 
changes  in  temperature  of  baths  is  also  contraindicated  in 
arteriosclerosis,  because  of  the  danger  in  any  sudden  change 
in  pressure,  particularly  any  sudden  increase  arising  from 
capillary  contraction  which  causes  increased  peripheral 
resistance. 

Hot-air  baths  and  electric-Ught  baths  are  probably  as 
good  as  the  direct  application  of  heat,  and  should  be  em- 
ployed whenever  practical. 

In  the  hypertension  accompanying  acute  nephritis,  with 
the  usual  subjective  symptoms,  I  have  seen  great  benefit 
follow  a  properly  given  electric-Ught  bath,  the  temperature 
being  allowed  to  rise  in  the  cabinet  to  125°  F.  to  be  main- 
tained for  from  fifteen  to  twenty  minutes.  Under  these 
circumstances  an  immediate  fall  in  pressure  occurs  often 
amounting  to  from  15  to  30  mm.,  occasionally  more,  and 
this  fall  is  usually  lasting  in  character,  often  persisting 
for  twenty-four  hours.  The  effect  upon  the  patient  is 
always  most  satisfactory,  the  subjective  signs  immediately 
disappearing.  Elimination  is  increased  while  the  patho- 
logic elements  in  the  urine  are  diminished. 


METHODS    OF   CONTROLLING   BLOOD-PRESSURE  255 

The  proper  administration  of  an  electric-light  bath  de- 
pends upon  the  intelligent  use  of  the  sphygmomanometer. 
By  this  instrument,  and  by  its  aid  alone  can  the  immediate 
effects  of  the  bath  be  measured,  so  that  its  duration  and  the 
period  of  its  administration  may  be  definitely  calculated. 
Hydrotherapeutic  measures  sometimes  accomplish  good 
results  when  drug  medication  absolutely  fails.  This  was 
well  shown  in  one  case,  where  nitroglycerin  was  given  to 
the  point  of  intolerance,  without  effect  upon  blood-pressure, 
while  the  electric-light  bath  speedily  reduced  the  pressure 
and  easily  maintained  a  reduction  of  45  mm. 

Miller  recently  has  reported  a  practical  series  of  clinical 
studies  on  the  effect  of  the  sweating  process  in  high-pressure 
cases.  In  his  series  all  patients  reported,  sweated  profusely 
for  at  least  thirty  minutes.  The  method  of  producing  the 
sweat  varied.  The  blood-pressure  was  taken  just  before 
the  sweat  discontinued.  Three  out  of  five  cases  showed  a 
reduction  in  pressure  ranging  from  1 3  to  20  mm.  In  one  case 
it  did  not  return  to  previous  level  until  a  lapse  of  four  hours. 
Patients  always  felt  better  after  the  sweating.  Dyspnea 
(uremic)  is  generally  relieved  even  when  the  pressure  is  not 
reduced. 

A  number  of  patients  were  given  one  or  more  daily  sweats 
for  two  or  three  weeks,  the  pressure  recorded  daily;  results 
varied,  in  some  there  was  no  change,  some  showed  a  gradual 
fall.  One  case  which  had  been  over  210  for  several  years, 
came  down  to  180  (Fig.  31). 

In  chronic  cases  the  sweating  process  is  not  lasting  in  its 
effect,  as  the  pressure  soon  returns  to  original  level  when 
sweats  are  discontinued.  Poststernal  oppression  is  relieved 
more  often  by  sweats  more  than  by  other  measures. 


256  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

Table  5. — From  Miller.    Effect  of  Sweating  on  Blood-pressure 


Blood-pres- 

Blood-pres- 

Case 

sure  before 

sure  after 

sweating 

sweating 

1 

160 

140 

Four  hours  before  it  reached 
previous  level. 

2 

190 

190 

3 

170 

170 

4 

190 

175 

Two  hours  before  it  reached 
previous  level. 

5 

185 

172 

The  sudden  application  of  cold  or  chilling  after  a  sweat  is 
dangerous.  In  one  case  Miller  has  reported  a  rise  of  60 
mm.,  followed  by  transitory  numbness.  Overreduction  of 
pressure  may  be  followed  by  untoward  results,  although 
this  does  not  always  follow,  as  shown  in  the  chart  No.  31, 
page  147. 

The  Nauheim  Treatment. — The  basis  of  the  Nauheim 
treatment  in  circulatory  disorders  is  rest,  hydrotherapeutic 
measures  and  exercise.  Its  chief  value  in  the  treatment 
of  circulatory  disorders  comes  from  its  effect  on  the  heart 
muscle.  Acting  upon  the  heart,  it  increases  tonus  and 
reduces  dilatation.  Acting  upon  the  circulation,  it  dilates 
the  arterioles  and  capillaries  thereby  reheving  a  high  pe- 
ripheral resistance  and  obtaining  a  more  uniform  distribution 
of  blood.  These  baths  do  not  always  produce  a  reduction 
in  blood-pressure,  and  they  may  be  followed  by  disastrous 
results.  In  this  connection  it  is  important  to  sound  a 
warning  note.  Neither  the  oxygen  nor  the  CO2  bath 
should  be  used  without  a  working  knowledge  both  of  what 


METHODS    OF    CONTROLLING   BLOOD-PRESSURE  257 

is  desired  and  what  such  treatment  may  be  expected  to 
accomplish. 

Application. — The  chief  hydrotherapeutic  method  em- 
ployed at  Nauheim  is  the  complete  immersion  of  the  patient 
in  a  bath  of  natural  brine,  which  is  charged  with  free  CO2 
gas.  The  most  important  constituents  of  this  bath  are 
sodium  chlorid  and  calcium  chlorid.  The  temperature  of 
the  bath  is  varied  according  to  experience.  The  patient 
remains  immersed  for  a  period  of  from  four  to  fifteen  min- 
utes, is  then  carefully  dried,  without  chilling,  and  required 
to  rest  in  bed  for  an  hour.  The  baths  are  given  on  alternate 
days;  the  course  usually  occupies  six  weeks.  Baths  of 
similar  character  are  given  under  medical  supervision  at 
Glen  Springs,  N.  Y.,  where  the  methods  are  much  the  same 
as  those  at  Nauheim  and  the  benefits  derived  probably 
as  good. 

According  to  Dr.  John  M.  Swan,  formerly  of  Glen 
Springs,  the  effects  to  be  expected  from  the  proper  use  of 
carbonated-brine  baths  are  as  follows: 

1.  Diminution  of  the  size  of  the  heart. 

2.  Slowing  of  the  pulse. 

3.  Reddening  of  the  skin. 

4.  Slowing  of  the  respiration. 

5.  Reduction  in  the  size  of  the  fiver,  if  that  organ  has 
been  the  seat  of  passive  congestion. 

6.  Improvement  in  the  muscular  quafity  of  the  heart 
sounds. 

7.  The  disappearance  of  hemic  murmurs,  or  those  due  to 
dilatation  of  an  orifice. 

8.  Increase  in  the  intensity  of  those  murmurs  which  are 
dependent  on  valvular  defect  or  deformity. 

17 


258  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

The  chief  indication  for  the  use  of  the  carbonated-brine 
bath  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  heart  disease  is  in  cases  of 
myocardial  weakness,  with  low  pressure.  In  such  cases  we 
expect  to  get  a  retarding  of  the  pulse,  an  improved  heart- 
muscle  sound  and  a  rise  in  blood-pressure. 

In  cases  of  senile  heart,  with  high  blood-pressure  and 
evidence  of  general  arteriosclerosis,  carbonated-brine  baths, 
if  given  at  all,  should  be  stopped  at  once  upon  the  develop- 
ment of  an  increase  in  blood-pressure,  whether  this  is 
shown  by  subjective  symptoms,  or  by  the  sphygmoma- 
nometer. In  cases  where  the  beneficial  effect  of  the  bath  is 
in  doubt,  danger  may  be  prevented  if  the  temperature  of 
the  bath  is  kept  above  98°  F. ;  otherwise  the  strong  brine 
should  be  omitted  or  diluted  and  the  CO2  gas  left  out. 
According  to  Swan,  CO2  baths  are  contraindicated  in  cases 
of  advanced  arteriosclerosis,  chronic  nephritis,  aneurism 
of  the  large  arterial  trunks,  and  in  the  terminal  stages  of 
broken  compensation  with  edema. 

After  the  diseased  myocardium  has  had  an  opportunity  to 
recuperate,  and  to  regain  some  of  its  lost  tone  by  rest  and 
the  bath  treatment,  it  is  often  advisable  to  provide  exercise 
under  proper  supervision  in  order  to  help  the  heart  perform 
its  normal  functions  in  as  nearly  a  normal  fashion  as 
possible.  This  is  in  the  nature  of  a  special  training  of  the 
muscles  to  be  developed.  Two  systems  have  been  devised 
which  apply  graduated  work  to  the  heart:  first,  Schott 
method  or  resistance  movement ;  and,  second,  Ortel  method 
of  graduated  hill  climbing.  These  consist  of  a  number  of  ex- 
ercises of  increasing  severity,  arranged  so  that  the  increased 
work  imposed  on  the  heart  is  very  slight,  but  is  increased  in 
proportion  as  the  heart  muscle  learns  to  bear  the  strain.     For 


METHODS   OF   CONTROLLING   BLOOD-PRESSURE  259 

more  complete  descriptions  of  these  methods  and  their 
applications,  the  reader  is  referred  to  works  devoted  to 
hydrotherapy  and  the  treatment  of  heart  diseases. 

Oxygen  Bath. — A  mode  of  treatment  that  has  recently 
been  advocated  and  favorably  reported  upon  by  a  number 
of  observers  is  the  oxygen  bath.  According  to  reports  the 
effect  of  the  oxygen  bath  is  very  different  from  that  of  the 
CO2.  In  the  CO2  bath  the  skin  becomes  reddened  from 
dilatation  of  the  superficial  vessels,  while  in  the  oxygen 
bath  the  cutaneous  vessels  are  constricted  and  the  skin 
becomes  pale.  The  oxygen  bath  at  95°  F.  reduces  both 
pulse  rate  and  blood-pressure,  and  the  effect  of  the  CO2  bath 
upon  blood-pressure  is  variable.  In  arteriosclerosis  these 
baths  are  said  to  have  beneficial  effect,  among  which  is  a 
moderate  reduction  of  blood-pressure.  According  to  the 
conclusions  of  A.  Wolfe ^  the  respective  effects  of  the  oxygen 
in  the  CO2  bath  upon  the  human  body  are  as  follows : 

1.  The  temperature  of  the  water  in  both  instances  has  a 
material  bearing  upon  its  influence  on  blood-pressure. 

2.  At  93  or  94°  F.  neither  bath  has  much  influence  on 
blood-pressure  if  this  be  not  pathologically  changed.  The 
CO2  bath  at  94°  tends  primarily  to  increase  a  pathologic 
blood-pressure,  whether  this  was  at  first  a  hypo-  or  a  hyper- 
tension. 

3.  The  normal  pulse  is  but  little  altered  by  either  bath, 
while  the  CO2  reduces  it  more  often  in  less  degree  than  the 
oxygen  bath,  when  the  pulse  is  originally  abnormal. 

In  employing  the  oxygen  bath,  the  patient  should  not 
enter  it  immediately  after  active  exercise  or  mental  excite- 
ment, and  unnecessary  movement  should  be  avoided  while 

1  Zeit,  f.  Physiol,  u.  VieL  Therap.,  Vol.  XIV,  1910. 


260  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

in  the  bath.  He  should  be  carefully  dried  and  then  should 
lie  down  immediately  for  an  hour.  The  duration  of  the 
bath,  depending  upon  the  effect  desired,  should  be  from 
ten  to  twenty-five  minutes,  and  should  be  given  on  alter- 
nate days.  The  bath  is  contraindicated  in  low  blood-pres- 
sure accompanying  the  last  stages  of  arteriosclerosis.  Also 
for  those  with  mitral  defects  or  marked  anemia. 

The  ingredients  for  the  oxygen  bath  (sodium  per  borate 
and  magnesium  borate)  can  be  obtained  in  the  open 
market  under  the  name  of  ^^perogen"  bath. 

Electrotherapy. — Much  has  been  said,  and,  if  possible, 
more  has  been  written,  upon  the  subject  of  electrical  treat- 
ment for  the  reduction  of  arterial  hypertension.  A  careful 
review  of  literature  up  to  the  time  of  writing  shows  that 
there  is  considerable  divergence  of  opinion  upon  the  value 
of  such  measures.  First,  in  any  case,  we  must  determine 
the  cause  of  high  pressure  and  the  desirability  of  reducing  it. 

Here,  as  in  the  study  of  other  remedial  agents,  a  systemic 
employment  of  the  blood-pressure  test  is  essential  to  the 
proper  interpretation  of  the  results,  as  it  is  only  by  this 
means  that  the  psychic  element  can  be  eliminated,  which 
some  authorities  aver  is  the  only  benefit  derived  from  the 
use  of  electrical  currents  in  the  treatment  of  hypertension. 

William  Benham  Snow^  is  conservative  in  his  statements 
regarding  the  value  of  such  measures,  and  largely  confines 
himself  to  the  consideration  of  the  control  of  early  cases  of 
hypertension  by  autocondensation  and  other  electrical 
measures. 

He  divides  all  cases  presenting  the  symptoms  of  hyper- 
tension into  the  following  seven  clinical  groups: 

*  Jour.  Adv.  Therap.,  June,  1909. 


METHODS    OF    CONTROLLING   BLOOD-PRESSURE  261 

1.  The  aged  and  feeble,  partly  compensated  arterio- 
sclerotics with  low-pressure  readings.  (These  are  not 
benefited  by  electrical  treatment — author.) 

2.  General  arteriosclerosis,  so  wide  spread  that  auto- 
condensation  fails  to  affect  the  reading,  sequlse  cannot  be 
avoided  and  electrical  treatment  is  useless. 

3.  Arteriosclerosis  of  advanced  age,  fifty  to  sixty  years, 
pressure  above  200  mm.;  autocondensation  and  hygienic 
measures  cause  a  reduction  to  165  or  160  mm.,  when  it  may 
be  maintained  by  diet  and  occasional  electrical  treatment. 
There  is  a  corresponding  improvement  in  general  health. 
Electrical  treatment  is  valuable  in  this  class  if  it  can  be  con- 
tinued indefinitely  from  time  to  time  in  order  to  maintain 
the  reduction. 

4.  Arteriosclerosis  in  adults  of  thirty-five  to  fifty-five, 
pressure  150  to  170  mm.,  with  or  without  beginning  chronic 
nephritis.  Here  fifteen  minutes  treatment,  400  milliamperes 
by  autocondensation,  produces  marked  fall;  with  frequent 
treatments  and  correction  in  diet  the  tension  often  returns 
to  normal,  the  physical  condition  appears  normal  and  urine 
clears  up.  (These  cases  are  probably  those  of  true  hyper- 
tension of  Brunton,  those  which  do  not  have  permanent 
arterial  change  or  chronic  intestinal  nephritis — author.) 

5.  Same  as  class  four,  except  an  earlier  stage  of  hyper- 
tension— (author) . 

6.  Young  adults,  chiefly  athletes,  who  have  developed  a 
work  hypertrophy  and  consequent  moderate  degree  of 
hypertension  (Snow  fails  to  state  effect  of  treatment — 
author.) 

7.  Compensatory  hypertension  occurring  in  parenchy- 
matous nephritis,  cirrhosis  of  liver,  fever,  after  excessive 


262  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

exercise,  etc.     (Condition  about  the  same  as  4,  no  uni- 
formity in  results  of  treatment — author.) 

Snow  states  that  D'Arsenval  high-frequency  and  static- 
wave  currents  act  locally  upon  the  neuromuscular  mechan- 
ism. The  methods  of  D'Arsenval  may  be  either  autocon- 
densation  or  autoconduction,  by  both  of  which  methods  the 
patient  is  placed  in  a  field  of  hypotensive  stresses  where 
the  high  frequency  to  a  greater  or  lesser  extent  surges 
through  the  tissues  of  the  body,  and  are  remarkably 
active  in  lowering  arterial  tension.  *^This  effect  is  prob- 
ably induced  by  a  complex  action  of  the  current.'' 
Acting  conjointly: 

1.  Upon  metabolism,  promoting  tissue  combustion  and 
elimination,  as  demonstrated  by  an  increase  in  soHds  in 
the  urine,  and 

2.  Upon  the  vasodilator  centers  which  control  peripheral 
resistance  by  which  hypertension  is  relaxed,  as  demon- 
strated by  the  sphygmomanometer. 

A  twelve-minute  administration  of  400  milliamperes  is, 
as  a  rule,  followed  by  a  reduction  of  from  10  to  15  mm.; 
occasionally  a  fall  amounting  to  fifty  occurs. 

''Autocondensation  is  indicated  in  all  cases  in  which 
hypertension  is  not  compensatory  and  is  contraindicated 
in  all  compensatory  cases''  (Snow). 

Dosage  300  to  400  milliamperes  from  twelve  to  fifteen 
minutes  duration  repeated  daily  or  on  alternate  days. 

Van  AUen^  claims  that  high-frequency  currents  reduce 
the  blood-pressure  by  removing  the  exciting  causes,  that 
is,  by  preventing  autointoxication. 

*  Albany  Med.  Annals.,  June,  1911. 


METHODS   OF   CONTROLLING  BLOOD-PRESSURE  263 

It  must  be  remembered  that  all  efforts  at  reduction 
of  high  blood-pressure  should  be  based  upon  a  carefully 
made  diagnosis,  and  that  the  indications  for  interfering 
with  the  circulation  must  be  clear,  otherwise  one  must 
expect  to  have  failures.  In  some  cases  even  disaster  will 
follow  ill-advised  efforts  to  modify  blood-pressure.  A 
safe  rule  to  follow  is  to  watch  the  patient,  study  the  effect 
of  pressure  changes  upon  him  and  cease  all  measures  that 
fail  to  produce  benefit,  both  in  the  evident  physical  con- 
dition of  the  patient  and  in  his  own  subjective  signs. 

Venesection. — Miller,^  after  carefully  studying  the  effect 
of  venesection  on  both  normal  and  pathologic  cases, 
arrived  at  a  conclusion  similar  to  that  stated  by  Mac- 
kenzie some  years  before.  Miller  found  the  rapid  with- 
drawal of  300  c.c.  or  more  from  a  normal  individual  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  transitory  fall  in  blood-pressure,  but  all  persons 
do  not  react  in  the  same  way.  The  effect  depends  partly 
on  the  rapidity  with  which  the  blood  is  withdrawn — 500  c.c. 
withdrawn  slowly  may  have  no  effect  on  blood-pressure. 

Butterman^  bled  ten  students,  withdrawing  from  200 
to  480  c.c,  and  nine  showed  reductions  varying  from  5  to 
30  mm.  Patients  with  hypertension  do  not  necessarily  all 
react  in  the  same  way. 

The  accompanying  table  taken  from  Miller^s  article 
above  shows  what  may  be  expected  in  efforts  to  reduce 
hypertension  by  this  means. 


1  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  Vol.  LIV,  No.  21. 

^  Arch,  fur  klin.  Med.,  1902,  LXXIV,  No.  1. 


264 


BLOOD-PRESSURE 
Effect  of  Bleeding  on  Blood-pressure  (Miller) 


Blood-pres- 

Amount of 

blood 
withdrawn 

Blood-pres- 

Case 

sure  before 

sure  after 

bleeding 

c.cm. 

bleeding 

1 

200 

500 

200 

2 

190 

500 

185 

3 

160 

600 

150 

Two  hours  later  160 

4 

185 

500 

170 

Two  hours  later  180 

5 

220 

450 

210 

CHAPTER  XX 
BLOOD-PRESSURE  ELEVATORS 

Hypotension  is  often  an  important  complication  in 
acute  infections,  especially  in  pneumonia  and  typhoid 
fever.  So  also  in  shock,  after  hemorrhage,  during  anes- 
thesia and  under  surgical  operations  a  dangerously  low 
pressure  may  develop  and  demand  the  employment  of 
measures  capable  of  controling  it.  (See  Chapter  VIII 
on  Hypotension.) 

A  knowledge  of  the  usual  therapeutic  measures  employed 
in  such  conditions,  and  the  effect  which  may  be  expected 
from  them,  should  form  an  important  part  of  the  readily 
available  knowledge  of  both  surgeon  and  physician. 

The  routine  employment  of  the  blood-pressure  test 
has  thrown  much  light  upon  the  action  of  blood-pressure 
among  drugs,  and  has  resulted  in  the  elimination  of  many 
which  have  long  been  empirically  employed.  At  the  same 
time  new  and  valuable  remedies  have  been  added  to  the 
list  of  those  available  for  combating  dangerous  hypotension. 

The  varying  origin  and  character  of  the  drugs  employed 
make  the  scientific  division  of  this  group  impossible,  so 
that  the  arrangement  herein  found  is  largely  based 
upon  the  activity  and  reliability  of  the  several  drugs,  as 
demonstrated  both  experimentally  and  clinically  by  the 
sphygmomanometer. 

Adrenalin. — While  reports  bearing  on  the  efficiency 
of  adrenalin  as  a  supporter  of  failing  blood-pressure  are 

265 


266  BLOOD-PBESSURB 

conflicting,  a  critical  study  shows  that  this  drug  is  probably 
our  chief  support  in  emergency,  and  that  it  may  in  many 
cases  be  relied  upon,  when  properly  employed,  to  support  a 
failing  circulation  for  a  sufficiently  long  time  to  tide  the 
case  over  a  crisis. 

Adrenalin  may  be  administered  by  the  mouth  in  doses 
of  from  fifteen  to  fifty  minims,  by  hypodermic  in  doses  of 
three  to  ten  minims,  and  by  hypodermoclysis  and  intra- 
venous injections  in  varying  dosage,  depending  upon 
the  rate  of  flow  through  the  needle  and  the  extent  of 
effect  desired.  The  action  of  adrenaUn  when  given  by 
mouth  is  extremely  unreliable  and  it  is  doubtful  whether 
absorption  from  the  stomach  takes  place  with  sufficient 
rapidity  to  allow  much  of  the  drug  to  be  absorbed  before 
its  activity  is  reduced  or  destroyed  by  the  fluids  in  the 
digestive  tract. 

MacKenzie  recommends  the  hypodermic  method  for 
emergency  use,  but  he  believes  frequent  repetition  is 
necessary  if  any  sustained  action  is  desired  as  the  action 
is  largely  local,  as  the  product  is  rapidly  destroyed  after 
entering  the  blood  stream.  The  researches  of  W.  Straub^ 
confirm  the  assumption  that  adrenahn  has  no  cumulative 
action,  and  says  that  it  is  probable  that  this  substance 
is  destroyed  with  great  rapidity,  as  it  vanishes  from  the 
blood  completely,  just  as  rapidly  as  its  action  subsides. 
Its  action  is  further  exclusively  local,  that  is,  it  acts  on 
the  vessels  only  by  direct  contact.  This  we  think  proves 
that  the  continuous  infusion  of  a  weak  solution  of  adrenalin 
is  the  only  rational  method  of  employing  the  drug,  when 
continued  effect  is  desired.     Straub  found  it  possible  to 

»  MUnch.  med.  Wochen.,  Vol.  LVII,  No.  26. 


BLOOD-PRESSURE   ELEVATORS  267 

send  the  solution  continuously  into  a  vein  and  thus  keep 
blood-pressure  up  permanently,  as  long  as  it  was  continued, 
the  effect  being  dependent  on  the  concentration  of  the  solu- 
tion, and  not  on  the  absolute  amount  of  adrenalin  infused. 

In  the  low  blood-pressure  of  shock,  Pearce  and  Eisenberg^ 
recommend  the  slow  intravenous  administration  of  adren- 
alin salt  solution  (1-40,000)  combined  with  a  pure  cardiac 
stimulant  such  as  digitoxin.  They  obtained  relatively 
rapid  and  permanent  improvement.  In  this  same  con- 
nection A.  Randal  Short^  found  that  the  addition  of 
adrenalin  to  normal  salt  solution  in  strength  up  to  1-20,000 
would  restrain  the  caliber  of  the  vessels  even  when  the 
vasomotor  center  was  powerless  and  that  apparently 
hopeless  cases  recovered  under  this  treatment. 

In  contrast  to  this  testimony  Brooks  and  Kaplan'  have 
reported  two  cases  where  adrenalin  was  used  as  the  thera- 
peutic agent  for  a  prolonged  time.  They  found  that 
during  continued  administration  adrenalin  gradually  lost 
its  power,  and  they  therefore  do  not  accept  the  common 
belief  that  adrenalin  will,  over  a  prolonged  period,  main- 
tain a  constant  elevation  of  pressure. 

Pituitary  Extract. — A.  Randle  Short  believes  that  pitu- 
itary extract  is  of  more  value  than  adrenalin.  When 
given  hypodermatically  in  doses  of  1/5  gr.  t.i.d.  it  is 
extremely  efficient  in  counteracting  at  once  depressed 
arterial  tension,  it  appears  also  to  promote  diuresis. 

J.  Campbell  McClure^  finds  the  effect  of  the  drug  much 
more  prolonged  than  that  of  adrenahn.     It  can  therefore 

1  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  Aug.,  1910. 
^  Loc.  cit. 

^  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  Oct.  15,  1909. 
^Practitioner,  Dec,  1911,  p.  829. 


268  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

be  employed  hypodermically  and  can  be  employed  advan- 
tageously over  a  long  period  of  time. 

Digitalis. — This  is  another  drug  still  under  dispute. 
On  account  of  local  irritation,  it  is  usually  employed  by 
the  mouth  in  doses  of  from  five  to  ten  minims  of  tincture. 
The  usual  preparations  of  this  drug  are  extremely  variable 
and  are  not  to  be  depended  upon  unless  coming  from  a 
reliable  source.  I  have  seen  less  effect  follow  the  admin- 
istration of  twenty-minim  doses  of  a  poor  preparation 
than  was  obtained  from  five  minims  of  a  good  active  one. 

Digitalis  is  slow  and  cumulative  in  action.  According 
to  Boos  and  Lawrence^  its  full  action  on  blood-pressure 
cannot  be  expected  in  less  than  twenty-four  to  thirty-six 
hours.  It  cannot  therefore  be  considered  as  valuable 
in  emergency,  when  employed  for  its  effect  on  blood- 
pressure.  It  is  also  well  known  that  many  cardiovascular 
cases  stand  digitahs  poorly,  particularly  those  having 
marked  myocardial  weakness.  Caution  is  therefore  always 
necessary  during  its  administration.  Fatal  syncope  has 
followed  the  overuse  of  digitalis  (Brunton).  Brunton 
also  warns  against  its  use  in  advanced  Bright 's  disease, 
and  in  threatened  apoplexy.  He  believes  that  the  danger 
may  be  reduced  by  proper  combination  with  vasodilators. 
The  same  author^  tabulates  the  physiologic  and  toxic 
effects  of  digitalis  on  the  circulation  as  follows: 

A.  Physiologic: 

1.  Increase  in  heart  power. 

2.  Nervous  irritability. 

B.  Toxic: 

» Interstate  Med.  Jour.,  Vol.  XVII,  No.  6. 
'  Therapeutics  of  the  Circulation,  1908. 


BLOOD-PRESSURE   ELEVA.TORS  269 

1.  Heart  muscle  fails. 

2.  Vessel  musculature  fails,  causing, 

3.  Increased  blood-pressure,  pulse  slowed. 

4.  Blood-pressure  stays  up,  pulse  irregular  and  rapid. 

5.  Heart  feeble,  beat  more  regular. 

6.  Vessels  dilate,  blood-pressure  falls. 

J.  M.  Mackenzie,^  on  the  contrary,  found  that  only 
in  exceptional  cases  does  digitalis  raise  blood-pressure, 
even  when  carried  to  the  physiologic  limit.  The  only 
cases  in  which  he  found  an  increase  in  blood-pressure 
were  cases  of  extreme  dilatation  of  the  heart  with  edema. 
Here  a  slight  rise  in  pressure  accompanied  the  improvement. 

Caffein. — The  immediate  effect  of  caffein  on  the  circula- 
tion is  to  elevate  blood-pressure  and  to  increase  the  heart 
rate.  These  effects  were  demonstrated  by  J.  D.  Prichard, 
in  a  series  of  pharmacologic  experiments.^  Large  doses 
decrease  cardiac  tone  and  lower  blood-pressure;  while 
toxic  doses  may  cause  death  by  acute  cardiac  dilatation. 
Caffein  must  therefore  be  employed  clinically  in  moderate 
doses  only,  when  it  has  a  more  prompt,  but  less  lasting 
action  than  digitalis.  Coffee  by  the  mouth  or  rectum  has 
the  same  action  as  caffein,  because  of  the  presence  of  this 
drug  in  it.  Tea  also  has  the  same  action  but  to  a  less 
extent  for  the  same  reason. 

Theobromin  according  to  Mackenzie  has  an  action 
similar  to  caffein,  in  that  it  raises  blood-pressure  and  at  the 
same  time  accelerates  pulse  rate. 

Strychnin,  in  the  light  of  recent  pharmacologic  studies 
and  clinical  investigations  with  the  sphygmomanometer, 

1  Dis.  of  Heart,  1910. 

2  Cleveland  Med.  Jour.,  Jan.,  1912. 


270  BLOOD-PRESSURE 

has  no  appreciable  effect  on  blood-pressure,  as  it  has  very 
httle  effect  on  the  tone  of  the  vessel,  but  acts  chiefly  on 
the  heart  (Mackenzie). 

Oxygen  by  inhalation  is  of  particular  value  in  the  fall  in 
pressure,  occurring  under  prolonged  anesthesia.  Its  admin- 
istration is  most  valuable  in  emergency;  where  it  has  been 
shown  to  rise  pressure  from  a  dangerous  75  mm.  to  150 
mm.  after  ten  minutes  inhalation.  In  the  nitrous  oxid- 
oxygen  anesthesia,  the  cessation  of  N2O  and  the  giving  of 
50  per  cent,  is  followed  by  an  immediate  rise  in  pressure 
and  a  return  to  consciousness. 

Nicotin. — While  this  drug  is  not  employed  clinically 
for  its  effect  on  a  falling  blood-pressure,  nevertheless 
experiment  has  shown  that  next  to  adrenalin  this  is  the 
most  powerful  blood-pressure  elevator  known  (Mackenzie). 
In  animals  the  effect  of  nicotin  is  shown  by  a  slowing  of 
the  heart  and  a  profound  elevation  of  blood-pressure.  The 
blood-pressure  raising  effect  can  be  seen  in  the  unaccus- 
tomed smoker.  (See  Page  68.)  The  relation  of  nicotin 
to  the  production  of  arteriosclerosis  has  been  demonstrated 
by  Careman,  Aub  and  Briger^  who  have  shown  that 
nicotin  in  small  doses  (0.0035  gm.  to  0.0075  gm.  in  cats) 
caused  an  increase  in  adrenalin  secretion  and  a  rise  in 
blood-pressure. 

*  Jour,  of  Pharm.  and  Exp.  Therap.,  March,  1912. 


INDEX 


Abdominal   paracentesis,   influence 

of,  202 
Aconite,  237 

administration  of,  237 
Addison's  disease,  186 

hypotension  in,  109 
Adrenalin,  265 

in  acute  infections,  175 
in  cerebrospinal  meningitis,  178 
in  cholera,  108 
myocarditis,  153 
salt  solution,  267 
Age,  influence  of,  58,  59 

on  diastolic  pressure,  59 
old,  blood-pressure  in,  61 
Agurin,  236 
Alcohol,  influence  on  blood-pressure, 

67 
Altitude,  hypotension  in,  104 
influence  of,  66,  83 

in  blood-pressure    in    tubercu- 
losis, 85 
Amyl  nitrite,  231 

effect  of,  on  circulation,  231 
method  of  administration,  231 
Anesthesia,     chloroform,     influence 
of,  205 
cocain,  influence  of,  207 
ether,  influence  of,  204 
ethyl  chlorid,  influence  of,  207,  241 
nitrous  oxid  and  oxygen,  influence 
of,  206 
influence  of,  205 
oxid-ether    sequence,    influence 
of,  205 
Anesthetics,  241 

influence  of,  198,  204 
Aneurysm,  thoracic,  194 

dilatation  of  arch  of  aorta  and, 
differentiation,  195 


Aneurysmal  bulging,  122 
Antimeningococcic    serum    in    cere- 
brospinal meningitis,  177 
Aorta,  arch  of,  dilatation,  thoracic 
aneurysm  and  differentiation,  195 
Aortic     regurgitation,     hypotension 

in,  100 
Apoplexy,  pseudo-,  in  myocarditis, 

162 
Arsenic,  239 
Arterial  pressure,  73 

elasticity  of  vessel  wall  in,  76 
heart  energy  in,  73 
peripheral  resistg,nce  in,  74 
viscosity  of  blood  in,  79 
volume  of  blood  in,  78 
spasm,  arteriosclerosis  and,  differ- 
entiation, 131 
system,  74 

walls,  condition  of,  influence,  on 
blood-pressure,  18 
Arteries,  radial,  in  arteriosclerosis, 
131 
width    of,    influence,    on    blood- 
pressure,  18 
Arteriosclerosis,  118 

arterial    spasm    and,    differentia- 
tion, 131 
artificial  production,  123 
baths  in,  137 
blood-pressure  in,  132 
caffein  in,  139 
cardioarterial  type,  125 
causes,  118 
climate  in,  137 
clinical  manifestations,  123 
diagnosis,  130 
diet  in,  135,  136,  137 
digestive  tract  in,  133 
digitalis  in,  138 


271 


272 


INDEX 


Arteriosclerosis,  drugs  in,  137 

electrotherapy  in,  261 

etiology,  118 

heart  in,  133 

hypertension  in,  132 

kidney  relation  to,  141 

massage  in,  138 

nitrites  in,  138 

nux  vomica  in,  139 

occurrence,  119 

pathology,  121 

potassium  iodid  in,  139 

radial  arteries  in,  131 

stages,  125 

strontium  iodid  in,  139 

etrophanthus  in,  139 

Bweet  spirits  of  niter  in,  139 

symptomatology,  125 

temperature  in,  133 

thyroid  extract  in,  138 

treatment,  134 

water  in,  136 
Arthritis,  rheumatoid,  hypotension 

in,  111 
Artificial     production     of     arterio- 
sclerosis, 123 
Aspiration,  pleural,  influence  of,  202 
Asthma,  cardiac,  103,  188 
Atheroma,  121 

typical,  123 
Athletic  hfe,  influence  of,  88 
Atmospheric  pressure,  influence  of, 

66,  83 
Auricular  fibrillation,  187 
Auscultatory  method  of  sphygmo- 

manometry,  47 j 
Aviation  sickness,  187 

E(ath8,  cold,  263 

electric-light,  254,  255 

hot,  254 

in  arteriosclerosis,  137 

influence  of,  66 

oxygen,  259 

perogen,  260 
Biliary  colic,  193 


Bishop's  sphygmomanometer,  34 

disadvantages,  35 
Blood,  viscosity  of,  in  arterial  pres- 
sure, 79 
volume  of,  in  arterial  pressure,  78 
Blood-pressure    after    hemorrhage, 
103 
arterial,    73.     See    also    Arterial 

pressure. 
capillary,  69 
chart,  37 
. —  daily  variations  in,  61 
^diastohc,  81 

—  influence  of  age  and  sex  on,  59 
-    diet  in,  246 

— .  drugs  for  raising,  265 
electrotherapy,  260 
extreme  low,  99 

-  factors  influencing,  56 

high,  112.    See  also  Hypertension. 

hydrotherapy  in,  253 

in  acute  infections,  169 

in  Addison's  disease,  186 

in  arteriosclerosis,  132 

in  auricular  fibrillation,  187 

in  aviation  sickness,  187 

in  biliary  colic,  193 

in  cardiac  asthma,  188 

in  cerebral  hemorrhage,  103,  188 

in  cerebrospinal  meningitis,  177 

in  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration,  189 

in  cholera,  177 

in  chronic  infections,  179 

myocarditis,  224 

nephritis,  145 
in  corneal  ulcers,  210 
in  different  arteries,  80 
in  diphtheria,  172 
in  diseases  of  kidneys,  140 
in  eclampsia,  216 
in  epistaxis,  192 
in  general  paresis,  190 
in  glaucoma,  209 
in  hemorrhage,  203 

in  typhoid  fever,  171 
in  incipient  tuberculosis,  225 


INDEX 


273 


Blood-pressure   in    lead    poisoning, 
190 

in  life  insurance,  218 
applications,  222 
formula  to  estimate  normal 

pressure,  220 
ordinary  variations,  219 
permissible  variations,  221 

in  locomotor  ataxia,  193 

in  metabolic  diseases,  186 

in  Momburg  constriction,  191 

in  myocardial  degeneration,  152 

in  nephritis,  222 

in  neurasthenia,  191 

in  obstetrics,  211 

in  old  age,  61 

in  ophthalmology,  208 

in  pain,  200 

in  paresis,  190 

in  perforation  in  typhoid  fever,  171 

in  pneumonia,  170 

in  pregnancy,  211,  212 

in  prolonged  epistaxis,  192 

in  pulmonary  edema,  188 
tuberculosis,  179 

in  relation  to  mortality,  225 

in  renal  coHc,  193 

in  retinal  hemorrhage,  208 

in  rupture  of  membranes,  213,  216 

in  scarlet  fever,  174 

in  shock,  102,  193 

in  surgery,  196 

in  syphiHs,  183 

in  tabes  dorsahs,  193 

in  thoracic  aneurysm,  194 

in  toxemia  of  pregnancy,  213-216 

in  tuberculosis,  179 

in  typhoid  fever,  171 

influence  of  abdominal  paracen- 
tesis, 202 
of  age,  58,  59 

-   of  alcohol,  67 
of  altitude,  66,  83 

in  tuberculosis,  85 
of  anesthetics,  198,  204 
of  athletic  life,  8 

18 


Blood-pressure,  influence  of  atmos- 
pheric pressure,  66,  83 
—  of  baths,  66 

of  bradycardia,  102 
of  cardiac  asthma,  103 
of  chloroform  anesthesia,  205 
of  chmate,  83,  85 
of  cocain  anesthesia,  207 
"  of  cold  baths,  253 

of  collapse,  102 
-^  of  diet,  66,  246 
•---'"■of  digestion,  66     • 

of  electric-hght  ba,ths,  254,  255 
— of  emotion,  65 

of  ether  anesthesia,  204 

of  ethyl  chlorid  anesthesia,  207, 

241 
of  exercise,  65,  88,  245 
"of  foods,  246 

of  gynecologic  operations,  202 
—of  hot  baths,  254 
of  hydrotherapy,  253 
of  massage,  246 
of  muscular  development,  65 
of  nicotin,  67 

of    nitrous    oxid    and    oxygen 
anesthesia,  206 
anesthesia,  206 
of  nitrous  oxid-ether  sequence, 

205 
of  operations  on  brain,  203 

on  spinal  cord,  203 
of  operative  procedures,  201 
of  oxygen  bath,  259 
of  paroxysmal  tachycardia,  102 
of  passive  movements,  66 
of  physical  measures,  243 
of  pleural  aspiration,  202 
■"~of  posture,  243 
-  of  race,  83,  86 
-"  of  rest,  243,  244 

of  Scottish  douche,  254 

of  sex,  58,  59 

of  shock,  102 

of  size  and  temperament,  62 

of  skin  incision,  201 


274 


INDEX 


Blood-pressure,  influence  of  sleep,  63, 
244 
of  smoking,  67 
of  sweating,  255 
of  temperature,  66 
of  tobacco,  67,  247 
of  vasomoter  excitement,  66 
of  venesection,  263 
of  water,  252 
low.    See  Hypotension. 
lower  normal  limits,  99 
mean,  81 
measures  for  raising,  265 

for  reducing,  230 
methods  of  controlling,  227 
Nauheim  treatment,  256 
normal,  57 

periodic  variations  in,  61 
pulse,  82 

reducing  measures  for,  230 
physical  measures,  243 
— ^   systolic,  81 

venesection  in,  263 
venous,  70 

measurement  of,  71 
pulmonary,  72 
Bradycardia,  influence  of,  102 
Brain,  operations  on  influence  of,  203 
Bright's     disease,     140.     See     also 

Nephritis. 
Brunton's  hypertension,  125 

method  of  estimating  venous  pres- 
sure, 71 

Cachectic  states,    hypotension   in, 

109 
Caffein,  269 

citrate  in  chronic  myocarditis,  166 

in  arteriosclerosis,  139 
Calcium  content  in  diet,  restriction 

of,  241 
Calomel,  241 

in  chronic  nephritis,  150 
Capillary  blood-pressure,  69 
Cardiac  asthma,  188 
influence  of,  103 


Cerebral  hemorrhage,  103,  188 
differential  diagnosis,  189 
Cerebrospinal  meningitis,  109,  177 
adrenalin  in,  178 
antimeningococcic     serum     in, 
177 
Chamberlain's  table,  86 
Chart  for  pulse,   temperature   and 

blood-pressure,  37 
Cheyne-Stokes  respiration,  189 

in  myocarditis,  162 
Chloral,  242 

in  tu"emia,  151 
Chloroform,  241 

anesthesia,  influence  of,  205 
in  chronic  myocarditis,  166 
Cholera,  177 

adrenalin  in,  108 
hypotension  in,  108 
Circulation,  14 

and  heart,  relation,  14 
effect  of  amyl  nitrite  on,  231 

of  vasodilators  on,  231 
normal,  15 
CUmate  in  arteriosclerosis,  137 

influence  of,  83,  85 
Cocain  anesthesia,  influence  of,  207 
Cold  baths,  253 
CoUc,  biliary,  193 

renal,  193 
Collapse,  influence  of,  102 
Coma,  epileptic,  hypotension  in,  109 
Constriction,  Momburg,  191 
Cook's   modification  of  Riva-Rocci 
sphygmomanometer,  27 
disadvantages,  27 
Corneal  ulcers,  210 

Daily  variations  in  blood-pressure, 

61 
Definitions,  69 

Degeneration,  fatty,  of  heart,  153 
etiology,  154 
pathology,  157 
fibroid,  of  heart,  pathology,  158 
myocardial,  152 


INDEX 


275 


Degeneration,     myocardial,    caffein 
citrate  in,  166 
chloroform  in,  166 
definition  of,  152 
diagnosis  of,  162 
digitalis  in,  166 
etiology  of,  153 
exercise  in,  167 
glycosuria  and,  relation,  154 
gout  and,  relation,  154 
Graupner's  test  in,  164 
heart  failure  in,  159 
morphin  in,  166 
nitrites  in,  166 
nux  vomica  in,  166 
occurrence  of,  152 
pathology  of,  157 
Shapiro's  test  in,  164 
epartein  sulphate  in,  166 
strychnin  in,  166 
symptoms  of,  160 
theobromin  in,  166 
treatment  of,  165 
valvular  disease  accompanying, 
158 
parenchymatous,  of  heart,  path- 
ology, 157 
Diabetes,  hypotension  in,  109 
Diastohc  indicator,  53 
pressure,  81 

influence  of  age  and  sex,  59 
method  of  obtaining,  50 

auscultatory  method,  51 
diastolic  indicator,  53 
palpatory  method,  51 
visible  method,  50 
Diet,  246 

calcium  content  in,  restriction  of, 

241 
in  arteriosclerosis,  135,  136,  137 
in  hypertension,  115 
in  renal  insufficiency,  151 
influence  of,  66 
milk,  246 
Digestion,  influence  of,  66 
Digestive  tract  in  arteriosclerosis,  133 


Digitahs,  268 

in  arteriosclerosis,  138 

in  chronic  myocarditis,  166 
nephritis,  150 
Dilatation  of  heart,  blood-pressure 
in,  110 
etiology,  156 
Diphtheria,  172 

hypotension  in,  109 
Diuretics  in  chronic  nephritis,  150 
Diuretin,  235 
Douche,  Scottish,  254 
Drugs  for  raising  blood-pressure,  265 

for  reducing  blood-pressure,  230 

in  arteriosclerosis,  137 

Eclampsia,  216 

Edema,  pulmonary,  188 

Elasticity  of  vessel  wall  in  arterial 

pressure,  76 
Electric-hght  baths,  254,  255 
Electrotherapy,  260 

in  arteriosclerosis,  261 
Emotion,  influence  of,  65 
Epileptic  coma,  hypotension  in,  109 
Epinephrin  in  acute  infections,  175, 

176 
Epistaxis,  morphin  in,  193 

prolonged,     associated    with    in- 
creased vascular  tension,  192 
Erlanger's  sphygmomanometer,  35 

disadvantages,  36 
Essential  arterial  hypertension,  112 

hypotension,  97 
Ether  anesthesia,  influence  of,  204 
Ethyl  chlorid  anesthesia,  influence 

of,  207,  241 
Excitement,  vasomotor,  influence  of, 

65  67 

Exercise  in  chronic  myocarditis,  1 

in  tuberculosis,  181 

influence  of,  65,  88,  245 

Factors  influencing  blood-pressure, 

56 
Fat  heart,  157 


276 


INDEX 


Fatty  degeneration  of  heart,  153 
etiology,  154 
pathology,  157 
Faught's    pocket    sphygmomanom- 
eter, 32 
rule,  62 

sphygmomanometer,  30 
disadvantages,  31 
Fedde  indicator,  54 
Fibrillation,  auricular,  187 
Fibroid  degeneration  of  heart,  path- 
ology, 158 
myocarditis,  152 
Foods,  influence  of,  246 

Glaucoma,  209 

Glycosuria,  myocardial  degenera- 
tion and,  relation,  154 

Gout,  myocardial  degeneration  and, 
relation,  154 

Graupner's  test  in  myocardial  degen- 
eration, 164 

Gumprecht's  unaccustomed  rest,  65 

Gynecologic  operations,  influence 
of,  202 

Heart  and  circulation,  relation,  14 
dilatation   of,    blood-pressure   in, 
110 
etiology,  156 
diseases  of,  hypotension  in,  100 
energy  in  arterial  pressure,  73 
failure   in    myocardial   degenera- 
tion, 159 
fat,  157 

fatty  degeneration,  153 
etiology,  154 
pathology,  157 
fibroid    degeneration,    pathology, 

158 
in  arteriosclerosis,  133 
muscle,  tonus  of,  155 
parenchymatous        degeneration, 

pathology,  157 
rate,  alterations  in,  101 
Hemorrhage,  203 


Hemorrhage,  cerebral,  103,  188 
differential  diagnosis,  189 

hypotension  after,  103 

in  typhoid  fever,  171 

retinal,  208 
Hot  baths,  254 
Hydrotherapy,  253 
Hygiene  in  renal  insufficiency,  151 
Hypertension,  112 

diet  in,  115 

essential  arterial,  112 

in  arteriosclerosis,  132 

in  chronic  nephritis,  145 

of  Brunton,  125 

syphilis  as  cause,  117 

treatment  of,  115 
Hypophysis  extracts,  242 
Hypotension,  96 

after  hemorrhage,  103 

alterations  in  heart  rate,  101 

causes  of,  98 

conditions  accompanied  by,  99 

dangers  of,  111 

definition  of,  96 

effects  of,  111 

essential,  97 

extreme  low  pressure,  99 

in  Addison's  disease,  109 

in  altitude,  104 

in  aortic  regurgitation,  100 

in  bradycardia,  102 

in  cachectic  states,  109 

in  cardiac  asthma,  103 

in  cerebrospinal  meningitis,  109 

in  cholera,  108 

in  collapse,  102 

in  diabetes,  109 

in  diphtheria,  109 

in  diseases  of  heart,  100 

in  epileptic  coma,  109 

in  infections,  104 

in  lumbago,  110 

in  measles,  109 

in  mitral  stenosis,  100 

in  neurasthenia,  110 

in  neuritis,  110 


INDEX 


277 


Hypotension  in  paresis,  104 
in  paroxysmal  tachycardia,  102 
in  phosphaturia,  110 
in  pneumonia,  107 
in  rheumatism,  109 
in  rheumatoid  arthritis,  111 
in  scarlet  fever,  109 
in  sciatica,  110 
in  shock,  102 
in  tuberculosis,  104,  179 
in  typhoid  fever,  106 
in  wasting  diseases,  109 
lower  normal  limits,  99 
primary,  97 
relative,  97 
terminal,  96 
true,  97 

Incision,  skin,  influence  of,  201 
Infectious  diseases,  acute,  169 
adrenalin  in,  175 
epinephrin  in,  175,  176 
pituitary  extract  in,  177 
sahne  solution  in,  175 
treatment  of,  174 
chronic,  179 
hypotension  in,  104 
Insurance,  hfe,  218 
appUcations,  222 
chronic  myocarditis,  224 
formula    to    estimate    normal 

pressure,  220 
incipient  tuberculosis,  225 
nephritis,  222 
overweights,  223 
permissible  variations,  221 
ordinary  variations,  219 
Introduction,  11 
lodids  in  syphihs,  185 
lodin,  237 
Irritation,  renal,  143 

Jane  way's  sphygmomanometer,  29 
disadvantages,  30 

Kidneys,  diseases  of,  140 
clinical  classification,  141 


Kidneys,  diseases  of,  treatment,  149 
insufficiency  of,  143 
irritation  of,  143 

Lead  poisoning,  190 
Life  insurance,  218 

apphcations,  222 

chronic  myocarditis,  224 

formula  to  estimate  normal  prea- 
sure,  220 

incipient  tuberculosis,  225 

nephritis,  222 

ordinary  variations,  219 

overweights,  223 

permissible  variations,  221 
Locomotor  ataxia,  193 
Lumbago,  hypotension  in,  110 

Manometer,  23 

Massage  in  arteriosclerosis,  138 

influence  of,  66,  246 
Mean  blood-pressure,  81 
Measles,  hypotension  in,  109 
Measurement    of    venous  pressure, 

71 
Membranes,  rupture  of,  213,  216 
Meningitis,  cerebrospinal,  109,  177 
adrenaUn  in,  178 
antimeningococcic  serum  in,  177 
Mercury  sphygmomanometer, 

Faught's,  30 
Metabolic  diseases,  186 
Milk  diet,  246 

Mitral  stenosis,  hypotension  in,  100 
Momburg  constriction,  191 
Morphin,  242 

in  chronic  myocarditis,  166 

in  epistaxis,  193 

in  uremia,  151 
Mortahty,    blood-pressiu-e   in   rela- 
tion to,  223 
Muscular  development,  influence  of, 

65 
Myocardial  degeneration,  152 
caffein  citrate  in,  166 
chloroform  in,  166 


278 


INDEX 


Myocardial  degeneration,  definition 
of,  152 

diagnosis,  162 

digitalis  in,  166 

etiology,  153 

exercise  in,  167 

glycosuria  and,  relation,  154 

gout  and,  relation,  154 

Graupner's  test  in,  164 

heart  failure  in,  159 

morphin  in,  166 

nitrites  in,  166 

nux  vomica  in,  166 

occurrence  of,  152 

pathology,  157 

Shapiro's  test  in,  164 

strychnin  in,  166 

epartein  sulphate  in,  166 

symptoms,  160 

theobromin  in,  166 

treatment,  165 

valvular  disease  accompanying, 
158 
Myocarditis,  adrenaUn,  153 
chronic,  153,  224 

cafiFein  citrate  in,  166 

Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  in,  162 

chloroform  in,  166 

diagnosis  of,  162 

dietetic  treatment,  252 

digitaUs  in,  166 

etiology  of,  153 

exercise  in,  167 

Graupner's  test  in,  164 

morphin  in,  166 

nitrites  in,  166 

nux  vomica  in,  166 

pseudo-apoplexy  in,  162 

Shapiro's  test  in,  164 

spartein  sulphate  in,  166 

Btrychnin  in,  166 

eymptoms  of,  160 

treatment  of,  165 

valvular  disease  accompanying, 
158 
fibroid,  152 


Nauheim  treatment,  256 

apphcation  of,  257 
Nephritis,  140,  144,  145,  222 
chronic,  calomel  in,  160 
digitahs  in,  150 
diuretics  in,  150 
hypertension  in,  145 
prognosis  of,  149 
saline  infusion  in,  150 
STgns  of,  145 
symptoms  of,  145 
treatment  of,  149 
venesection  in,  150 
etiology,  140 
pathology,  142 
Neurasthenia,  110,  191 
Neuritis,  hypotension  in,  110 
Nicotin,  270 

influence  of,  67 
Niter,  sweet  spirits  of,  in  arterio- 
sclerosis, 139 
Nitrites  in  arteriosclerosis,  138 
in  chronic  myocarditis,  166 
Nitrous  oxid  and  oxygen  anesthesia, 
influence  of,  206 
anesthesia,  influence  of,  205 
oxid-ether  sequence,  influence  of, 
205 
Nose-bleed,  prolonged,  192 
Nux  vomica  in  arteriosclerosis,  139 
in  chronic  myocarditis,  166 

Obstetrics,  211 

Old  age,  blood-pressure  in,  61 

Operations,  196 

gynecologic,  influence  of,  202 

on  brain,  influence  of,  203 

on  spinal  cord,  influence  of,  203 

Operative  procedures,  influence  of, 
201 

Ophthalmology,  208 

Overweights,  223 

Oxygen,  270 
bath,  259 

Pain,  200 


INDEX 


279 


Palpatory  method  of  Bphygmoma- 

nometry,  47 
Paracentesis,    abdominal,    influence 

of,  202 
Parenchymatous     degeneration     of 

heart,  pathology,  157 
Paresis,  general,  190 

hypotension  in,  104 
Paroxysmal   tachycardia,    influence 

of,  102 
Passive  movements,  influence  of,  66 
Perforation  in  typhoid  fever,  171 
Periodic  variations  in  blood-pressure, 

61 
Peripheral     resistance     in     arterial 

pressure,  74 
Perogen  baths,  260 
Phosphaturia,  hypotension  in,  110 
Physical  fitness,   determination  of, 

91 
Physiology,  14 
Pituitary  extract,  267 

in  acute  infections,  177 
Pleural  aspiration,  influence,  202 
Pneumonia,  170 

hypotension  in,  107 
Pocket     sphygmomanometer, 

Faught's,  32 
Poisoning,  lead,  190 

tobacco,  blood-pressure  in,  110 
Posture,  influence  of,  63,  243 
Potassium  bicarbonate,  242 

iodid,  239 
in  arteriosclerosis,  139 
Pregnancy,  211,  212 

toxemia  of,  213-216 
Presclerosis,  112,  125 
Primary  hypotension,  97 
Pseudo-apoplexy  in  myocarditis,  162 
Pulmonary  edema,  188 

tuberculosis,  179 

venous  pressure,  72 
Pulse,  80 

ampHtude,  82 

chart  for,  37 

pressure,  82 


Pulse,  radial,  17 
range,  82 

Race,  influence  of,  83,  86 

Radial  arteries  in  arteriosclerosis,  131 

pulse,  17 
Regurgitation,    aortic,    hypotension 

in,  100 
Relative  hypotension,  97 
Renal  colic,  193 
insufficiency,  143 
diet  in,  151 
hygiene  in,  151 
irritation,  143 
Respiration,  Cheyne-Stokes,  189 

in  myocarditis,  162 
Rest,  influence  of,  243,  244 
Retinal  hemorrhage,  208 
Rheumatism,  hypotension  in,  109 
Rheumatoid   arthritis,   hypotension 

in.  111 
Riva-Rocci  sphygmomanometer,  24, 
25 
Cook's  modification,  27 

disadvantages,  27 
disadvantages,  26 
Rogers'  sphygmomanometer,  33 
Rule,  Faught's,  62 
Rupture  of  membranes,  213,  216 

Salicylates,  241 

Salt  solution,  adrenahn,  267 

in  acute  infectious  diseases,  175 
in  chronic  nephritis,  150 

Salvarsan  in  syphihs,  185 

Scarlet  fever,  174 

hypotension  in,  109 

Sciatica,  hypotension  in,  110 

Scottish  douche,  254 

Serum,  antimeningococcic,  in  cere- 
brospinal meningitis,  177 
Tounecek's,  239 

Sex,  influence  of,  58,  59 

on  diastolic  pressure,  59 

Shapiro's  test  in  chronic  myocarditis, 
164 


280 


INDEX 


Shock,  102,  193 

Size,  influence  of,  62 

Skin  incision,  influence  of,  201 

Sleep,  influence  of,  63,  244 

Smoking,  influence  of,  67 

Sodium  iodid,  239 

salicylate,  241 
Spartein  sulphate  in  chronic  myo- 
carditis, 166 
Spasm,  arterial,  arteriosclerosis  and, 

differentiation,  131 
Sphygmomanometer,  11-13,  23 
Bishop's,  34 

disadvantages  of,  35 
cautions  in  using,  54 
circular  compression,  influence  of 
intervening  structures,  42 
of  vessel  wall  on,  41 
principle  of,  39 
directions  for  operating,  46 
Erlanger's,  35 

disadvantages,  36^ 
Faught's,  30 
disadvantages  of,  31, 
mercury,  30 
pocket,  32 
Janeway's,  29 

disadvantages  of,  30 
method  of  application,  45-55 
of  obtaining  systolic  reading,  47 
of  use,  56 
Riva-Rocci,  24,  25 

Cook's  modification,  27 

disadvantages,  27 
disadvantages  of,  26 
Rogers',  33 
Stanton's,  28 

disadvantages  of,  29 
Sphygmomanometry,  11 
auscultatory  method,  47 
cautions,  54 

influence  of  intervening  structures, 
42 
of  vessel  wall  on,  41 
method  of  obtaining  systolic  read- 
ing, 47 


Sphygmomanometry,    palpatory 
method,  47 

principle  of,  39 
Sphygmometroscope,  multiple,  52 
Spinal  cord,  operations  on,  influence 

of,  203 
Stanton's  sphygmomanometer,  28 

disadvantages,  29 
Stenosis,  mitral,  hypotension  in,  100 
Stethoscope  as  aid  in  auscultatory 

method     of     obtaining    diastolic 

pressure,  52 
Strontium  iodid  in  arteriosclerosis, 

139 
Strophanthus  in  arteriosclerosis,  139 
Strychnin,  269 

in  chronic  myocarditis,  166 
Surgery,  196 
Sweating,  255 
Syphilis,  183 

as  cause  of  hypertension,  117 

iodids  in,  185 

salvarsan  in,  185 
Systolic  blood-pressure,  81 

reading,  method  of  obtaining,  47 

Tabes  dorsalis,  193 

Tachycardia,  paroxysmal,  influence 

of,  102 
Temperature,  chart  for,  37 
in  arteriosclerosis,  133 
influence  of,  66 
Temperament,  influence  of,  62 
Terminal  hypotension,  96 
Terms,  69 

Test,  Graupner's,  in  chronic  myo- 
carditis, 164 
Shapiro's,  in  chronic  myocarditis, 
164 
Theobromin,  269 

in  chronic  myocarditis,  166 
Thoracic  aneurysm,  194 

dilatation  of  arch  of  aorta  and, 
differentiation,  195 
Thyroid  extract,  240 

in  arteriosclerosis,  138 


INDEX 


281 


Tobacco,  influence  of,  67,  247 

poisoning,  blood-pressure  in,  110 
Tonus,  21,  74 

of  heaxt  muscle,  155 
Toxemia  of  pregnancy,  213-216 
True  hypotension,  97 
Trunecek's  serum,  239 
Tuberculosis,  179 
exercise  in,  181 
hypotension  in,  104,  179 
incipient,  225 

influence    of   altitude   on   blood- 
pressure  in,  85 
prognosis,  180 
Typhoid  fever,  171 

hemorrhage  in,  171 
hypotension  in,  106 
perforation,  in,  171 
treatment,  175 

Ulcees,  corneal,  210 
Uremia,  chloral  in,  151 

morphin  in,  151 

treatment  of,  151 

venesection  in,  151 

Valvular     disease     accompanying 

chronic  myocarditis,  158 
Variations,  daily,  in  blood-pressure,61 


Variations,  periodic,  in  blood-pres- 
sure, 61 
Vasodilators,  230 

effect  of,  on  circulation,  231 
method  of  administration,  231 
Vasomotor  excitement,  influence  of, 

65 
Vasotonin,  234 
Venesection,  263 

in  chronic  nephritis,  150 
in  uremia,  151 
Venous  blood-pressure,  70 
measurement,  71 
pulmonary,  72 
Veratrum  viride,  236 

administration  of,  237 
Vessel   wall,    elasticity,    in    arterial 
pressure,  76 
influence,   on  sphygmomanom- 
etry,  41 
Viscosity  of  blood  in  arterial  pres- 
sure, 79 
Volume  of  blood  in  arterial  pressure, 
78 

Wasting  diseases,  hypotension  in, 

109 
Water  in  arteriosclerosis,  136 

influence  of,  252 


I 


SAUNDERS*  BOOKS 


on 


GYNECOLOGY 

and 

OBSTETRICS 

W.  B.  SAUNDERS   COMPANY 

WEST  WASHINGTON  SQUARE  PHILADELPHIA 

9.  HENRIETTA  STREET       COVENT  GARDEN,  LONDON 

SAUNDERS*   ANNOUNCEMENTS 
HAVE  AN  ANNUAL  CIRCULATION  OF  OVER  5.000,000 

TTHE  recent  growth  of  our  foreign  business  necessitated  some  further  provision 
*  for  bringing  our  new  books  before  the  English-speaking  profession  abroad. 
In  addition  to  our  front  cover  and  inside  space  in  the  British  Medical  Joufnal 
and  the  London  Lancet^  we  have,  therefore,  recently  arranged  for  front  cover 
and  inside  space  in  the  Indian  Medical  Gazette,  the  China  Medical  Journal, 
and  the  Bulletin  of  the  Manila  Medical  Society — each  a  leading  journal  m 
its  field. 

The  extension  of  our  advertising  has  always  gone  hand  in  hand  with  the  ex- 
pansion of  our  business  both  at  home  and  abroad.  In  1905  we  advertised  in 
10  journals  ;  in  1906  and  1907,  in  11  journals  ;  in  1908,  in  13  journals  ;  in  1909, 
in  16  journals;  in  1910,  in  17  journals;  in  191 1,  in  18  journals;  in  1912,  in  20 
journals  ;  and  in  191 3,  in  26  journals.  Our  announcements  now  have  an  annual 
circulation  of  over  5,000,000,  or  nearly  100,000  every  week  in  the  year. 

A  Complete  Catalogue  of  Our  Publications  will  be  Sent  Upon  Request 


SAUNDERS'    BOOKS   CN 


De  Lee's 
Obstetrics 


Principles  and  Practice  of  Obstetrics.  By  Joseph  B.  De  Lee, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  in  the  Northwestern  University  Medical 
School,  Chicago.  Large  octavo  of  1060  pages,  with  913  illustrations, 
150  in  colors.     Cloth,  ^8.00  net ;  Half  Morocco,  ^^9.50  net. 

JUST  READY 

The  Most  Superb  Book  on  Obstetrics  Ever  Published 

You  will  pronounce  this  new  book  by  Dr.  DeLee  the  most  elaborate,  the 
most  superbly  illustrated  work  on  Obstetrics  you  have  ever  seen.  Especially  will 
you  value  the  gij  illustrations,  practically  all  original,  and  the  best  work  of  lead- 
ing medical  artists.  Some  150  of  these  illustrations  are  in  colors.  Such  a  mag- 
nificent collection  of  obstetric  pictures — and  with  really  practical  value — ^has  never 
before  appeared  in  one  book. 

You  will  find  the  text  extremely  practical  throughout,  Dr.  De  Lee's  aim  being  to 
produce  a  book  that  would  meet  the  needs  of  the  general  practitioner  in  every  par- 
ticular. For  this  reason  diagnosis  is  featured,  and  the  relations  of  obstetric  con- 
ditions and  accidents  to  general  medicine,  surgery,  and  the  specialties  brought  into 
prominence. 

Regarding  treatment :  You  get  here  the  very  latest  advances  in  this  field,  and  you 
can  rest  assured  every  method  of  treatment,  every  step  in  operative  technic,  is  just 
right.  Dr.  De  Lee's  twenty-one  years'  experience  as  a  teacher  and  obstetrician 
guarantees  this. 

Worthy  of  your  particular  attention  are  the  descriptive  legends  under  the  illus- 
trations. These  are  unusually  full,  and  by  studying  the  pictures  serially  with  their 
detailed  legends,  you  are  better  able  to  follow  the  operations  than  by  referring  to 
the  pictures  from  a  distant  text — the  usual  method. 

Dr.  M.  A.  Hann&,  University  Medical  College,  Kansas  City 

"  I  am  Irank  in  stating  that  I  prize  it  more  highly  than  any  other  volume  in  my  obstetric 
library,  which  consists  of  practically  aU  the  recent  books  on  that  subject." 

Dr.  Clark  E.  Day,  Indianapolis,  Ind 

"  Dr.  DeLee's  work  is  by  far  the  greatest  on  Obstetrics  published  to-day  for  the  general 
practitioner.  It  will  nieet  what  is  expected  of  it  in  a  more  concise  and  comprehensive  way 
than  any  other  book  he  could  buy.'' 

Dr.  George  L.  Brodhead,  New  York  Post-Graduate  Medical  School 

"  The  name  of  the  author  is  in  itself  a  sufficient  guarantee  of  the  merit  of  the  book,  and  I 
congratulate  him,  as  well  as  you,  on  the  superb  work  just  published." 


G  YNECOLOG  V  AND  OBSTETRICS. 


Norris' 
Gonorrhea  in  Women 

Gonorrhea  in  Women.  By  Charles  C.  Norris,  M.  D.,  Instructor 
in  Gynecology,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  With  an  Introduction  by 
John  G.  Clark,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Gynecology,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania.    Large  octavo  of  520  pages,  illustrated.  Cloth,  ^6.00  net. 

JUST  ISSUED 

Dr.  Norris  here  presents  a  work  that  is  destined  to  take  high  place  among 
publications  on  this  subject.  He  has  done  his  work  thoroughly.  He  has  searched 
the  important  literature  very  carefully,  over  2300  references  being  utilized.  This, 
coupled  with  Dr.  Norris'  large  experience,  gives  his  book  the  stamp  of  authority. 
The  chapter  on  serum  and  vaccine  therapy  and  organotherapy  is  particularly 
valuable  because  it  expresses  the  newest  advances.  Every  phase  of  the  subject 
is  considered:  History,  bacteriology,  pathology,  sociology,  prophylaxis,  treatment 
(operative  and  medicinal),  gonorrhea  during  pregnancy,  parturition  and  puer- 
perium,  diffuse  gonorrheal  pertitonitis,  and  all  other  phases.  Furthur,  Dr.  Norris 
also  considers  the  rare  varieties  of  gonorrhea  occurring  in  men,  women,  and 
children.     The  text  is  illustrated. 

American  Text-Book  ^  Gynecology 

Second    Revised    Edition 
American  Text=Book  of  Gynecology.     Edited   by  J.    M.    Baldy, 
M.  D.     Imperial  octavo  of  718  pages,  with  341   text-illustrations  and 
38  plates.     Cloth,  ^6.00  net. 

American  Text-Book  qf  Obstetrics 

Second    Revised    Edition 
The  American  Text=Book  of  Obstetrics.     In  two  volumes.    Edited 
by  Richard  C.  Norris,  M.  D.  ;  Art  Editor,  Robert  L.  Dickinson,  M.  D. 
Two  octavos  of  about  600  pages  each  ;  nearly  900  illustrations,  includ- 
ing 49  colored  and  half-tone  plates.      Per  volume  :  Cloth,  ;^3.50  net. 

"  As  an  authority,  as  a  book  of  reference,  as  a  '  working  book  '  for  the  student  or  practi- 
tioner, we  commend  it  because  we  believe  there  is  no  better." — American  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Sciences. 


SAUNDERS'  BOOKS   ON 


Ashton*s 
Practice  of  Gynecology 


The  Practice  of  Gynecology.  By  W.  Easterly  Ashton,  M.  D., 
LL.D.,  Professor  of  Gynecology  in  the  Medico-Chirurgical  College, 
Philadelphia.  Handsome  octavo  volume  of  i  lOO  pages,  containing  1058 
original  line  drawings.     Cloth,  $6.^0  net ;  Half  Morocco,  ;$8.00  net. 

NEW  (5th)  EDITION 

The  continued  success  of  Dr.  Ashton' s  work  is  not  surprising  to  any  one 
knowing  the  book.  The  author  takes  up  each  procedure  necessary  to  gynecologic 
step  by  step,  the  student  bein??  led  from  one  step  to  another,  just  as  in  studying 
any  non-medical  subject,  the  minutest  detail  being  explained  in  language  that 
cannot  fail  to  be  understood  even  at  first  reading.  Nothing  is  left  to  be  taken  for 
granted,  the  author  not  only  telling  his  readers  in  every  instance  what  should  be 
done,  but  also  precisely  how  to  do  it,  A  distinctly  original  feature  of  the  book  is 
the  illustrations,  numbering  1058  line  drawings  made  especially  under  the  author's 
personal  supervision  from  actual  apparatus,  living  models,  and  dissections  on  the 
cadaver. 

From  its  first  appearance  Dr.  Ashton' s  book  set  a  standard  in  practical 
medical  books  ;  that  he  has  produced  a  work  of  unusual  value  to  the  medical 
practitioner  is  shown  by  the  demand  for  new  editions.  Indeed,  the  book  is  a 
rich  store-house  of  practical  information,  presented  in  such  a  way  that  the  work 
cannot  fail  to  be  of  daily  service  to  the  practitioner. 

Howard  A.  Kelly,  M.  D. 

Professor  of  Gynecologic  Surgery,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 

"  It  is  different  from  anything  that  has  as  yet  appeared.  The  illustrations  are  particularly 
clear  and  satisfactory.  One  specially  good  feature  is  the  pains  with  which  you  describt  sc 
many  details  so  often  left  to  the  imagination." 

Charles  B.  Penrose.  M.  D. 

Formerly  Professor  of  Gynecology  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
"  1  know  of  no  book  that  goes  so  tlioroughly  and  satisfactorily  into  all  the  details  of  every 
thing  connected  with  the  subject.     In  this  respect  your  book  differs  from  the  others." 

George  M.  Edebohls,  M.  D. 

Professor  of  Diseases  of  Women,  New  York  Post-Graduate  Medical  School 
"A  text-book  most  admirably  adapted  to  teach  gynecology  to  those  who  must  get  theli 
knowledge,  even  to  the  minutest  and  most  elementary  details,  from  books." 


GY2\ECOLOGY  AND    OBSTETRICS 


Bandler's 
Medical    Gynecology 


Medical  Gynecology.  By  S.  Wyllis  Bandler,  M.  D.,  Adjunct 
Professor  of  Diseases  of  Women,  New  York  Post-Graduate  Medical 
School  and  Hospital.  Octavo  of  702  pages,  with  150  original  illus- 
trations.    Cloth,  $5.00  net;  Half  Morocco,  ^6.50  net. 

THE   NEW    t2d)    EDITION— EXCLUSIVELY   MEDICAL  GYNECOLOGY 

This  new  work  by  Dr.  Bandler  is  just  the  book  that  the  physician  engaged  in 
general  practice  has  long  needed.  It  is  truly  the  practitioner  s  gynecology — planned 
for  him,  written  for  him,  and  illustrated  for  him.  There  are  many  gynecologic 
conditions  that  do  not  call  for  operative  treatment ;  yet,  because  of  lack  of  that 
special  knowledge  required  for  their  diagnosis  and  treatment,  the  general  practi- 
tioner has  been  unable  to  treat  them  intelligently.  This  work  not  only  deals 
with  those  conditions  amenable  to  non-operative  treatment,  but  it  also  tells  how  to 
recognize  those  diseases  demanding  operative  treatment. 

American  Journal  of  Obstetrics 

"  He  has  shown  good  judgment  in  the  selection  of  his  data.  He  has  placed  most  emphasis 
on  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  aspects.  He  has  presented  his  facts  in  a  manner  to  be  readily 
grasped  by  the  general  practitioner." 


Bandler's  Vaginal  Celiotomy 

Vaginal  Celiotomy.  By  S.  Wyllis  Bandler,  M.  D.,  New  York 
Post-Graduate  Medical  School  and  Hospital.  Octavo  or450  pages,  with 
148  original  illustrations.     Cloth,  $5.00  net;  Half  Morocco,  $6.50  net. 

SUPERB  ILLUSTRATIONS 

The  vaginal  route,  because  of  its  simplicity,  ease  of  execution,  absence  of 
shock,  more  certain  results,  and  the  opportunity  for  conservative  measures,  con- 
stitutes a  field  which  should  appeal  to  all  surgeons,  gynecologists,  and  obstetricians. 
Posterior  vaginal  celiotomy  is  of  great  importance  in  the  removal  of  small  tubal 
and  ovarian  tumors  and  cysts,  and  is  an  important  step  in  the  performance  of 
vaginal  myomectomy,  hysterectomy,  and  hysteromyomectomy.  Anterior  vaginal 
celiotomy  with  thorough  separation  of  the  bladder  is  the  only  certain  method 
of  correcting  cystocele. 

The  Lancet,  London 

"  Dr.  Bandler  has  done  good  service  in  writing  this  book,  which  gives  a  very  clear  descrlp-. 
tion  of  all  the  operations  which  may  be  undertaken  through  the  vagina.  He  makes  out  a 
strong  case  for  these  operations." 


SAUNDERS'    BOOKS    ON 


Kelly  and  Noble's 

Gynecology 

and  Abdominal  Surgery 

Gynecology  and  Abdominal  Surgery.  Edited  by  Howard  A. 
Kelly,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Gynecology  in  Johns  Hopkins  University  ; 
and  Charles  P.  Noble,  M.  D.,  formerly  Clinical  Professor  of  Gyne- 
cology in  the  Woman's  Medical  College,  Philadelphia.  Two  imperial 
octavo  volumes  of  950  pages  each,  containing  880  illustrations,  some  in 
colors.     Per  volume:   Cloth,  $8.00 net;  Half  Morocco,  $g.SO  net. 

TRANSLATED  INTO  SPANISH 
WITH  880  ILLUSTRATIONS   BY  HERMANN  BECKER  AND   MAX   BRODEL 

In  view  of  the  intimate  association  of  gynecology  with  abdominal  surgery  the 
editors  have  combined  these  two  important  subjects  in  one  work.  For  this  reason 
the  work  will  be  doubly  valuable,  for  not  only  the  gynecologist  and  general  prac- 
titioner will  find  it  an  exhaustive  treatise,  but  the  surgeon  also  will  find  here  the 
latest  technic  of  the  various  abdominal  operations.  It  possesses  a  number  oi 
valuable  features  not  to  be  found  in  any  other  publication  covering  the  same  fields. 
It  contains  a  chapter  upon  the  bacteriology  and  one  upon  the  pathology  of  gyne- 
cology, dealing  fully  with  the  scientific  basis  of  gynecology.  In  no  other  work 
can  this  information,  prepared  by  specialists,  be  found  as  separate  chapters. 
There  is  a  large  chapter  devoted  entirely  to  medical  gynecology  written  especially 
for  the  physician  engaged  in  general  practice.  Heretofore  the  general  practitioner 
was  compelled  to  search  through  an  entire  work  in  order  to  obtain  the  information 
desired.  Abdominal  surgery  proper,  as  distinct  from  gynecology,  is  fully  treated, 
embracing  operations  upon  the  stomach,  upon  the  intestines,  upon  the  liver  and 
bile-ducts,  upon  the  pancreas  and  spleen,  upon  the  kidneys,  ureter,  bladder,  and 
the  peritoneum.  The  illustrations  are  truly  magnificent,  being  the  work  of  Mr. 
Hermann  Becker  and  Mr.  Max  Ih'odel. 

American  Journnl  of  the  Medical  Sciences 

"  It  is  needless  to  say  that  the  work  has  betiii  thoroughly  done :  the  names  of  the  authors 
and  editors  would  guarantee  this;  but  much  may  be  said  in  praise  of  the  method  of  presen- 
tation, and  attention  may  be  called  to  the  inclusion  of  matter  not  to  be  found  elsewhere." 


G  YNECOLOG  V  AND  OBSTE TRIGS 


Webster's 
Text-Book  qf  Obstetrics 

A  Text-Book  of  Obstetrics.  By  J.  Clarence  Webster,  M.  D. 
(Edin.),  F.  R.  C.  p.  E.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology  in  Rush 
Medical  College,  in  affiliation  with  the  University  of  Chicago.  Octavo 
volume  of  j6j  pages,  illustrated.  Cloth,  ;^5.oo  net;  Half  Morocco, 
$6.^0  net. 

BEAUTIFULLY     ILLUSTRATED 

In  this  work  the  anatomic  changes  accompanying  pregnancy,  labor,  and  the 
puerperium  are  described  more  fully  and  lucidly  than  in  any  other  text-book  on 
the  subject.  The  exposition  of  these  sections  is  based  mainly  upon  studies  of 
frozen  specimens.  Unusual  consideration  is  given  to  embryologic  and  physiologic 
data  of  importance  in  their  relation  to  obstetrics. 

Buffalo  Medical  Journal 

"  As  a  practical  text-book  on  obstetrics  for  both  student  and  practitioner,  there  is  left  very 
little  to  be  desired,  it  being  as  near  perfection  as  any  compact  work  that  has  been  published." 


Webster's 
Diseases  of  Women 

A  Text=Book  of  Diseases  of  Women.  By  J.  Clarence  Webster, 
M.  D.  (Edin.),  F.  R.  C.  P.  E.,  Professor  of  Gynecology  and  Obstetrics 
in  Rush  Medical  College.  Octavo  of  712  pages,  with  372  text-illustra- 
tions and  10  colored  plates.     Cloth,  $'j.oo  net ;  Half  Morocco,  ;$8.50  net. 

Dr.  Webster  has  written  this  work  especially  for  the  general  practitioner,  dis- 
cussing the  dinical  features  of  the  subject  in  their  widest  relations  to  general 
practice  rather  than  from  the  standpoint  of  speciaHsm.  The  magnificent  illus- 
trations, three  hundred  and  seventy-two  in  number,  are  nearly  all  original. 

How&rd  A.  Kelly    M.  D. 

Professor  of  Gynecologic  Surgery,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 

"It  is  undoubtedly  one  of  the  best  works  which  has  been  put  on  the-  market  within  recent 
years,  showing  from  start  to  finish  Dr.  Webster's  well-known  thoroughness.  The  illustrations 
are  also  of  the  highest  order." 


SAUNDERS'   BOOKS   ON 


Hirst's 
Text-Book  of  Obstetrics 

The  New  (7th)  Edition 


A  Text-Book  of  Obstetrics.  By  Barton  Cooke  Hirst,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Obstetrics  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Handsome 
octavo  of  1013  pages,  with  895  illustrations,  53  of  them  in  colors. 
Cloth,  ^5.00  net ;  Half  Morocco,  $6.50  net. 

INCLUDING  RELATED  GYNECOLOGIC  OPERATIONS 

Immediately  on  its  publication  this  work  took  its  place  as  the  leading  text-book 
on  the  subject.  Both  in  this  country  and  in  England  it  is  recognized  as  the  most 
satisfactorily  written  and  clearly  illustrated  work  on  obstetrics  in  the  language. 
The  illustrations  form  one  of  the  features  of  the  book.  They  are  numerous  and 
the  most  of  them  are  original.  In  this  edition  the  book  has  been  thoroughly  revised. 
Recognizing  the  inseparable  relation  between  obstetrics  and  certain  gynecologic 
conditions,  the  author  has  included  all  the  gynecologic  operations  for  complica- 
tions and  consequences  of  childbirth,  together  with  a  brief  account  of  the  diagnosis 
and  treatment  of  all  the  pathologic  phenomena  peculiar  to  women. 


OPINIONS  OF  THE  MEDICAL  PRESS 


British  Medical  Journal 

"  The  popularity  of  American  text-books  in  this  country  is  one  of  the  features  of  recent 
years.  The  popularity  is  probably  chiefly  due  to  the  great  superiority  of  their  illustrations 
over  those  of  the  English  text-books.  The  illustrations  in  Dr.  Hirst's  volume  are  for  more 
numerous  and  far  better  executed,  and  therefore  more  instructive,  than  those  commonly 
found  in  the  works  of  writers  on  obstetrics  in  our  own  country." 

Bulletin  of  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital 

"The  work  is  an  admirable  one  in  every  sense  of  the  word,  concisely  but  comprohensivelv 
written." 

The  Medical  Record,  New  York 

"The  illustrations  are  numerous  and  are  works  of  art,  many  of  them  appearing  for  the  first 
time.  The  author's  style,  though  condensed,  is  singularly  clear,  so  that  it  is  never  necessary 
to  re-read  a  sentence  in  order  to  grasp  the  meaning.  As  a  true  model  of  what  a  modern  text- 
book on  obstetrics  should  be,  we  feel  justified  in  affirming  that  Dr.  Hirst's  book  is  without  a 
rival." 


MTmWiWBi 


DISEASES   OF    WOMEN. 


HirstV 
Diseases  of  Women 


A  Text=Book  of  Diseases  of  Women.  By  Barton  Cooke  Hirst, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Pennsylvania ;  Gynecolo- 
gist to  the  Howard,  the  Orthopedic,  and  the  Philadelphia  Hospitals. 
Octavo  of  745  pages,  with  701  original  illustrations,  many  in  colors. 
Cloth,  ;^5.oo  net;  Half  Morocco,  ;^6.5o  net. 

THE    NEW  (2d)    EDITION 
WITH    701    ORIGINAL    ILLUSTRATIONS 

The  new  edition  of  this  work  has  just  been  issued  after  a  careful  revision. 
As  diagnosis  and  treatment  are  of  the  greatest  importance  in  considering  diseases 
of  women,  pardcular  attendon  has  been  devoted  to  these  divisions.  To  this  end, 
also,  the  work  has  been  magnificently  ilhiminated  with  701  illustrations,  for  the 
most  part  original  photographs  and  water-colors  of  actual  clinical  cases  accumu- 
lated during  the  past  fifteen  years.  The  palliative  treatment,  as  well  as  the 
radical  operative,  is  fully  described,  enabling  the  general  practidoner  to  treat 
many  of  his  own  patients  v^ithout  referring  them  to  a  specialist.  An  entire  sec- 
tion is  devoted  to  £.  full  description  of  all  modern  gynecologic  operations,  illumi- 
nated and  elucidated  by  numerous  photographs.  The  author's  extensive  ex- 
perience renders  this  work  of  unusual  value. 


OPINIONS  OF  THE  MEDICAL  PRESS 


Medical  Record,  New  York 

"  Its  merits  can  be  appreciated  only  by  a  careful  perusal.  .  .  .  Nearly  one  hundred  pages 
are  devoted  to  technic,  this  chapter  being  in  some  respects  superior  to  the  descriptions  in 
many  other  text-  boks.  " 

Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal 

"The  author  has  given  special  attention  to  diagnosis  and  treatment  throughout  the  book, 
and  has  produced  a  practical  treatise  which  should  be  of  the  greatest  value  to  the  student,  the 
general  practitioner,  and  the  specialist." 

Medical  News,  New  York 

"Office  treatment  is  given  a  due  amount  of  consideration,  so  that  the  work  will  be  aa 
useful  to  the  non-operator  as  to  the  specialist," 


lo  SAUNDERS'    BOOKS   ON 

GET  ^  •  THE  NEW 

THE  BEST  /\  m  C  r  1  C  8i  n  standard 

Illustrated   Dictionary 

New  (6th)  Edition,  Entirely  Reset 

The  American  Illustrated  Medical  Dictionary.  A  new  and  com- 
plete dictionary  of  the  terms  used  in  Medicine,  Surgery,  Dentistry, 
Pharmacy,  Chemistry,  Veterinary  Science,  Nursing,  and  kindred 
branches ;  with  over  lOO  new  and  elaborate  tables  and  many  handsome 
illustrations.  By  W.  A.  Newman  Borland,  M.D.,  Editor  of  "The 
American  Pocket  Medical  Dictionary."  Large  octavo,  986  pages, 
bound  in  full  flexible  leather.  Price,  ^4.50  net ;  with  thumb  index, 
25.00  net. 

IT  DEFINES  ALL  THE  NEW  WORDS-MANY  NEW  FEATURES 


Borland's  Dictionary  defines  hundreds  of  the  newest  terms  not  defined  in  any- 
other  dictionary — bar  none.  These  new  terms  are  hve,  active  words,  taken 
right  from  modern  medical  literature.  , 

It  gives  the  capitahzation  and  pronunciation  of  all  words.  It  makes  a  feature  of 
the  derivation  or  etymology  of  the  words.  In  some  dictionaries  the  etymology 
occupies  only  a  secondary  place,  in  many  cases  no  derivation  being  given  at  all. 
In  "  Borland,"  practically  every  word  is  given  its  derivation. 
In  "Borland"  every  word  has  a  separate  paragraph,  thus  making  it  easy  to 
find  a  word  quickly. 

The  tables  of  arteries,  muscles,  nerves,  veins  etc.,  are  of  the  greatest  help 
in  assembling  anatomic  facts.  In  them  are  classified  for  quick  study  all  the 
necessary  information  about  the  various  structures. 

In    "Borland"    every   word    is    given    its    definition — a    definition    that   defines 
in  the  fewest  possible  words.      In  some  dicdonaries  hundreds  of  words  are  not 
defined  at  all,  referring  the  reader  to  some  other  source  for  the  informadon  he 
wants  at  once. 
Howard  A.  Kelly.  M.  D..  Johns  Hopkins  University^  Baltimore 

"  Dr.  Dorland's  dictionary  is  admirable.     It  is  so  well  gotten  up  and  of  such  convenient 
size.     No  errors  have  been  found  in  my  use  of  it." 
J.  CoUini  Warren.  M.  D..  LL.D..  F.R.C.S.  (Hon.).  Harvard  Medical  School 

"  I  regard  it  as  a  valuable  aid  to  my  medical  literary  work.     It  is  very  complete  and  of 
convenient  size  to  handle  comfortably.     I  use  it  in  preference  to  any  other." 


GYNECOLOGY  AND    OBSTETRICS  n 


Penrose's 
Diseases  of  Women 

Sixth    Revised    Edition 


A  Text-Book  of  Diseases  of  Women.  By  Charles  B.  Penrose, 
M.  D.,  Ph.  D.,  formerly  Professor  of  Gynecology  in  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania ;  Surgeon  to  the  Gynecean  Hospital,  Philadelphia.  Oc- 
tavo volume  of  550  pages,  with  225  fine  original  illustrations.     Cloth, 

$3'7S  net. 

ILLUSTRATED 

Regularly  every  year  a  new  edition  of  this  excellent  text-book  is  called  for, 
and  it  appears  to  be  in  as  great  favor  with  physicians  as  with  students.  Indeed, 
this  book  has  taken  its  place  as  the  ideal  work  for  the  general  practitioner.  The 
author  presents  the  best  teaching  of  modern  gynecology,  untrammeled  by  anti- 
quated ideas  and  methods.  In  every  case  the  most  modern  and  progressive 
technique  is  adopted  and  made  clear  by  excellent  illustrations. 

Howard  A.  Kelly,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Gynecologic  Surgery,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore. 
"  I  shall  value  very  highly  the  copy  of  Penrose's  '  Diseases  of  Women '  received.     I  have 
already  recommended  it  to  my  class  as  THE  BEST  book." 


Davis'  Operative  Obstetrics 

Operative  Obstetrics.     By  Edward  P.  Davis,  M.D.,  Professor  of 
Obstetrics  at  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia.     Octavo  of  483 
pages,  with  264  illustrations.     Cloth.  $5.50  net;  Half  Morocco,  $7.00  net. 
INCLUDING  SURGERY  OF  NEWBORN 

Dr.  Davis'  new  work  is  a  most  practical  one,  and  no  expense  has  been  spared 
to  make  it  the  handsomest  work  on  the  subject  as  well.  Every  step  in  every 
operation  is  described  minutely,  and  the  technic  shown  by  beautiful  new  illustra- 
tions.    Dr.  Davis*  name  is  sufficient  guarantee  for  something  above  the  mediocre. 


t«  SAUNDERS'    BOOKS   ON 

Dorland's 
Modern   Obstetric/* 

Modern  Obstetrics:  General  and  Operative.  By  W.  A.  Newman 
DoRLAND,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  at  Loyola  University, 
Chicago,  Illinois.  Handsome  octavo  volume  of  797  pages,  with  201 
illustrations.     Cloth,  ^4.00  net. 

Second  Bdition,  Revised  and  Greatly  Enlarged 

In  this  edition  the  book  has  been  entirely  rewritten  and  very  greatly  enlarged. 
Among  the  new  subjects  introduced  are  the  surgical  treatment  of  puerperal  sepsis, 
infant  mortality,  placental  transmission  of  diseases,  serum -therapy  of  puerperal 
sepsis,  etc.  By  new  illustrations  the  text  has  been  elucidated,  and  the  subject  pre- 
sented in  a  most  instructive  and  acceptable  form. 

Joumed  of  the  American  Medical  Association 

"  This  work  deserves  commendation,  and  that  it  has  received  what  it  deserves  at  the  hands 
of  the  profession  is  attested  by  the  fact  that  a  second  edition  is  called  for  within  such  a  short 
time.     Especially  deserving  of  praise  is  the  chapter  on  puerperal  sepsis." 

Davis'  Obstetric  and 
Gynecologic  Nursing 

Obstetric  and  Gynecologic  Nursing.  By  Edward  P.  Davis,  A.  M., 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College  and 
Philadelphia  Polyclinic ;  Obstetrician  and  Gynecologist,  Philadelphia 
Hospital.      i2mo  of  480  pages,  illustrated.     Buckram,  ;^i.75  net. 

JUST  READY— NEW   (4th)  EDITION 

Obstetric  nursing  demands  some  knowledge  of  natural  pregnancy,  and  gyne- 
cologic nursing,  really  a  branch  of  surgical  nursing,  requires  special  instruction 
and  training.  This  volume  presents  this  information  in  the  most  convenient 
form.  This  third  edition  has  been  very  carefully  revised  throughout,  bringing  the 
subject  down  to  date. 

The  Lftncet,  London 

"  Not  only  nurses,  but  even  newly  qualified  medical  men,  would  learn  a  great  deal  by  a 
perusal  of  this  book.  It  is  written  in  a  clear  and  pleasant  style,  and  is  a  work  we  can  recom- 
mend." 


GYNECOLOGY  AND    OBSTETRICS,  '3 

Kelly  and  CuUen's 
Myomata   of  the  Uterus 


Myomata  of  the  Uterus.  By  Howard  A.  Kelly,  M.  D.,  Professor 
of  Gynecologic  Surgery  at  Johns  Hopkins  University;  and  Thomas  S. 
CuLLEN,  M.  B.,  Associate  in  Gynecology  at  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
Large  octavo  of  about  700  pages,  with  388  original  illustrations,  by 
August  Horn  and  Hermann  Becker.  Cloth,  $7.^0  net ;  Half  Morocco, 
;^9.oo  net. 

ILLUSTRATED     BY     AUGUST     HORN     AND     HERMANN     BECKER 

This  monumental  work,  the  fruit  of  over  ten  years  of  untiring  labors,  will 
remain  for  many  years  the  last  word  upon  the  subject.  Written  by  those  men 
who  have  brought,  step  by  step,  the  operative  treatment  of  uterine  myoma  to 
such  perfection  that  the  mortality  is  now  less  than  one  per  cent.,  it  stands  out  as 
the  record  of  greatest  achievement  of  recent  times. 

Surgery,  Gynecology,  and  Obstetrics 

"  It  must  be  considered  as  the  most  comprehensive  work  of  the  kind  yet  published.  It 
will  always  be  a  mine  of  wealth  to  future  students." 


CuUen's  Adenomyoma  of  the  Uterus 

Adenomyoma  of  the  Uterus.  By  Thomas  S.  Cullen,  M.  B.  Octavo  of  275 
pages,  with  original  illustrations  by  Hermann  Becker  and  August  Horn.  Cloth, 
^5.00  net;  Half  Morocco,  $6.50  net. 

*«  A  good  example  of  how  such  a  monograph  should  be  written.  It  is  an  excellent 
work,  worthy  of  the  high  reputation  of  the  author  and  of  the  school  from  which  it 
emanates." — The  Lancet^  London. 

CuUen's  Cancer  of  the  Uterus 

Cancer  OF  the  Uterus.  By  Thomas  S.  Cullen,  M.  B.  Large  octavo  of  693 
pages,  with  over  300  colored  and  half-tone  text-cuts  and  eleven  lithographs.  Cloth, 
J557.50  net ;  Half  Morocco,  $8.50  net. 

"  Dr.  Cullen' s  book  is  the  standard  work  on  the  greatest  problem  which  faces  the 
surgical  world  to-day.  Any  one  who  desires  to  attack  this  great  problem  must  have 
this  book." — Howard  A.  Kelly.  M.  T>.,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 


14 


SAUNDERS'    BOOKS   ON 


Schaffer  and  Edgar's  Labor  and  Operative  Obstetrics 

Atlas  and   Epitome  of    Labor    and    Operative    Obstetrics.      By    Dr. 

O.  Schaffer,  of  Heidelberg.  Edited,  with  additions,  by  J.  Clifton  Edgar, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Clinical  Midwifery,  Cornell  University- 
Medical  School,  New  York.  With  14  lithographic  plates  in  colors,  139  text- 
cuts,  and  1 1 1  pages  of  text.     Cloth,  $2.00  net.     In  Saunders'  Hand- Atlases. 


Schaffer     and     Edgar's     Obstetric     Diagnosis     and 
Treatment 

Atlas  and  Epitome  of  Obstetric  Diagnosis  and   Treatment.    By  Dr. 

O.  Schaffer,  of  Heidelberg.  Edited,  with  additions,  by  J.  Clifton  Edgar, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Clinical  Midwifery,  Cornell  University- 
Medical  School,  New  York.  With  122  colored  figures  on  56  plates,  38  text- 
cuts,  and  315  pages  of  text.     Cloth,   $3.00  net.      Saunders'  Hand-Atlases. 


Schaffer  and  Norris'  Gynecology 

Atlas  and  Epitome  of  Gynecology.  By  Dr.  O.  Schaffer,  of  Heidel- 
berg. Edited,  with  additions,  by  Richard  C.  Norris,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 
Gynecologist  to  Methodist  Episcopal  and  Philadelphia  Hospitals.  With  207 
colored  figures  on  90  plates,  65  text-cuts,  and  308  pages  of  text.  Cloth, 
$3.50  net.      In  Saunders'  Hand-Atlas  Series. 


Galbraith's  Four  Epochs  of  Woman's  Life 

New  (2d)  Edition 

The  Four  Epochs  of  Woman's  Life :  A  Study  in  Hygiene.  By  Anna 
M.  Galbraith,  M.  D.,  Pillow  of  the  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  etc. 
With  an  Introductory  Note  by  John  H.  Musser,  M.  D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.      i2mo  of  247  pages.     Cloth,  $1.50  net. 

Birmingham  Medical  Review,  England 

"  We  do  not,  as  a  rule,  care  for  medical  books  written  for  the  instruction  of  the  public. 
But  we  must  admit  that  the  advice  in  Dr.  Galbraith's  work  is,  in  the  main,  wise  and 
wholesome." 


G&rrigues'  Diseases  of  Women  Third  Edition 

A  Text-Book  of  Diseases  of  Women.  By  Henry  J.  Garrigues,  M.  D.. 
Gynecologist  to  .St.  Mark's  Hospital,  New  York  City.  Octavo  of  756  pages, 
illiistrHtL'tl.      Cloth,  *4.  50  nt't  ;    Half  Morocco,  56.00  net. 


GYNECOLOGY  AND    OBSTETRICS.  15 

Schaffer  and  Webster's 
Operative  Gynecology 


Atlas  and  Epitome  of  Operative  Gynecology.  By  Dr.  O.  Schaf- 
fer, of  Heidelberg.  Edited,  with  additions,  by  J.  Clarence  Webster, 
M.D.  (Edin.),  F.R.C.P.E.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology  in 
Rush  Medical  College,  in  affiliation  with  the  University  of  Chicago. 
42  colored  lithographic  plates,  many  text-cuts,  a  number  in  colors,  and 
138  pages  of  text.     /;/  Saunders'  Hand- Atlas  Series.    Cloth,  $3.00  net. 


Much  patient  endeavor  has  been  expended  by  the  author,  the  artist,  and  the 
lithographer  in  the  preparation  of  the  plates  of  this  atlas.  They  are  based  on 
hundreds  of  photographs  taken  from  nature,  and  illustrate  most  faithfully  the 
various  surgical  situations.  Dr.  Schaffer  has  made  a  specialty  of  demonstrating 
by  illustrations. 

Medical  Record,  New  York 

"  The  volume  should  prove  most  helpful  to  students  and  others  in  grasping  details  usually 
to  be  acquired  only  in  the  amphitheater  itself." 

De  Lee's 
Obstetrics  for  Nurses 


Obstetrics  for  Nurses.  By  Joseph  B.  De  Lee,  M.D.,  Professor  of 
Obstetrics  in  the  Northwestern  University  Medical  School ;  Lecturer 
in  the  Nurses'  Training  Schools  of  Mercy,  Wesley,  Provident,  Cook 
County,  and  Chicago  Lying-in  Hospitals.  i2mo  volume  of  508  pages, 
fully  illustrated.  Cloth,  ^2.50  net. 

JUST  READY— THE  NEW  (4th)   EDITION 

While  Dr.  De  Lee  has  written  his  work  especially  for  nurses,  yet  the  prac- 
titioner will  find  it  useful  and  instructive,  since  the  duties  of  a  nurse  often  devolve 
upon  him  in  the  early  years  of  his  practice.  The  illustrations  are  nearly  all 
original,  and  represent  photographs  taken  from  actual  scenes.  The  text  is  the 
result  of  the  author's  many  years'  experience  in  lecturing  to  the  nurses  of  five 
different  training  schools. 

J.  Clifton  Edgar,  M.  D.. 

Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Clinical  Midwifery,  Cornell  University,  New  York. 
"  It  is  far  and  away  the  best  that  has  come  to  my  notice,  and  I  shall  take  great  pleasure  in 
recommending  it  to  my  nurses,  and  students  as  well." 


i6     SAUNDERS'  BOOKS  ON  GYNECOLOGY  AND   OBSTETRICS. 

American  Pocket  Dictionary  New  (7th)  Edition 

The  American  Pocket  Medical  Dictionary.  Edited  by  W. 
A.  Newman  Dorland,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  610  pages.  ;^i.oo  net;  with 
patent  thumb  index,  $\.2^  net. 

James  W.  Holland,  M.  D.. 

Professor  of  Medical   Chemistry   and    Toxicology   at  tke  Jefferson   Medical   College^ 
Philadelphia. 

"  1  am  struck  at  once  with  admiration  at  the  compact  size  and  attractive  exterior.  I 
can  recommend  it  to  our  students  without  reserve.  " 

Cragin's  Gynecology.  NewC7th)Editioo 

Essentials  of  Gynecology.  By  Edwin  B.  Cragin,  M.  D., 
Professor  of  Ol  stetrics,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New 
York.  Crown  octavo,  232  pages,  59  illustrations.  Cloth,  ^i.oo 
net.     In  Saunders'   Question- Compend  Series. 

The  Medical  Record.  New  York 

"  A  handy  volume  and  a  distinct  improvement  ot  students'  compends  in  general. 
No  author  who  was  not  himself  a  practical  gynecologist  could  have  consulted  the 
student's  needs  so  thoroughly  as  Dr.  Cragin  has  done." 

Ashton's  Obstetrics.  New  (7th)  Edition 

Essentials  of  Obstetrics.  By  W.  Easterly  Ashton,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Gynecology  in  the  Medico-Chirurgical  College,  Phila- 
delphia. Revised  by  John  A.  McGlinn,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Professor 
of  Obstetrics  in  the  Medico-Chirurgical  College  of  Philadelphia. 
l2mo  of  287  pages,  109  illustrations.  Cloth,  ;^i.oo  net.  /;/  Saunders* 
Question- Compend  Series, 

Sotithem  Practitioner 

"  An  excellent  little  volume  containing  correct  and  practical  knowledge.  An  admir- 
able compend.  and  the  best  condensation  we  have  seen." 

Barton  and  Wells'  Medical  Thesaurus 

A  Thesaurus  of  Medical  Words  and  Phrases.  By  Wilfred 
M.  Barton,  M.  D.,  Assistant  to  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and 
Therapeutics,  Georgetown  University,  Washington,  D.  C. ;  and 
Walter  A.  Wells,  M.  D.,  Demonstrator  of  Laryngology,  George- 
town University,  Washington,  D.  C.  i2mo  of  534  pages.  Flex- 
ible leather,  ;^2.50  net;  with  thumb  index,  ;^3.oo  net. 

Macfarlane's   Gynecolo^  for  Nurses 

A  Reference  Hand-Book  of  Gynecology  for  Nurses.  By  Cath- 
arine Macfarlane,  M.  D.,  Gynecologist  to  the  Woman's  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia.  32mo  of  150  pages,  with  70  illustrations.  Flexible 
leather,  $1.25  net. 

A.  M.  Seftbrook,  M.  D., 

Woman's  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

*•  It  is  a  most  admirable  little  book,  covering  in  a  concise  but  attractive  way  the  subject 
from  the  nurse's  standpoint."  -. 

3; 


»»n 


I 


rT~   'W 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


BioMed